HomeMy WebLinkAboutCOA Eng Const Stds Part 1 - Issued February 2023
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 1
ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
COMPRISED OF
PART 1: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
&
PART 2: STANDARD DETAILS
February 10, 2023
City of Auburn
Engineering Services
Community Development & Public Works Departments
25 West Main Street
Auburn, WA 98001-4998
Approved By:
Jacob Sweeting, P.E. Date
Assistant Director of Engineering Services/City Engineer
2/10/2023
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 2
This page intentionally left blank.
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 3
PREFACE FOR THE
CITY OF AUBURN
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
Per Auburn City Code (ACC) 12.04.020, all public work construction contracts of the City,
including but not limited to streets and sidewalks, storm water and sanitary sewer systems,
and water systems, and all work within City public ways performed by others shall conform
to the Engineering Construction Standards (ECS). The construction standards are part of the
contract documents for City capital projects and are also requirements for work performed
by developers and others under construction permits (CON), grading permits (GRA), and
public facility extensions (FAC).
Part 1 of the ECS includes the following elements:
A) By reference, the Washington State Department of Transportation’s (WSDOT) Standard
Specifications (M41-10) for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2023 edition
publication (Standard Specifications). The Standard Specifications are available at
https://wsdot.wa.gov/engineering-standards/all-manuals-and-
standards/manuals/standard-specifications-road-bridge-and-municipal-construction.
Terms and conditions in the Standard Specifications that reference the following
elements apply only to City Contracts and do not apply to CON, GRA, or FAC work:
Bidding, Award, Claims, Payment, Measurement, Liquidated Damages, Compensation,
Sales Tax, Requests to Sublet, and other terms and conditions that are specific a
contractual obligation between the City and Contractor.
B) Special Provisions are adopted by the City that supplement, delete, replace, and revise
the Standard Specifications. The Special Provisions include references that indicate the
applicability of the special provision, the date it was last updated, and the source of the
special provision contents:
(“Applicability”, “Month” “Year” “Specification Source”)
Where “Applicability” indicates “City Contracts” the specification applies only to capital
projects under contract with the City. Where applicability indicates “Non-City Contracts”
the specification only applies to projects and work that is not a capital project under
contract with the City. Where “Applicability” is omitted, the specification applies to all
work.
C) Additional special provisions may be adopted on a project specific basis and provided
separately with the specific project and/or permit that they apply to and are referred to
as Project Specific Special Provisions.
Part 2 of the Construction Standards includes Standard Details adopted by the City. The
Standard Details include reference to applicable WSDOT Standard Plan available at:
https://wsdot.wa.gov/engineering-standards/all-manuals-and-standards/standard-plans.
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 4
This page intentionally left blank.
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 General Requirements ................................................................................................... 17
1-01 Definitions and Terms .................................................................................................. 17
1-01.1 General ................................................................................................................................... 17
1-01.3 Definitions .............................................................................................................................. 17
1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions .................................................................................. 22
1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder ......................................................................................................... 22
1-02.2 Plans and Specifications ......................................................................................................... 23
1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work ......................................................... 23
1-02.5 Proposal Forms ...................................................................................................................... 23
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal .......................................................................................................... 24
1-02.7 Bid Deposit ............................................................................................................................ 24
1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal .............................................................................................................. 25
1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal ............................................................. 25
1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals .................................................................................................. 26
1-02.13 Irregular Proposals ................................................................................................................. 26
1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders .................................................................................................... 27
1-02.15 Pre-Award Information .......................................................................................................... 28
1-03 Award and Execution of Contract ............................................................................... 28
1-03.1 Consideration of Bids ............................................................................................................. 28
1-03.3 Execution of Contract ............................................................................................................ 29
1-03.4 Contract Bond ........................................................................................................................ 29
1-03.7 Judicial Review ...................................................................................................................... 31
1-03.8 City Determination ................................................................................................................. 31
1-04 Scope of the Work ........................................................................................................ 31
1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions, Specifications and Addenda
31
1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities .......................................................................................... 33
1-04.11 Final Cleanup ......................................................................................................................... 33
1-05 Control of Work ............................................................................................................. 34
1-05.1 Authority of the Engineer ....................................................................................................... 34
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 6
1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes ........................................................ 34
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work ..................................................................... 40
1-05.10 Guarantees .............................................................................................................................. 41
1-05.11 Final Inspection ...................................................................................................................... 42
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing ............................................................................. 42
1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date .................................................................................................. 42
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date .................................................................... 43
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing ................................................................................................................ 43
1-05.12 Final Acceptance .................................................................................................................... 44
1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor .......................................................... 44
1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors ...................................................................................... 44
1-05.16 Water and Power .................................................................................................................... 44
1-05.16 Water and Power .................................................................................................................... 44
1-05.17 Construction Record Drawings .............................................................................................. 45
1-06 Control of Material ........................................................................................................ 49
1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use ........................................................................................ 49
1-06.6 Recycled Materials ................................................................................................................. 49
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public .................................................. 50
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed .............................................................................................................. 50
1-07.2 State Taxes ............................................................................................................................. 50
1-07.2 State Taxes ............................................................................................................................. 50
1-07.5 Environmental Regulations .................................................................................................... 52
1-07.6 Permits and Licenses .............................................................................................................. 52
1-07.11 Requirements for Nondiscrimination ..................................................................................... 53
1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work .................................................................................... 53
1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage ..................................................................................................... 53
1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention ................................................................................. 53
1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property .................................................................................. 54
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities ................................................................................................ 55
1-07.18 Insurance ................................................................................................................................ 57
1-07.18 Insurance ................................................................................................................................ 59
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety .............................................................................................. 64
1-07.24 Rights of Way ........................................................................................................................ 67
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 7
1-07.29 Haul Routes ............................................................................................................................ 68
1-08 Prosecution and Progress ........................................................................................... 68
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................................ 69
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference ................................................................................................... 69
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work ....................................................................................................................... 69
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters ................................................................................................................ 70
1-08.1 Subcontracting ....................................................................................................................... 71
1-08.3 Progress Schedule .................................................................................................................. 72
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work .................................................................... 73
1-08.5 Time for Completion .............................................................................................................. 73
1-08.6 Suspension of Work ............................................................................................................... 75
1-08.9 Liquidated Damages ............................................................................................................... 75
1-09 Measurement and Payment ......................................................................................... 76
1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities .................................................................................................... 76
1-09.2 Weighing Equipment ............................................................................................................. 77
1-09.3 Scope of Payment ................................................................................................................... 77
1-09.4 Equitable Adjustment ............................................................................................................. 77
1-09.6 Force Account ........................................................................................................................ 77
1-09.8 Payment for Material on Hand ............................................................................................... 78
1-09.9 Payments ................................................................................................................................ 78
1-09.11 Disputes and Claims ............................................................................................................... 80
1-09.13 Claims Resolution .................................................................................................................. 81
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control ........................................................................................... 81
1-10.1 General ................................................................................................................................... 81
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management .................................................................................................. 82
1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices .................................................................... 82
1-10.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................... 83
1-10.5 Payment .................................................................................................................................. 83
DIVISION 2 Earthwork ....................................................................................................................... 87
2-01 Clearing, Grubbing and Roadside Cleanup ............................................................... 87
2-01.1 Description ............................................................................................................................. 87
2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris ................................................................................. 87
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 8
2-01.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................... 87
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions .................................................................. 87
2-02.1 Description ............................................................................................................................. 87
2-02.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................... 88
2-02.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................... 90
2-02.5 Payment .................................................................................................................................. 90
2-03 Roadway Excavation And Embankment .................................................................... 91
2-03.1 Description ............................................................................................................................. 91
2-03.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................... 91
2-03.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................... 92
2-03.5 Payment .................................................................................................................................. 93
2-04 Haul……………………. .................................................................................................. 93
2-04.2 Hauling on other than City Streets ......................................................................................... 93
2-04.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................... 93
2-04.5 Payment .................................................................................................................................. 94
2-06 Subgrade Preparation .................................................................................................. 94
2-06.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................... 94
2-06.5 Measurement and Payment .................................................................................................... 94
2-07 Watering……………………. ........................................................................................... 95
2-07.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................... 95
2-07.4 Measurement .......................................................................................................................... 95
DIVISION 3 Aggregate Production and Acceptance ......................................................................... 97
3-04 Acceptance of Aggregate ............................................................................................ 97
3-04.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................... 97
DIVISION 4 Bases ............................................................................................................................. 99
DIVISION 5 Surface Treatments and Pavements ........................................................................... 101
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt ........................................................................................................... 101
5-04.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 101
5-04.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 101
5-04.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 104
HMA Tolerances and Adjustments ........................................................................................................... 112
5-04.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 129
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 9
5-04.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 130
5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement ...................................................................................... 133
5-05.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 136
5-05.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 136
5-06 Pervious Concrete Pavement .................................................................................... 137
5-06.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 137
5-06.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 137
5-06.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 137
5-06.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 146
5-06.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 146
5-07 Textured Asphalt ........................................................................................................ 146
5-07.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 146
5-07.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 146
5-07.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 147
5-07.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 150
5-07.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 150
5-08 Stamped Colored Cement Concrete ......................................................................... 150
5-08.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 150
5-08.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 150
5-08.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 151
5-08.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 152
5-08.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 152
5-09 Slurry Seal Surface Treatment .................................................................................. 153
5-09.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 153
5-09.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 153
5-09.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 155
5-09.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 157
5-09.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 157
5-10 Non-Woven Fabric for Pavement Overlays .............................................................. 158
5-10.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 158
5-10.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 158
5-10.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 158
5-10.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 160
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 10
5-10.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 160
5-11 High Friction Surface Treatment ............................................................................... 160
5-11.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 160
5-11.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 160
5-11.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 163
5-11.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 169
5-11.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 170
DIVISION 6 Structures ................................................................................................................ 171
6-02 Concrete Structures ................................................................................................... 171
6-02.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 171
6-02.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 171
6-02.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 171
6-07 Painting ………………… ............................................................................................. 171
6-07.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 171
6-07.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 171
6-07.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 173
DIVISION 7 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary Sewers, Water Mains and Conduits ... 175
7-01 Drains……………… ..................................................................................................... 175
7-01.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 175
7-01.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 175
7-01.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 175
7-04 Storm Sewers .............................................................................................................. 176
7-04.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 176
7-04.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 176
7-04.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 176
7-04.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 177
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells ......................................................... 177
7-05.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 177
7-05.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 178
7-05.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 179
7-05.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 180
7-07 Cleaning Existing Drainage Structures .................................................................... 181
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 11
7-07.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 181
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements ................................................................... 181
7-08.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 181
7-08.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 181
7-08.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 182
7-08.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 184
7-08.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 185
7-09 Water Mains ................................................................................................................. 186
7-09.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 186
7-09.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 186
7-09.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 188
7-09.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 189
7-12 Valves for Water Mains .............................................................................................. 190
7-12.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 190
7-12.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 191
7-14 Hydrants ………. ………….. ………….. ...................................................................... 191
7-14.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 191
7-14.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 192
7-15 Service Connections .................................................................................................. 193
7-15.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 193
7-15.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 193
7-15.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 193
7-17 Sanitary Sewers .......................................................................................................... 194
7-17.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 194
7-17.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 195
7-17.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 196
7-17.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 197
7-18 Side Sewers ................................................................................................................. 197
7-18.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 197
7-19 Sewer Cleanouts ......................................................................................................... 198
7-19.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 198
DIVISION 8 Miscellaneous Construction ......................................................................................... 199
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 12
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control .......................................................... 199
8-01.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 199
8-01.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 204
8-01.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 204
8-02 Roadside Restoration ................................................................................................. 205
8-02.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 205
8-02.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 205
8-02.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 210
8-02.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 211
8-03 Irrigation Systems ...................................................................................................... 212
8-03.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 212
8-03.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 212
8-03.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 214
8-03.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 214
8-04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways .................................................................................... 215
8-04.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 215
8-04.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 215
8-04.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 216
8-05 Dewatering System ..................................................................................................... 216
8-05.1 General ................................................................................................................................. 216
8-05.2 Vacant .................................................................................................................................. 219
8-05.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 219
8-05.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 221
8-05.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 222
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances ..................................................................... 222
8-06.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 222
8-06.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 222
8-06.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 223
8-06.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 223
8-06.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 223
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb ................................................................................................... 224
8-07.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 224
8-07.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 224
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 13
8-07.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 225
8-07.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 225
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers ......................................................................................... 225
8-09.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 225
8-09.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 226
8-09.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 226
8-13 Monument Cases ........................................................................................................ 226
8-13.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 226
8-13.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 226
8-13.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 226
8-13.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 227
8-13.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 227
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks ...................................................................................... 228
8-14.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 228
8-14.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 228
8-14.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 230
8-14.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 230
8-18 Mailbox Supports ........................................................................................................ 230
8-18.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 230
8-18.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 230
8-18.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 230
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and Electrical
231
8-20.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 231
8-20.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 232
8-20.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 241
8-20.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 242
8-21 Permanent Signing ..................................................................................................... 244
8-21.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 244
8-21.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 244
8-21.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 244
8-22 Pavement Marking ...................................................................................................... 245
8-22.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 245
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 14
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings ................................................................................ 245
8-23.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 245
8-24 Rock and Gravity Block Wall and Gabion Cribbing ................................................ 245
8-24.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 245
8-24.3 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 246
8-24.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 246
8-24.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 246
8-30 Wood Fence and Gates .............................................................................................. 246
8-30.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 246
8-30.2 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 246
8-30.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 247
8-30.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 247
8-32 Fiber Optic Communications ..................................................................................... 247
8-32.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 247
8-32.2 Construction Requirements .................................................................................................. 248
8-32.3 Fiber Optic Cable Testing .................................................................................................... 252
8-32.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 254
8-32.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 254
8-33 Bollards ……………………… ...................................................................................... 255
8-33.1 Description ........................................................................................................................... 255
8-33.2 Materials............................................................................................................................... 255
8-33.4 Measurement ........................................................................................................................ 255
8-33.5 Payment ................................................................................................................................ 255
DIVISION 9 Materials ....................................................................................................................... 257
9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts ............................................................................ 257
9-05.7 Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe .................................................................................................. 257
9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe ............................................................................................ 257
9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe ....................................................................................................... 257
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting ................................................................... 257
9-14.2 Topsoil ................................................................................................................................. 257
9-14.5 Mulch and Amendments ...................................................................................................... 258
9-14.7 Plant Materials ..................................................................................................................... 258
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 15
9-15 Irrigation System ........................................................................................................ 259
9-15.3 Automatic Controllers .......................................................................................................... 259
9-15.5 Valve Boxes ......................................................................................................................... 259
9-15.6 Gate Valves .......................................................................................................................... 259
9-15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment .................................................................................................. 259
9-15.9 Drain Valves ........................................................................................................................ 260
9-15.11 Cross Connection Control Devices ...................................................................................... 260
9-15.17 Electrical Wire and Splices .................................................................................................. 260
9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape ..................................................................................................... 260
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical ................................................................................... 260
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, Outerduct .............................................................................................. 260
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes..................................................................... 261
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable ........................................................... 261
9-29.7 Luminaire Fusing & Electrical Connections at Light Standard Bases, Cantilever Bases and
Sign Bridge Bases ..................................................................................................................................... 267
9-29.9 Ballast, Transformers ........................................................................................................... 267
9-29.10 Luminaires ........................................................................................................................... 267
9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing .................................................................. 271
9-29.18 Vehicle Detector................................................................................................................... 272
9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons ....................................................................................................... 272
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals ................................................................................................................ 272
9-29.22 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB)....................................................................... 273
9-29.23 Video Detection Cameras..................................................................................................... 273
9-29.24 Service Cabinets ................................................................................................................... 273
9-29.26 Traffic Signal Battery Backup System ................................................................................. 274
9-29.27 CCTV System ...................................................................................................................... 274
9-29.28 Variable Message Sign System ............................................................................................ 275
9-30 Water Distribution Materials ...................................................................................... 282
9-30.1 Pipe ...................................................................................................................................... 282
9-30.2 Fittings ................................................................................................................................. 282
9-30.3 Valves................................................................................................................................... 283
9-30.5 Hydrants ............................................................................................................................... 284
9-37 Filter Fabric ................................................................................................................. 284
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 16
9-37.1 Filter Fabric for Infiltration Systems .................................................................................... 284
9-38 Submittal Approval ..................................................................................................... 284
9-38.1 Submittals............................................................................................................................. 284
9-38.2 Schedule of Submittals ......................................................................................................... 290
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 17
DIVISION 1 General Requirements
1-01 Definitions and Terms
1-01.1 General
(April 2006 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following before the first paragraph:
Whenever the words “as directed”, “as required”, “as permitted”, or words of the like effect
are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement or permission of the City of
Auburn is intended. The words “sufficient”, “necessary”, “proper”, and the like shall mean
sufficient, necessary or proper in the judgment of the City of Auburn. The words “approved”,
“acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or other words of the like shall mean approved by, or acceptable
to, the City of Auburn.
1-01.3 Definitions
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All references in the Standard Specifications, Amendments, or WSDOT General Special
Provisions, to the terms “State”, “Department of Transportation”, “Washington State
Transportation Commission”, “Commission”, “Secretary of Transportation”, “Secretary”,
“Headquarters”, and “State Treasurer” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”.
All references to the terms “State” or “state” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency”
unless the reference is to an administrative agency of the State of Washington, a State
statute or regulation, or the context reasonably indicates otherwise.
All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency
designated location”.
Business Day
A business day is any day from Monday through Friday except holidays as listed in Section
1-08.5.
City of Auburn
See Contracting Agency.
Contract
Contract shall refer to the items specified in Section 1-04.2.
Contract Bond
The definition in the Standard Specifications for “Contract Bond” applies to whatever bond
form(s) are required by the Contract Documents, which may be a combination of a Payment
Bond and a Performance Bond.
Contract Documents
See definition for “Contract”.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 18
Contracting Agency
City of Auburn, also referred to as the City, is responsible for the execution and administration
of the contract.
Current Edition
The latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies
which have been published as of the date that the work is advertised for bids, shall apply;
except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable
laws, ordinances, or governing codes.
Equal Products
The terms “or equal”, “approved equal”, “approved equivalent” “or equivalent”, etc., as used
in the Contract Documents, shall mean a manufactured article, material, method, or work,
which in the opinion of the Engineer, is equally desirable or suitable for the purposes intended
in the Contract Documents, as compared with similar articles specifically mentioned therein.
Plans
The Contract Plans, Standard Details, and Standard Plans referenced in these Special
Provisions, which show location, character, and dimensions of prescribed work including
layouts, profiles, cross-sections, and other details.
Project
The term Project shall mean the Work governed by the Contract Documents.
Shop Drawings
Same as “Working Drawings” as defined in the Standard Specifications.
Special Provisions
These provide modifications to the Standard Specifications.
Standard Details
Same as “Standard Plans” as defined in the Standard Specifications.
Standard Plans
The manual of standard Plans adopted by the City of Auburn is the City of Auburn
Construction Standards – Part 2 Standard Details, which includes City of Auburn Standard
Details and certain WSDOT Standard Plans by reference.
Standard Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, 2023 edition as
issued by the Washington State Department of Transportation, hereinafter referred to as the
“Standard Specifications”.
Traffic
Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and
equestrian traffic.
(City Contracts, August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the heading Completion Dates and the three paragraphs that follow it, and replace
them with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 19
Dates
Bid Opening Date
The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the Bids.
Award Date
The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest
responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work.
Contract Execution Date
The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the Agency to the Contract.
Notice to Proceed Date
The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract time begins.
Substantial Completion Date
The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted
use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, any
remaining traffic disruptions will be rare and brief, and only minor incidental work,
replacement of temporary substitute facilities, plant establishment periods, or
correction or repair remains for the Physical Completion of the total Contract.
Physical Completion Date
The day all of the Work is physically completed on the project. All documentation
required by the Contract and required by law does not necessarily need to be
furnished by the Contractor by this date.
Final Acceptance Date
See Completion Date.
Completion Date
The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of
the Contractor under the contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. All documentation
required by the Contract and required by law must be furnished by the Contractor
before establishment of this date.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All references to “Final Contract Voucher Certification” shall be interpreted to mean the final
payment form established by the Contracting Agency.
Additive
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 20
A supplemental unit of work or group of bid items, identified separately in the Bid Proposal,
which may, at the discretion of the Contracting Agency, be awarded in addition to the base
bid.
Alternate
One of two or more units of work or groups of bid items, identified separately in the Bid
Proposal, from which the Contracting Agency may make a choice between different methods
or materials of construction for performing the same work.
Bid Documents
Contract Documents may be referred to as “Bid Documents” before award and execution of
the Contract.
Bid Proposal Package
The documents to be submitted by the Contractor for bid consideration. The “Bid Proposal
Package” includes those documents identified in the Bidder’s Checklist, and may include, but
not be limited to the following:
• Bidder’s Checklist
• Proposal Form
• Contractor Certification Wage Law Compliance
• Responsible Bidder Information
• Proposed Equipment and Manpower Schedule
• Local Agency Subcontractor List
• Bid Bond
Contract Time
The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the
Work must be physically completed.
Equitable Adjustment or Eq. Adj.
The term Equitable Adjustment or Eq. Adj. used in the Bid Proposal Form for Units shall
mean that the City has included an estimated dollar amount for that bid item only to provide
a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become part of the
Contractor’s total bid.
Estimate
The term Estimate or Est. used in the Bid Proposal Form for Units shall mean that the City
has included an estimated dollar amount for that bid item, only to provide a common proposal
for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become part of the Contractor’s total bid.
Incidental Work
The terms incidental to the project, incidental to the involved bid item(s), etc., as used in the
Contract Documents shall mean that the Contractor is required to provide the specified work
complete and the cost of such work shall be incidental and included in the unit contract prices
as specified in Section 1-04.1. No additional payment will be made for this work.
Major Contract Bid Item
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 21
A major contract bid item is any bid item, unless specifically excluded in the special
provisions, for which the contract price amounts to 10 percent or more of the total contract
price as determined by the original proposed quantities and the unit contract prices at the
time of award.
Notice of Award
The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the
Contracting Agency’s acceptance of the Bid Proposal.
Notice to Proceed
The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and
directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the
Contract time begins.
Supplemental Drawings and Instructions
Additional instructions by the Engineer at the request of the Contractor by means of drawings
or documents necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper execution of the work.
Such drawings and instructions are consistent with the Contract Documents.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this Section with the following:
Contractor
Contractor shall refer to the applicant, permit(s) holder, and/or developer.
Contract Execution and Contract Execution Date
Contract Execution shall refer to the Notice to Proceed.
Contract Plans
The City approved plans and the Standard Details and/or Standard Plans referenced by
them, which show location, character, and dimensions of the prescribed work including
layouts, profiles, cross-sections, and other details.
Contract Time
The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract between Notice
to Proceed and Final Acceptance.
Current Edition
The latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies
which have been published as of the date of the plan approval or permit issuance, as
applicable, shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in
conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes.
Dates
Completion Date
See Final Acceptance Date
Final Acceptance Date and Final Acceptance
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 22
For public facility extension (FAC) work, the Final Acceptance Date is the date on
which the Developer has satisfied the terms of the FAC Agreement such that the
City accepts the public portions of the FAC work for ownership and maintenance
and the warranty period begins. For non-FAC work, the Final Acceptance Date
refers to the date the City has verified the work performed by the Contractor is
complete and all associated permit and other requirements have been satisfied.
Physical Completion and Physical Completion Date
Physical completion refers to the City’s determination that the Contractor has
completed all physical Work.
Engineer
The term Engineer shall be used to mean the City Engineer or any designee thereof and
does not refer to the Developer’s, Permit holder’s, or Contractor’s engineer.
Measurement
The term Measurement, when used in reference to measuring material for payment, is used
in reference to City contract bid items and is not applicable to Non-City projects and work.
Notice to Proceed and Notice to Proceed Date
The written notice from the Contracting Agency or Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and
directing the Contractor to proceed with the Work and establishing the date on which the
Contract time begins, or, as applicable, the issuance of permit(s) by the City that authorizes
the Contractor to proceed with the Work as may be conditioned by the permit(s).
Payment
The term Payment is used in reference to City Contract bid items and is not applicable to
Non-City projects and work.
1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions
1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders
(City Contracts, January 24, 2011 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder
Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet at least the minimum
qualifications of RCW 39.04.350(1) to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be
awarded a public works project.
(City Contracts, April 2006 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The bidder shall fill out and sign the “Responsible Bidder Information” and the “Proposed
Equipment and Manpower Schedule” contained in the “Bid Proposal Package” of this
document. These forms must be completed and submitted with the bid.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 23
1-02.2 Plans and Specifications
(City Contracts, August 2020 City of Auburn)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call
for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the work.
1-02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications and Site of Work
1-02.4(1) General
(City Contracts, January 19, 2022 APWA GSP Option A)
The first sentence of the ninth paragraph, beginning with “Any prospective Bidder desiring…”,
is revised to read:
Any prospective Bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the Bid Documents, must
request the explanation or interpretation in writing soon enough to allow a written reply to
reach all prospective Bidders before the submission of their Bids.
1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information
(City Contracts, August 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
The third and fourth sentences in the first paragraph are revised to read:
The Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and the boring logs, if and when included as an
appendix to the Special Provisions, shall be considered as part of the Contract. The boring
logs and associated data, if and when included as an appendix to the Special Provisions,
shall be considered as part of the Contract.
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Because of the varying soil composition and ground water levels encountered in various
areas and at different seasons of the year, the City of Auburn makes no representation of
such conditions as they may pertain to this project. The Contractor shall be responsible for
any and all cribbing, sheet piling, de-watering, or other construction methods or procedures,
which may be necessary to complete the project and additional compensation will not be
allowed, unless otherwise specified in this document.
1-02.5 Proposal Forms
(City Contracts, July 31, 2017 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The Proposal Form will identify the project and its location and describe the work. It will also
list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of work, and the materials to be
furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that
call for, but are not limited to, unit prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount;
signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgment of addenda;
the bidder’s name, address, telephone number, and signature; the bidder’s
UDBE/DBE/M/WBE commitment, if applicable; a State of Washington Contractor’s
Registration Number; and a Business License Number, if applicable. Bids shall be completed
by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications
are included as part of the Proposal Form.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 24
The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and
additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all
alternates and additives set forth in the Proposal Form unless otherwise specified.
1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal
(City Contracts, December 10, 2020 APWA GSP, Option B)
Supplement the second paragraph with the following:
4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum
price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated.
5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be
initialed by the signer of the bid.
Delete the last two paragraphs, and replace them with the following:
The Bidder shall submit with their Bid a completed Contractor Certification Wage Law
Compliance form, provided by the Contracting Agency. Failure to return this certification as
part of the Bid Proposal package will make this Bid Nonresponsive and ineligible for Award.
A Contractor Certification of Wage Law Compliance form is included in the Proposal Forms.
The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner.
A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign).
A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner. A
copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any UDBE
requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement.
A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member
of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid
Form if any UDBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement.
(City Contracts, June 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, may also be initialed by
an authorized representative of the bidder.
1-02.7 Bid Deposit
(City Contracts, May 2015 City of Auburn GSP)
This section is revised as follows:
The third and fourth sentences of the first paragraph are deleted.
The last paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
The failure to furnish a Bid deposit of a minimum of 5 percent with the Bid shall make the Bid
nonresponsive and shall cause the Bid to be rejected by the Contracting Agency.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 25
(City Contracts, March 8, 2013 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Bid bonds shall contain the following:
1. Contracting Agency-assigned number for the project;
2. Name of the project;
3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee;
4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage
which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be
awarded;
5. Signature of the bidder’s officer empowered to sign official statements. The
signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the
signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany the said
signature;
6. The signature of the surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond and the
power of attorney.
If so stated in the Contract Provisions, bidder must use the bond form included in the Contract
Provisions.
If so stated in the Contract Provisions, cash will not be accepted for a bid deposit.
1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The City will not consider proposals it receives after the time fixed for opening bids as
specified in Section 1-02.12.
Executed Bid Proposal Package documents shall be submitted in a sealed envelope
provided by the Bidder, to the following address:
Office of the City Clerk
City of Auburn
25 West Main Street
Auburn, WA 98001-4998
The sealed Bid Proposal Package shall be plainly marked with the Bidder’s firm name, return
address and telephone number, and in the lower left hand corner marked with “Sealed Bid
for:” followed by the project number, project name, and bid opening date and time.
Proposals may also be sent by mail. Mailed proposals shall be sealed in a second envelope,
also addressed and marked as stated above. If the mail option is chosen, it is the Contractor’s
sole responsibility to ensure that the City receives the Proposal prior to the specified Bid
Opening date and time. Proposals received after the specified Bid Opening date and time
will be deemed non-responsive and will not be opened or considered.
1-02.10 Withdrawing, Revising, or Supplementing Proposal
(City Contracts, July 23, 2015 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, and replace it with the following:
After submitting a physical Bid Proposal to the Contracting Agency, the Bidder may withdraw,
revise, or supplement it if:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 26
1. The Bidder submits a written request signed by an authorized person and
physically delivers it to the place designated for receipt of Bid Proposals, and
2. The Contracting Agency receives the request before the time set for receipt of Bid
Proposals, and
3. The revised or supplemented Bid Proposal (if any) is received by the Contracting
Agency before the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals.
If the Bidder’s request to withdraw, revise, or supplement its Bid Proposal is received before
the time set for receipt of Bid Proposals, the Contracting Agency will return the unopened
Proposal package to the Bidder. The Bidder must then submit the revised or supplemented
package in its entirety. If the Bidder does not submit a revised or supplemented package,
then its bid shall be considered withdrawn.
Late revised or supplemented Bid Proposals or late withdrawal requests will be date recorded
by the Contracting Agency and returned unopened. Mailed, emailed, or faxed requests to
withdraw, revise, or supplement a Bid Proposal are not acceptable.
1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement the Section with the following:
Bid Proposal Packages will be opened and publicly read aloud by the City Clerk’s Office in
the Auburn City Hall located at 25 West Main Street, Auburn WA at the bid opening date and
time specified in the Invitation for Bids.
City of Auburn bid openings will be held virtually and telephonically. Access to the Virtual
Meeting and phone number to listen to the public bid opening is included in the Bid Proposal
Package.
1-02.13 Irregular Proposals
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
1. A Proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if:
a. The Bidder is not prequalified when so required;
b. The authorized Proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used
or is altered;
c. The completed Proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions,
alternate Bids, or conditions;
d. The Bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or
enter into the Contract;
e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the Bid Proposal;
f. The Proposal form is not properly executed;
g. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a subcontractor list (WSDOT
Form 271-015), if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6;
h. The Bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged Business
Enterprise Certification (WSDOT Form 272-056), if applicable, as required in
Section 1-02.6;
i. The Bidder fails to submit Written Confirmations (WSDOT Form 422-031) from
each DBE firm listed on the Bidder’s completed DBE Utilization Certification
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 27
that they are in agreement with the bidder’s DBE participation commitment, if
applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the written confirmation that is
submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions;
j. The Bidder fails to submit DBE Good Faith Effort documentation, if applicable,
as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is submitted fails to
demonstrate that a Good Faith Effort to meet the Condition of Award was
made;
k. The Bidder fails to submit a DBE Bid Item Breakdown (WSDOT Form 272-054),
if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that is
submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions;
l. The Bidder fails to submit DBE Trucking Credit Forms (WSDOT Form 272-
058), if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6, or if the documentation that
is submitted fails to meet the requirements of the Special Provisions;
m. The Bid Proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet
the material terms of the Bid invitation; or
n. More than one Proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under
the same or different names.
2. A Proposal may be considered irregular and may be rejected if:
a. The Proposal does not include a unit price for every Bid item;
b. Any of the unit prices are excessively unbalanced (either above or below the
amount of a reasonable Bid) to the potential detriment of the Contracting
Agency;
c. Receipt of Addenda is not acknowledged;
d. A member of a joint venture or partnership and the joint venture or partnership
submit Proposals for the same project (in such an instance, both Bids may be
rejected); or
e. If Proposal form entries are not made in ink.
1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders
(City Contracts, May 17, 2018 APWA GSP, Option A)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
A Bidder will be deemed not responsible if the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder
responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1), as amended.
The Contracting Agency will verify that the Bidder meets the mandatory bidder responsibility
criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1). To assess bidder responsibility, the Contracting Agency
reserves the right to request documentation as needed from the Bidder and third parties
concerning the Bidder’s compliance with the mandatory bidder responsibility criteria.
If the Contracting Agency determines the Bidder does not meet the mandatory bidder
responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04.350(1) and is therefore not a responsible Bidder, the
Contracting Agency shall notify the Bidder in writing, with the reasons for its determination.
If the Bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within two (2)
business days of the Contracting Agency’s determination by presenting its appeal and any
additional information to the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will consider the
appeal and any additional information before issuing its final determination. If the final
determination affirms that the Bidder is not responsible, the Contracting Agency will not
execute a contract with any other Bidder until at least two business days after the Bidder
determined to be not responsible has received the Contracting Agency’s final determination.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 28
(City Contracts, April 2014 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The City of Auburn reserves the right to determine the lowest responsible bidder based on
factors other than just price, including but not limited to the following:
1. Liability exposure;
2. References and past performance;
3. Judgments entered against the bidder within the last 5 years that shows a
history of failing to meet the terms of the contract;
4. History of claims with other agencies on similar projects;
5. Inadequate or ambiguous specifications;
6. Specifications have been revised;
7. Lowest responsible bid deemed not the best price obtainable;
8. Bids not independently arrived or submitted in bad faith (i.e., price fixing);
9. A determination made that all the necessary requirements of the bid process
have not been met;
10. Insufficient competition; and,
11. Other claims or other indications that cancellation or rejection of all bids is
clearly in the best interest of the City.
For the purpose of this criterion, ‘bidder’ shall include the registered construction company
submitting the bid, as well as the owner(s) of the company, and any other construction
companies the owner(s) may currently or previously have owned.
1-02.15 Pre-Award Information
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these
items or actions of the apparent lowest responsible bidder:
1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or
all materials to be used,
2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests,
3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the
order of and time required for the various phases of the work,
4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item,
5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the
Engineer,
6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city or
county where the work is located.
7. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that
the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder.
1-03 Award and Execution of Contract
1-03.1 Consideration of Bids
(City Contracts, January 23, 2006 APWA GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 29
After opening and reading proposals, the Contracting Agency will check them for correctness
of extensions of the prices per unit and the total price. If a discrepancy exists between the
price per unit and the extended amount of any bid item, the price per unit will control. If a
minimum bid amount has been established for any item and the bidder’s unit or lump sum
price is less than the minimum specified amount, the Contracting Agency will unilaterally
revise the unit or lump sum price, to the minimum specified amount and recalculate the
extension. The total of extensions, corrected where necessary, including sales taxes where
applicable and such additives and/or alternates as selected by the Contracting Agency, will
be used by the Contracting Agency for award purposes and to fix the Awarded Contract Price
amount and the amount of the contract bond.
(City Contracts, September 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-03.1(2) Additive and Deductive Schedules
The City reserves the right to select any, all, or none of the additive and/or deductive bid
schedules provided on the Proposal Form. The Contractor must complete each additive
and/or deductive bid schedule to be considered a responsive bid. The Contract award will
be made based on the lowest responsible and responsive total bid, including any selected
additive and/or deductive bid schedules, as determined by the City.
1-03.3 Execution of Contract
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise this section to read:
The unsigned Form of Contract will be available for digital signature by the successful bidder
on the first business day following award.
Within 20 calendar days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed
Contracting Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-
07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of
the contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award
information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15.
Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the Contracting
Agency nor shall any work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-
furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas
and for any materials ordered before the contract is executed by the Contracting Agency.
If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the
contract documents within the calendar days after the award date stated above, the
Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 7 additional calendar days for return of
the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it.
1-03.4 Contract Bond
(City Contracts, September 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The successful bidder shall provide executed payment and performance bond(s) for the full
contract amount. The bond shall be a combined payment and performance bond and shall:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 30
1. Be on Contracting Agency-furnished form(s);
2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that:
a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and
b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington
published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner,
3. Guarantee that the Contractor will perform and comply with all obligations, duties,
and conditions under the Contract, including but not limited to the duty and
obligation to indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against all
losses and claims related directly or indirectly from any failure:
a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower tier
subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform and comply with all
contract obligations, conditions, and duties, or
b. Of the Contractor (or the subcontractors or lower tier subcontractors of the
Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier
subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or
provisions for carrying out the work;
4. Be conditioned upon the payment of taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the
project under titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW; and
5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign
the bond; and
6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements
(sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be
signed by the president or vice president, unless accompanied by written proof of
the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e.,
corporate resolution, power of attorney, or a letter to such effect signed by the
president or vice president).
(City Contracts, January 2015 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The “Contract Bond” shall remain in force for one year following the “Completion Date” of the
Contract to insure Contract defects during the one-year guarantee period in compliance with
Section 1-05.10.
(City Contracts, May 17, 2018 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-03.4(1) Retainage in Lieu of Contract Bond
For contracts of $150,000 or less, the Contractor may, at the Contractor’s option, authorize
the Contracting Agency to retain 10% of the contract amount in lieu of furnishing a
performance and/or payment bond. If the Contractor elects this option, the retainage shall
be held for a period of thirty (30) days after the date of final acceptance, or until receipt of all
necessary releases from the Departments of Revenue and of Labor and Industries and
settlement of any liens filed under RCW 60.28, whichever is later. The Contractor must
advise the Contracting Agency in writing of the Contractor's election to authorize retainage
in lieu of a bond, at the time of execution of the Contract.
In choosing this option, the Contractor agrees that if the Contractor, its heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 31
truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract, and shall
faithfully perform all the provisions of such contract and shall also well and truly perform and
fulfill all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of any and all duly
authorized modifications of the Contract that may hereafter be made, at the time and in the
manner therein specified, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, and material
suppliers, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons, or subcontractors, with
provisions and supplies for the carrying on of such work, on his or her part, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the Contracting Agency, its officers and agents from any claim
for such payment, then the funds retained in lieu of a performance bond shall be released at
the time provided above; otherwise, the funds shall be retained until the Contractor fulfills the
said obligations.
1-03.7 Judicial Review
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise this section to read:
All decisions made by the Contracting Agency regarding the Award and execution of the
Contract or Bid rejection shall be conclusive subject to the scope of judicial review permitted
under Washington Law. Such review, if any, shall be timely filed in the Superior Court of the
county where the Contracting Agency headquarters is located, provided that where an action
is asserted against a county, RCW 36.01.050 shall control venue and jurisdiction.
(City Contracts, August 2021 City of Auburn)
Add the following new section:
1-03.8 City Determination
The City reserves the right to determine the following:
1. Whether a proposal is irregular under the terms of Section 1-02.13, and
2. Whether a bidder is not responsible under Section 1-02.14.
1-04 Scope of the Work
1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special
Provisions, Specifications and Addenda
(Non-City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the second paragraph to read:
Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of
precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth):
1. Public Facility Extension Agreement (for public facility extension work)
2. City issued permit terms and conditions
3. Permit/FAC Plans
4. City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards Part 1: Special Provisions
5. City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards Part 2: Standard Details
6. Standard Specifications
7. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 32
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the second paragraph to read:
Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of
precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth):
1. Addenda
2. Proposal Form
3. Project Specific Special Provisions
4. Contract Plans
5. City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards Part 1: Special Provisions
6. City of Auburn Engineering Construction Standards Part 2: Standard Details
7. Standard Specifications
8. WSDOT Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement the section with the following:
The Contractor shall have the Contract Documents available at the job site during
construction.
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-04.3(1) Contractor-Discovered Discrepancies
The Contractor shall carefully study and compare all the components of the Contract
Documents and other instructions, and check and verify all field measurements. The
Contractor shall, prior to ordering material or performing work, report in writing to the
Engineer any error, inconsistency, or omission in respect to design or mode of construction.
If the Contractor, in the course of this study or in the accomplishment of the work, finds any
discrepancy between the Plans and the physical condition of the locality as represented in
the Plans, or any such errors or omissions in respect to the design or mode of construction
in the Plans or in the layout as given by points and instructions, it shall be the Contractor’s
duty to inform the Engineer immediately in writing, and the Engineer will promptly do the
same. Any work done after such discovery, until correction of the Plans or authorization of
extra work is given, if the Engineer finds that extra work is involved, will be done at the
Contractor’s risk. If extra work is involved, the procedure shall be as provided in Section 1-
04.4.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete Section 1-04.4 in its entirety and replace with the following:
1-04.4 Changes
Changes in Work shall be per Chapter 2 of the Engineering Design Standards.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 33
1-04.4(1) Minor Changes
(City Contracts, May 30, 2019 APWA GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
Payments or credits for changes amounting to $25,000 or less may be made under the Bid
item “Minor Change”. At the discretion of the Contracting Agency, this procedure for Minor
Changes may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4. All
“Minor Change” work will be within the scope of the Contract Work and will not change
Contract Time.
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
The first two sentences of the second paragraph are deleted.
1-04.5(1)A Disputes Review Board
(City Contracts, August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this Section and its Subsections in their entirety.
1-04.6 Variation in Estimated Quantities
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP, Option B)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
Payment to the Contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of Work performed and
accepted in conformance with the Contract. When the accepted quantity of Work performed
under a unit item varies from the original Proposal quantity, payment will be at the unit
Contract price for all Work unless the total accepted quantity of the Contract item, adjusted
to exclude added or deleted amounts included in change orders accepted by both parties,
increases or decreases by more than 25 percent from the original Proposal quantity, and if
the total extended bid price for that item at time of award is equal to or greater than 10 percent
of the total contract price at time of award. In that case, payment for contract work may be
adjusted as described herein:
1-04.11 Final Cleanup
(February 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
The third sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The City Right-of-Way, material sites, and all ground the Contractor occupied to do the Work
shall be left neat and presentable.
(February 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement the section with the following:
Final cleanup shall also include cleaning out all newly installed storm drain pipe and
structures and any ditches that may have been filled during the work, replacing damaged
surfacing, and putting the site in a neat, orderly condition and, in respect to structures,
cleaning all windows and leaving buildings broom clean.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 34
1-05 Control of Work
1-05.1 Authority of the Engineer
1-05.1(1) Oral Orders
(August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the City, either
before or after execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations
contained in any of the documents comprising the Contract. Such oral agreement or
conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the
City, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the City.
1-05.1(2) Request for Information (RFI)
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Requests for Information (RFIs) shall be made electronically and shall be transmitted via
email to PWSubmittals@auburnwa.gov. The email subject line of electronic RFIs shall
include the following: Project Number, Project Name, and RFI Title. Each email shall be
limited to 10 MB in size.
In the event the Contractor cannot meet the 10 MB size limit for a specific RFI, the Contractor
may request to submit the individual RFI as a hardcopy. Hardcopy RFIs shall be either
mailed to the City of Auburn Public Works Department at 25 West Main St, Auburn, WA
98001 or dropped off at the City of Auburn Customer Service Center located on the 2nd floor
of the One East Main St, Auburn WA 98001 building.
All RFIs shall accompany the City of Auburn “CIP Construction Request for Information (RFI)”
form as a cover letter with enough information provided for the Engineer to respond
accordingly.
1-05.4 Conformity with and Deviations from Plans and Stakes
(September 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
The allowable tolerance for the Contractor’s work shall not exceed 0.02 feet from lines,
grades, depths and cross-sections shown on the Plans unless otherwise specified in these
contract documents.
(January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the fourth through seventh paragraphs of this section.
(City Contracts, July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 1)
Supplement this section with the following:
Roadway and Utility Surveys
The Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor one time only all principal lines, grades, and
measurements the Engineer deems necessary for completion of the work. These shall
generally consist of one initial set of:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 35
1. Slope stakes for establishing grading;
2. Curb grade stakes;
3. Centerline finish grade stakes for pavement sections wider than 25 feet; and
4. Offset points to establish line and grade for underground utilities such as
water, sewers, and storm drains.
On alley construction projects with minor grade changes, the Engineer shall provide only
offset hubs on one side of the alley to establish the alignment and grade.
(City Contracts, April 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall establish all survey controls, both horizontal and vertical, as necessary
to assure proper placement of all project elements based on the primary control points
provided by the Engineer. Survey work shall be within the following tolerances:
Stationing ±0.01 foot
Alignment ±0.01 foot (between successive points)
Superstructure Elevations ±0.01 foot (from plan elevations)
Substructure Elevations ±0.05 foot (from plan elevations)
During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer all field
books including survey information, footing elevations, cross sections and quantities.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the close coordination of field locations and
measurements with appropriate dimensions of structural members being fabricated.
(City Contracts, September 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall inform the Engineer at least 3 working days in advance where they
intend to work, thus enabling the Engineer to set the engineering control point, lines, and
grades with a minimum of delay and interference. The Engineer may require additional
advance notice dependent upon survey requirements and scheduling.
Delays caused by lack of stakes or as a result of the Contractor failing to be specific when
requesting survey staking shall not be the basis for additional time or claims for additional
compensation by the Contractor.
(City Contracts, July 23, 2015 APWA GSP, Option 2)
Supplement this section with the following:
Bridge and Structure Surveys
For all structural work such as bridges and retaining walls, the Contractor shall retain, as a
part of Contractor’s organization, an experienced team of surveyors.
The Contractor shall provide all surveys required to complete the structure, except the
following primary survey control, which will be provided by the Engineer:
1. Centerline or offsets to centerline of the structure.
2. Stations of abutments and pier centerlines.
3. A sufficient number of bench marks for levels to enable the Contractor to set
grades at reasonably short distances.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 36
4. Monuments and control points as shown in the Plans.
The Contractor shall establish all secondary survey controls, both horizontal and vertical, as
necessary to assure proper placement of all project elements based on the primary control
points provided by the Engineer. Survey work shall be within the following tolerances:
Stationing ±0.01 foot
Alignment ±0.01 foot (between successive points)
Superstructure Elevations ±0.01 foot (from plan elevations)
Substructure Elevations ±0.05 foot (from plan elevations)
During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer all field
books including survey information, footing elevations, cross sections and quantities.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the close coordination of field locations and
measurements with appropriate dimensions of structural members being fabricated.
(Non-City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Bridge and Structure Surveys
For all structural work such as bridges and retaining walls, the Contractor shall retain, as a
part of Contractor’s organization, an experienced team of surveyors.
The Contractor shall provide all surveys required to complete the structure, including the
following primary survey control:
1. Centerline or offsets to centerline of the structure.
2. Stations of abutments and pier centerlines.
3. A sufficient number of bench marks for levels to enable the Contractor to set
grades at reasonably short distances.
4. Monuments and control points as shown in the Plans.
The Contractor shall establish all secondary survey controls, both horizontal and vertical, as
necessary to assure proper placement of all project elements based on the primary control
points. Survey work shall be within the following tolerances:
Stationing ±0.01 foot
Alignment ±0.01 foot (between successive points)
Superstructure Elevations ±0.01 foot (from plan elevations)
Substructure Elevations ±0.05 foot (from plan elevations)
During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer all field
books including survey information, footing elevations, cross sections and quantities.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the close coordination of field locations and
measurements with appropriate dimensions of structural members being fabricated.
(Non-City Contracts, April 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 37
The Contractor shall establish all survey controls, both horizontal and vertical, as necessary
to assure proper placement of all project elements. Survey work shall be within the following
tolerances:
Stationing ±0.01 foot
Alignment ±0.01 foot (between successive points)
Superstructure Elevations ±0.01 foot (from plan elevations)
Substructure Elevations ±0.05 foot (from plan elevations)
During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall make available to the Engineer all field
books including survey information, footing elevations, cross sections and quantities.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the close coordination of field locations and
measurements with appropriate dimensions of structural members being fabricated.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new subsection to this section:
1-05.4(1) Monuments
The Contractor shall work to preserve the existing monumentation as provided in RCW
58.09.130 and WAC 332-120. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately if it
becomes apparent that a survey marker will be disturbed due to construction. The Contractor
shall allow ample time for the Engineer and/or Contractor, as applicable, to acquire adequate
information so that the monument may be replaced by the Contractor in its original position
after construction.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new subsection to this section:
1-05.4(2) Contracting Agency Provided Construction Staking
1-05.4(2)A General
As used in this Section 1-05.4, the words, “stake,” “mark,” “marker,” or “monument” will be
deemed to include any kind of survey marking, whether or not set by the Contracting Agency.
1-05.4(2)B Control Stakes
The Engineer will supply construction stakes and marks establishing lines, slopes and grades
in accordance with this Section of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall assume full
responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from
these Engineer furnished stakes and marks.
A claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction
work allegedly due to error in the Engineer’s line and grade will not be allowed unless the
original control points set by the Engineer still exist, or unless the Contractor can provide
other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error was caused by incorrect
Engineer furnished survey data. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the
minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such
variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 38
The Contractor shall provide a work site clear of equipment, stockpiles and obstructions
which has been prepared and maintained to permit construction staking to proceed in a safe
and orderly manner. The Engineer will stake a finite amount of work in a single day in
accordance with Section 1-05.4(1)C of these Special Provisions.
Stakes that constitute reference points for all construction work will be conspicuously marked
with an appropriate color of flagging tape. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to
inform its employees and subcontractors of the importance and necessity to preserve the
stakes.
1-05.4(2)C Survey Requests
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to properly schedule survey work and coordinate
staking requests with construction activities. The Engineer may be reasonably expected to
stake any one of the following items, in the quantity shown, in a single day:
Roadway grading +/-1500 lineal feet of centerline
Storm or sanitary sewer Approximately 8-10 structures
Water main +/-1500 lineal feet of pipe
Curb and gutter +/-1300 lineal feet (one side only)
Base and top course +/-1000 lineal feet of centerline
Slope staking +/-800-1200 lineal feet (top and toe)
Illumination/signalization Approximately 15-20 structures
Actual quantities may vary based on the complexity of the project, line of sight considerations,
traffic interference, properly prepared work site, and other items that could affect production.
The Contractor shall be aware that length does not always translate directly into stationing.
For example, a survey request for storm sewer pipe from Station 3+00 to 8+00 is 500 lineal
feet in length. There may be 1000 lineal feet, or more, of storm sewer pipe, if the pipe is
placed on both sides of the roadway and interconnected.
The Contractor shall provide staking requests at least three (3) working days before the
Engineer needs to begin the staking operation. If the work site is obstructed so that survey
work cannot be done, a new survey request shall be submitted by the Contractor so that the
survey work can be rescheduled once the site is properly prepared. An additional 3 working
days may be required to complete the rescheduled work.
The Contractor shall work to preserve stakes and marks set by the Engineer. The
Contracting Agency will deduct from payments due the Contractor all costs to replace such
stakes, marks, carelessly or willfully damaged or destroyed by the Contractor’s operation. A
new survey request shall be submitted by the Contractor to replace the damaged or
destroyed stakes. An additional 3 working days may be required to complete the request.
If the removal of a control stake or monument is required by the construction operations of
the Contractor or its subcontractors, and advance notice of at least three (3) working days is
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 39
given to the Engineer, the Engineer will reference, remove, and later replace the stakes at
no cost to the Contractor.
The Contractor is not entitled to an extension of time, as provided for in Section 1 -08.8 as a
result of any replacement of control stakes.
1-05.4(2)D Staking Services
The Contractor shall determine appropriate construction stake offset distances to prevent
damage to stakes by its construction equipment.
The Engineer shall furnish to the Contractor, one time only, all principal lines, grades and
measurements the Engineer deems necessary for completion of the work. These shall
generally consist of one initial set of:
1. Cut or fill stakes for establishing grade and embankments,
2. Curb or gutter grade stakes,
3. Centerline finish grade stakes for pavement sections wider than 25 feet as set forth
in Section 1-05.5(5), subsection 2, and
4. Offset points to establish line and grade for underground utilities such as water,
sewers, storm drains, illumination and signalization.
No intermediate stakes shall be provided between curb grade and centerline stakes.
The Contractor shall provide enough safe areas to permit the Engineer to set those points
and elevations that are the responsibility of the Contracting Agency and to perform random
checks of the surveying performed by the Contractor.
Roadway and Utility Surveys
The Engineer will furnish the following stakes and reference marks:
• Clearing Limits - One set of clearing limit stakes will be set at approximately 50-foot
stations or as needed.
• Rough Grading - One set of rough grade stakes will be set along the construction
centerline of streets at 50-foot stations as required. (If superelevations require
intermediate stakes along vertical curves, the Engineer will provide staking at closer
intervals.) One set of primary cut and fill stakes will be set for site work. One set of
secondary final grade cut and fill stakes will be set where deemed applicable as
determined by the Engineer.
• Storm Sewers - Two cut or fill stakes for each inlet, catch basin or manhole will be set
at appropriate offsets to the center of the structure. After installation and backfill,
inverts will be checked for correctness.
• Sanitary Sewers - Two cut or fill stakes for each manhole or cleanout location will be
set at appropriate offsets to the center of the structure. After installation and backfill,
inverts will be checked for correctness.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 40
• Water Main - One set of line stakes will be furnished for water mains at 50-foot
stations. Additionally, two reference stakes for each valve, hydrant, tee and angle
point location will be set concurrently with these line stakes.
• Staking for Embankments - Catch points and one-line stake will be set in those cases
where the vertical difference in elevation from the construction centerline to the toe
or top of a cut or fill slope exceeds 3 feet. In all other areas, stakes shall be set at an
appropriate offset to the street centerline to allow for the preservation of said offsets
through the rough grading phase. In both cases the stakes shall be clearly marked
with appropriate information necessary to complete the rough grading phase.
• Curb and Gutters - One set of curb and gutter stakes shall be set at an appropriate
offset at 25-foot intervals, beginning and end points of curves and curb returns,
wheelchair ramps, driveways, and sufficient mid-curve points to establish proper
alignment.
• Base and Top Course – When deemed appropriate by the Engineer, one set of final
construction centerline grade hubs will be set for each course, at not less than 50-
foot stations. No intermediate stakes shall be provided unless superelevations require
them. In those circumstances, one grade hub left and right of construction centerline
at the transition stations will be set at an appropriate offset to centerline not less than
25-foot stations.
• Adjacent or Adjoining Wetlands - One set of stakes delineating adjacent wetland
perimeters will be set at 25 to 50-foot stations as required.
• Illumination and Traffic Signals System - One set of stakes for luminaires and traffic
signal pole foundations will be set as required. One set of stakes for vaults, junction
boxes, and conduits will be set, only if curb and gutter is not in place at the time of
the survey request. If curb and gutter is in place, staking for vaults, junction boxes,
and conduits will be provided at an additional expense to the Contractor.
When deemed appropriate by the Engineer, cut sheets will be supplied for curb, storm,
sanitary sewer and water lines. Cuts or fills may be marked on the surveyed points but should
not be relied on as accurate until a completed cut sheet is supplied.
The Contractor is responsible for staking all other items deemed necessary to construct the
project per the Plans and Specifications. All costs associated with Contractor staking shall
be incidental to the Work and be included in the Contract unit prices.
1-05.7 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work
(January 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the Contractor fails to remedy defective or unauthorized work within the time specified in a
written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the work required by the
Contract Documents, the Engineer may correct and remedy such work as may be identified
in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the
Contracting Agency may deem necessary.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 41
If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines
to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective and unauthorized work
corrected immediately, have the rejected work removed and replaced, or have work the
Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An
emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its
remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the
public.
Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and
remedying defective or unauthorized work, or work the Contractor failed or refused to
perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Such direct costs shall include in particular, but
without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for
repair and replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized work.
No adjustment in contract time will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of
the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s rights provided by this
Section.
The rights exercised under the provisions of this Section shall not diminish the Contracting
Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to
the Contractor’s failure to perform the work as required.
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the
Contractor for costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and
remedying defective or unauthorized work, the Contractor failed or refused to perform.
No adjustment in compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of
the work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s rights provided by this
Section.
1-05.10 Guarantees
(September 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract, the work performed under these Contract
Documents shall be guaranteed for a period of one year beyond the “Completion Date”
thereof against defective materials, equipment, and workmanship and shall also include the
landscape establishment required in the Contract per Section 8-02.3(13). Upon receipt of
notice from the City of failure of any part of the material, equipment or workmanship during
the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be replaced with new materials or
equipment by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. This guarantee shall be bonded in
compliance with Section 1-03.4.
The Contractor shall be available approximately 60 calendar days prior to the expiration of
the one-year guarantee period to tour the project, with the Engineer, in support of the
Engineer’s effort to establish a list of corrective work required under the one-year guarantee.
Upon the receipt of written notice of such required corrective work, the Contractor shall
pursue vigorously, diligently, and without unauthorized interruption of the City Facilities, the
work necessary to correct the items listed.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 42
1-05.11 Final Inspection
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace this section with the following:
When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall
request the Engineer to perform inspections and provide a punch list of any completed work
requiring correction. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of work that remain
to be completed. After receiving the punch list and completing the corrections and
outstanding work, the Contractor will request additional inspections as needed until the
Engineer has determined that all Work is physically complete. This determination is one of
the requirements associated with Final Acceptance.
In order for the Work to be considered physically complete, the Contractor must have
completed all start-up and operational testing of systems such as machinery or other
mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation
systems; buildings; or other similar work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the
Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the
determining that the work is physically complete. Whenever items of work are listed in the
Contract Provisions for operational testing, they shall be fully tested under operating
conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability. During and following the
test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment
which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical
controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be
tested under the observation of the Engineer, so the Engineer may determine their suitability
for the purpose for which they were installed. The Work is not considered physically complete
until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
(City Contracts, October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Delete the entire section and replace with the following, including subsections:
1-05.11 Final Inspections and Operational Testing
1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date
When the Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall
so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date.
The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of work that remain to be completed in
order to reach physical completion. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the work with
the Contractor to determine the status of completion. The Engineer may also establish the
Substantial Completion Date unilaterally.
If, after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the work is substantially
complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor,
will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not
consider the work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by
written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore.
Upon receipt of written notice concurring in or denying substantial completion, whichever is
applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized
interruption, the work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 43
Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor
expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the work.
The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial
Completion Date and the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for
final inspection.
1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date
(City Contracts, October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
When the Contractor considers the work physically complete and ready for final inspection,
the Contractor by written notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection.
The Engineer will set a date for final inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then
make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars
in which the final inspection reveals the work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor
shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed
deficiencies. Corrective work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption
until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the
Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected.
If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated wit hin 7 days after receipt of the
written notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon written notice to the Contractor,
take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies pursuant to Section 1-05.7.
The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the
performance of the work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right hereunder.
Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting
Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the work was considered physically complete. That
date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the contract, but shall not imply
acceptance of the work or that all the obligations of the Contractor under the contract have
been fulfilled.
1-05.11(3) Operational Testing
(City Contracts, October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have, at the Physical Completion Date, a complete
and operable system. Therefore when the work involves the installation of machinery or
other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical distribution or signal systems; irrigation
systems; buildings; or other similar work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the
Contractor operate and test the work for a period of time after final inspection but prior to the
physical completion date. Whenever items of work are listed in the Contract Provisions for
operational testing, they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period
specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and
following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials,
or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment,
electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period
shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so the Engineer may determine their
suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date
cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 44
The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to
successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related
to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal.
Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a
manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the contract.
1-05.12 Final Acceptance
(City Contracts, October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
The Contractor must perform all obligations under the Contract before a Completion Date
and final acceptance can occur. Failure of the Contractor to perform all the obligations under
the Contract shall not bar the Contracting Agency from unilaterally accepting the Contract as
provided in Section 1-09.9. Progress estimates or payments shall not be construed as
acceptance of any Work under the Contract.
1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor, and Equipment of Contractor
(City Contracts, September 2013 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the seventh paragraph to read:
Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor’s qualifications pursuant to
Section 1-02.14, it will take these performance reports into account.
(August 2015 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors
1-05.14(1) Cooperation with Others
Should the Engineer determine that a property owner, a utility company or the City has
adequate reason to avoid access closure, sewer or water shutoff at the time scheduled, the
Contractor shall reschedule their work to meet the new conditions.
(City Contracts, October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-05.16 Water and Power
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and shall bear the costs for power and
water necessary for the performance of the work, unless the contract includes power and
water as a pay item, or unless provided for otherwise in these Special Provisions.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-05.16 Water and Power
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and
water necessary for the performance of the work.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 45
(January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-05.17 Construction Record Drawings
The following requirements are intended to provide the project Contractor with the
information necessary to furnish the City with satisfactory Construction Record Drawings:
1. The Contractor shall be responsible for tracking all relevant field changes to
the approved construction drawings on a daily basis. These changes shall be
clearly identified in red in a comprehensive manner on one set of full-size
Plans to be known as the “Construction Record Drawings”. The Construction
Record Drawings may be in electronic format (PDF); however, all
requirements of this section shall be met.
2. The Construction Record Drawing set shall be used for this purpose alone,
shall be kept separate from other Plan sheets, and shall be clearly marked as
“Construction Record Drawings”. The Construction Record Drawings, either
hard copy version or electronic format, shall be accessible on site, and shall
be available for review by the Contracting Agency at all times. The Contractor
shall bring the hard copy Construction Record Drawings to each progress
meeting or bring an accessible electronic version for review when such
meetings are included in the Contract.
3. The quality of the Construction Record Drawings, in terms of accuracy, clarity,
and completeness, shall be adequate to allow the Contracting Agency to
modify the computer-aided drafting (CAD) Contract Drawings and electronic
PDF drawings to produce a complete set of Construction As-builts for the
Contracting Agency without further investigative effort by the Contracting
Agency.
4. The Construction Record Drawings shall identify all existing or abandoned
utilities that were encountered during construction that were not shown on the
approved construction drawings.
5. The Construction Record Drawing markups shall document all changes in the
Work, both concealed and visible. Items that must be shown on the markups
include but are not limited to:
• Actual dimensions, arrangement, and materials used when different
than shown in the Plans.
• Changes made by Change Order or Field Directive.
• Changes made by the Contractor as approved by the Engineer.
• Accurate locations of storm drainage, sanitary sewer, water mains and
other water appurtenances, structures, conduits, light standards,
vaults, width of roadways, sidewalks, landscaping areas, building
footprints, channelization and pavement markings, etc. Include pipe
invert elevations, top of castings (manholes, inlets, etc.).
The Construction Record Drawings shall identify all deviations from the approved
construction drawings as follows:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 46
Sanitary Sewer
Manholes:
• Type/size of structure
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Rim elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
• Invert elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
• Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Pipes:
• Type of pipe
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Length between structures to the nearest 1 foot
• Slopes based on invert elevations
• Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Side Sewers:
• Type of pipe
• Location from reference manhole to the nearest 1 foot horizontal and
consistent with the TV report
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Length between structures to the nearest 1 foot
• Slopes based on the constructed invert elevations
• Invert elevations at right-of-way lines to the nearest 0.5-feet vertical
Storm Drainage
Manholes/Catch Basins:
• Type/size of structure
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Rim elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
• Invert elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical
• Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 47
Pipes:
• Type of pipe
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Length between structures to the nearest 1-foot
• Slopes based on the constructed invert elevations
• Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
Water
Pipes:
• Type of pipe and joints
• Deflection of bends to the nearest 1 degree
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Location to the nearest 0.5-foot vertical between valves at 50-foot
stations and intersection with other utilities
• Length between valves to the nearest 1 foot
• Pipe sizes to the nearest 1-inch inside diameter
• Valves, Hydrants, Blowoffs, Air Vacs, and PRV’s:
• Type of facility
• Location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Water Meters and Services:
• Type of service material
• Location of service line to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Meter location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Meter sizes to the nearest ¼-inch in diameter
Streets
Public Streets:
• Centerline elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical at 100-foot
stations
• Centerline slopes and vertical curve data based on the constructed
centerline elevations
• Gutterline elevations to the nearest 0.1-foot vertical (if not a standard
crown section)
• Gutterline slopes and vertical curve data based on the constructed
gutterline elevations (if not a standard crown section)
Driveway and Sidewalk:
• Type of driveway (commercial or residential section)
• Centerline driveway location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Driveway width to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Sidewalk width to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 48
• Curb ramp (steepest grade to the nearest 0.1% of the ramp, wings,
and landing), (indication if curb ramp has associated Maximum
Extents Feasible (MEF) documentation with date of MEF approval)
Channelization:
• Type of buttons, reflectors, and curbs
• General layout location to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Signing:
• Type of signs
• Location of signs to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
Illumination:
• Location of luminaries, junction boxes and service cabinets to the
nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Power meter number and address
• Fixture information (wattage, model number, AMI radio number)
• Davit arm length
Signalization:
• Location of signal poles, junction boxes, service cabinets, and
controllers to the nearest 1-foot horizontal
• Power meter number and address
6. At the time the Contractor transmits the comprehensive redline Construction
Record Drawings to the City, they shall certify that said drawings are in
conformance to the above-referenced requirements and are an accurate
depiction of built conditions;
7. The City shall receive and approve the Contractor’s certified “ Construction
Record Drawings” as specified herein prior to achieving physical completion.
These Construction Record Drawings shall be kept current during the course of construction
by the Contractor and be available for review upon request by the Engineer. The Contractor
shall certify on the Construction Record Drawings that said drawings are an accurate
depiction of built conditions, and in conformance with the requirements detailed above. The
Contractor shall submit an electronic copy (PDF) of the final Construction Record Drawings
to the Contracting Agency.
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Contracting Agency acceptance of the Construction Record Drawings is one of the
requirements for achieving Physical Completion.
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 49
“Construction Record Drawings (Minimum Bid $_____ )”, Lump Sum
Payment for this item will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work completed in
accordance with this section up to 75% of the lump sum bid. The final 25% of the lump sum
item will be paid upon submittal and approval of the completed Construction Record
Drawings set prepared in conformance with these Special Provisions.
A minimum bid amount has been entered in the Bid Proposal for this item.
1-06 Control of Material
1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use
(City Contracts, October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Section 1-06.1 is supplemented with the following:
For each proposed material that is required to be submitted for approval using either the QPL
or RAM process identified in Section 9-38.1(2) the Contractor will be allowed to submit for
approval two materials per material type at no cost. Additional materials may be submitted
for approval and will be processed at a cost of $150.00 per material submitted by QPL
submittal and $500.00 per material submitted by RAM. All costs for the processing additional
materials will be deducted from monies due or that may come due to the Contractor. Subject
to a request by the Contractor and a determination by the Engineer the costs for processing
may be waived.
1-06.1(2) Request for Approval of Material (RAM)
(February 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The second sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The RAM shall be prepared by the Contractor in accordance with the instructions identified
in Section 9-38.1(2) and be submitted to the Engineer for approval before the material is
incorporated into the Work.
1-06.6 Recycled Materials
(City Contracts, January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
Delete this section, including its subsections, and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall make their best effort to utilize recycled materials in the construction of
the project. Approval of such material use shall be as detailed elsewhere in the Standard
Specifications.
Prior to Physical Completion the Contractor shall report the quantity of recycled materials
that were utilized in the construction of the project for each of the items listed in Section 9 -
03.21. The report shall include hot mix asphalt, recycled concrete aggregate, recycled glass,
steel furnace slag and other recycled materials (e.g. utilization of on-site material and
aggregates from concrete returned to the supplier). The Contractor’s report shall be provided
on DOT form 350-075 Recycled Materials Reporting.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 50
1-07 Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public
1-07.1 Laws to be Observed
(October 1, 2005 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall
apply.
The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount
administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington
Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA).
The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the
project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall
establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate
removal to a hospital, or doctor’s care, for persons, including employees, who may have been
injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to work on the project site
before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured
persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care.
The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the
Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from
their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and
completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons
and property in the performance of the work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and
not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to
conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance does not, and shall not, be
intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor’s safety measures in, on, or near
the project site.
1-07.2 State Taxes
(City Contracts, June 27, 2011 APWA GSP)
Delete this Section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following:
1-07.2 State Taxes
The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the State sales
tax. Section 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(3) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor
should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in
this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid
on a misunderstood tax liability.
The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract
amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-
07.2(2) describes this exception.
The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage (or release the Contract Bond if a
FHWA-funded Project) only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State
Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 51
(RCW 60.28.051). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor
any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether
the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into
the proper State fund.
1-07.2(1) State Sales Tax – Rule 171
WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets,
roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state,
or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes
storm or combined sewer systems within and included as a part of the street or road drainage
system and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For work
performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes
in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the
Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed
in doing the work.
1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax – Rule 170
WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, apply to the constructing and repairing of new or
existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to,
the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water
mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such
sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system;
telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above
streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system;
and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property,
whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation.
For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency,
retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this
sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include
the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule
170, with the following exception.
Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or
a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or
consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in
the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount.
1-07.2(3) Services
The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract
wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of
Revenue Rules 138 and 244).
(January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 52
1-07.2(4) Location Code Number
The Location Code Number for projects located in King County is 1702, and for projects in
Pierce County is 2724.
1-07.5 Environmental Regulations
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new subsection:
1-07.5(8) City of Auburn Requirements
The following list represents a portion of City of Auburn Code requirements dealing with the
preservation of public natural resources that affect or are affected by the proposed work.
Copies of applicable code are available in the City Clerk’s office at City Hall, 25 West Main
Street, Auburn, Washington 98001. The City recommends that bidders review such
materials before submitting sealed proposals.
City of Auburn Code – Chapter 8.28: Defines general noise nuisances prohibited in the City
of Auburn.
City of Auburn Code – Titles 14, 16, 17, 18: Reviews types of permits required for grading,
landfills, mining, excavation, utility extension, building and all associated permits.
Requirements of City Code and the most current edition of the Uniform Building Code
adopted by the City apply in all cases. Permit applications are reviewed by the Planning
Department, Building Division and/or Engineering Division.
City of Auburn Code – Chapter 18.62: Permitting required for all mine-related activities
(including asphalt or concrete batching, rock crushing, and transportation to and from a
mine). Permit applications are reviewed by the Planning Department.
1-07.6 Permits and Licenses
(June 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
The Contractor shall become familiar with all permits and licenses obtained or to be obtained
and shall be responsible for and ensure that all their requirements are met.
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All required permits and licenses for this project shall be obtained and paid for by the
Contractor. The cost associated with obtaining any permit(s) shall be included in the unit bid
item prices.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Except as may be provided otherwise in the Contract, if the Contractor wishes to utilize
private property for a construction staging yard, the Contractor may be required to obtain a
Temporary Use Permit and other permits as may be applicable, for use of the property for
those purposes.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 53
1-07.11 Requirements for Nondiscrimination
1-07.11(2) Contractual Requirements
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All contractors, subcontractors and vendors engaged in business with the City of Auburn
shall comply with the following guidelines:
All contractors, subcontractors and vendors who have 50 or more employees and have
contracts with the City of Auburn totaling more than $50,000 annually shall comply with the
provisions of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations of 41 CFR
Chapter 60, and all other related federal and state laws.
The City can provide language pertaining to its non-discrimination policy on purchase orders,
contracts and other relevant information.
The City will not knowingly do business with any bidder, contractor, subcontractor, or vendor
whose employment practices are discriminatory and not in compliance with applicable laws
and regulations. The City reserves the right to determine the Contractor’s, Subcontractor’s,
or Vendor’s normal employment practices, and will take whatever action it considers
appropriate should discriminatory employment practices be discovered.
1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work
1-07.13(2) Relief of Responsibility for Completed Work
(City Contracts, March 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
This section is deleted and replaced with the following:
Unless stated otherwise in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear the risk of loss or damage
for all finished or partially finished work until Final Payment of the entire Contract. This
includes all vandalism, theft, and acts of God or nature.
1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.14(1) Attorney’s Fees, Costs, and Interest
If either party brings an Action to enforce its rights under this agreement, the prevailing
party may recover its expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred in connection
with the Action and any appeal from the losing party.
1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall implement erosion and sediment control (ESC) measures as necessary
to prevent erosion and to stop sediment-laden water from leaving the site and entering the
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 54
storm drain system. Measures shall be in accordance with, and conform to, the City of
Auburn Surface Water Management Manual and Section 8-01 of the Contract Specifications.
1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall not trespass upon private property and shall be responsible for all injury
or damage to persons or property, directly or indirectly, resulting from the Contractor’s
operations in completing this work. The Contractor shall comply with the laws and regulations
of the City of Auburn, County, State, and Federal governments relating to the safety of
persons and property and will be held responsible for, and required to make good, all injury
and damage to persons or property caused by the Contractor’s operations.
Sprinkler irrigation systems that encroach within the limits of improvements shall be modified
as necessary to ensure operation “equal or better than” the original condition upon
completion of the improvements. This work will include, but not be limited to, cutting and
capping existing pipe, relocating existing risers and sprinkler heads, new pipe heads and
connections, and testing of the system.
The Contractor shall give a minimum of 7 working days prior written notification to the owners
of any ditches, landscaping, irrigation lines and appurtenances that interfere with the work.
The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to irrigation facilities by the Contractor’s
operations and shall restore such damaged facilities to “equal or better than” original
condition.
Asphalt concrete pavement or bituminous surfacing outside the project area that is disturbed
by the work shall be restored to its original condition. Asphalt pavement restoration shall
comply with the provisions of Section 5-02 and 5-04 of the Contract Specifications.
Existing cement concrete curb, gutter and sidewalk structures disturbed by the Contractor’s
operations shall be replaced to match existing. Cement concrete shall be Class 3000 with
entrained air in conformance with Section 6-02 of the Contract Specifications.
Existing street shoulders disturbed by the Contractor’s operation shall be resurfaced with 6
inches of compacted Gravel Borrow and 2 inches of compacted Crushed Surfacing Top
Course sloped ½ inches per foot away from the paved street. Street shoulder restoration
shall be in conformance with Section 4-04.3(11) of the Contract Specifications.
All other surfaces, mailboxes, fences, signs, lawn irrigation systems, etc., disturbed by the
project, shall be promptly replaced or relocated to original or better condition. Gravel
driveways disturbed by the work shall be resurfaced with a compacted 2-inch layer of
Crushed Surfacing Top Course. All ditches shall be reconstructed as indicated on the
drawings.
The Contractor shall restore all disturbed landscaping in conformance with Section 8-02 of
the Contract Specifications.
1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property
(December 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 55
Add the following new section:
1-07.16(1)D Protection and Restoration of Existing Markers and Monuments
All existing survey monuments and property corner markers shall be protected from
movement by the Contractor. RCW 58.24.040(8) and WAC 332-120 and their rules shall
apply to all existing survey markers and/or monuments that must be removed for construction
purposes. When survey markers and/or monuments are disturbed, they are to be referenced
by survey ties and then replaced by the Contractor. All existing property corner markers
disturbed or removed by the Contractor’s operations which, in the opinion of the Engineer,
were not required to be removed for construction purposes shall be replaced, at the
Contractor’s own expense, by a Professional Land Surveyor registered in the State of
Washington. This includes the City of Auburn benchmark system. Any damaged monuments
must be reset to second order, first class specifications.
1-07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration
(August 2, 2010 WSDOT GSP)
Section 1-07.16(2) is supplemented with the following:
Vegetation and soil protection zones for trees shall extend out from the trunk to a distance of
1 foot radius for each inch of trunk diameter at breast height.
Vegetation and soil protection zones for shrubs shall extend out from the stems at ground
level to twice the radius of the shrub.
Vegetation and soil protection zones for herbaceous vegetation shall extend to encompass
the diameter of the plant as measured from the outer edge of the plant.
1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities
(June 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following.
For the purpose of determining vertical clearance requirements for overhead power and
communication lines, all public and private streets within the City of Auburn shall be
considered conventional highways and are subject to the requirements stated in WAC 468-
34-290 unless otherwise determined by the City Engineer.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following.
The Contractor is responsible for determining the exact location of existing underground
utilities. The Contract Plans may show locations of various known existing above ground and
underground amenities and obstructions. If shown, the location of known existing
underground utilities are indicated based on available information and may not be exact.
A list of utilities and known contact persons will be available at the pre-construction
conference for the Contractor’s convenience.
The Contractor is responsible for any breakage of utilities or services resulting from their
operations.
The Contractor is responsible for the complete repair (including materials) of any City-owned
utility damaged by the work (including water services), whether or not shown on the Contract
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 56
Plans. Copper water service lines, if damaged, must be replaced in kind by one continuous
service line from the water main to the meter. Splicing will not be permitted. The Contractor
shall repair any damage caused by broken water mains or services. The Contractor shall
have sufficient materials and qualified personnel available to effect immediate repairs of
water and sewer lines that may be damaged by the work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for securing private locate services where One-Number
Locator Services do not cover (such as property outside the public right of way).
1-07.17(1) Utility Construction, Removal, or Relocation by the Contractor
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The temporary removal, replacement, bracing or holding of any utility or structure, including
power and telephone poles, required to accomplish the work, shall be included in the contract
price(s) for the bid item(s) involved. Raising, lowering or horizontal relocation of existing
water services not requiring additional material, where such relocation is required to
accommodate other work, shall be included in the contract price(s) for the bid item(s)
involved.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.17(1)A Disruptions to City Water Services
All water service shutdowns caused by construction activities shall be requested by the
Contractor a minimum of 4 working days in advance of the proposed shutdown, shall be
approved by the City a minimum of 2 working days before the shutdown, and shall be
performed by City Water Utility staff. The Contractor shall schedule Work such that all water
service disruptions are limited to 4 hours. The City does not guarantee a complete dry system
following any water shutdown.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All costs for dewatering following a water shutdown shall be included in the unit bid prices of
the work involved.
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.17(1)B Utility Potholing
1-07.17(1)B(1)General
The Contractor shall physically locate, uncover, and document the location of underground
utilities at the locations identified in the plans. The purpose of utility potholing is to allow
sufficient time ahead of pipe laying operations to identify underground conflicts, allow ample
time to make minor adjustments in pipe grade and/or alignment, and generally facilitate the
Contractor’s work schedule.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 57
The Contractor shall submit a potholing plan/schedule to the Engineer for review and/or
approval per Section 9-38 prior to commencing potholing or pipe laying operations. The plan
shall show the proposed location and clearly state the purpose for each proposed potholing
location. The Engineer may add or delete potholing locations.
In no way shall the work described under Utility Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of the
responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 of the Standard Specifications and these
Special Provisions.
(City Contracts, February 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.17(1)B(2)Measurement
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
“Utility Potholing” will be measured per each pothole excavated that meets all of the following
conditions:
1. The pothole was excavated at least 96 hours ahead of pipe laying or other
contract work relevant to the pothole.
2. The pothole is shown on the pothole plan submittal approved by the Engineer.
3. The pothole data, including soil type, utility material and size, horizontal
location within 1/2 foot, and vertical location within 1/10 foot, is provided in
writing to the Engineer at least 72 hours ahead of pipe laying or other contract
work relevant to the pothole.
4. Pothole is not within 10 feet of any other pothole. No adjustment shall be made
for pothole depth or size. No measurement will be made for potholes that do
not meet the above criteria.
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.17(1)B(3)Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Utility Potholing”, Per Each
Payment for “Utility Potholing” will include all costs for locating, uncovering, and documenting
the underground location of utilities, as well as all subsurface and surface restoration
measures.
1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance
Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following:
1-07.18 Insurance
(Non-City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 58
The Contractor will procure and maintain for the duration of this Agreement, insurance
against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from, or in
connection with the performance of work by the Contractor, the Contractor’s agents,
representatives, employees, and subcontractors. The Contractor is responsible for the cost
of insurance.
The Contractor’s maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required
herein, will not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by
the insurance, or otherwise limit the City’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in
equity.
The Contractor’s required insurance will be of the types and coverage as stated below:
A. Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, non-owned, hired and leased
vehicles. Coverage will be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office (ISO) form
CA 00 01. Automobile Liability insurance will include a minimum combined single limit
for bodily injury and property damage of $1,000,000 per accident.
B. Commercial General Liability insurance will be at least as broad as ISO occurrence
form CG 00 01 and will cover liability arising from premises, operations, stop gap
liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury and
advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. The Commercial
General Liability insurance will be endorsed to provide a per project general
aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement. There
will be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse, or underground
property damage. The City will be named as an additional insured under the
Contractor’s Commercial General Liability insurance policy with respect to the work
performed for the City using ISO Additional Insured endorsement CG 20 10 10 01
and Additional Insured-Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 10 01, or
substitute endorsements providing at least as broad coverage. The limits for the
Commercial General Liability insurance policy will be no less than $1,000,000 each
occurrence, $2,000,000 general aggregate, and a $2,000,000 products- completed
operations aggregate limit.
C. Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the Industrial Insurance laws of the
State of Washington.
D. Builders Risk insurance covering interests of the City, the Contractor, Subcontractors,
and Sub-subcontractors in the work. Builders Risk insurance is only required for Work
that includes public buildings or public structures with an estimated value of
$1,000,000 or more, and as determined to be required by the City Engineer. Builders
Risk insurance will be on a special perils policy form and will insure against the perils
of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including flood,
earthquake, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, and collapse. The Builders Risk
insurance will include coverage for temporary buildings, debris removal, and damage
to materials in transit or stored off-site. This Builders Risk insurance covering the
work will have a deductible of $5,000 for each occurrence, which will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Higher deductibles for flood and earthquake perils
may be accepted by the City based on a written request by the Contractor and written
acceptance by the City. Any increased deductibles accepted by the City will remain
the responsibility of the Contractor. The Builders Risk insurance will be maintained
until the City has granted substantial completion of the project. Builder’s Risk
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 59
Insurance will be written in the amount of the completed value of the project with no
coinsurance provisions.
The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability, and Builders Risk (if
required) insurance policies will be primary insurance as respect to the City. Any Insurance,
self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by the City will be in excess of the
Contractor’s insurance.
The Contractor will assume full responsibility for all loss or damage from any cause
whatsoever to any tools, Contractor’s employee owned tools, machinery, equipment, or
motor vehicles owned or rented by the Contractor or the Contractor’s agents, suppliers,
contractors, or subcontractors as well as to any temporary structures, scaffolding, and
protective fences.
The Contractor and the City waive all rights against each other, any of their Subcontractors,
Sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, each of the other, for damages caused by fire
or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk insurance or other property insurance
obtained pursuant to the Insurance Requirements Section of this Contract or other property
insurance applicable to the work.
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best rating of not less than A: VII.
Contractor will furnish the City with original certificates and a copy of the amendatory
endorsements, including but not necessarily limited to the additional insured endorsements,
evidencing the Automobile Liability and Commercial General Liability insurance before
beginning work. Before any exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor will file with the City
a copy of the Builders Risk insurance policy that includes all applicable conditions,
exclusions, definitions, terms, and endorsements related to this project. The City may
request that the Contractor furnish certified copies of all required insurance policies, including
endorsements, required in this contract and evidence of all subcontractors’ coverage.
The Contractor will cause each and every Subcontractor to provide insurance coverage that
complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance, except the
Contractor will have sole responsibility for determining the limits of coverage required to be
obtained by Subcontractors. The Contractor will ensure that the City is an additional insured
on every Subcontractor’s Commercial General liability insurance policy using an
endorsement at least as broad as ISO Additional Insured endorsement CG 20 38 04 13.
The Contractor will provide the City and all Additional Insureds for this work with written notice
of any policy cancellation within two business days of their receipt of that notice.
Should the Contractor fail to maintain the insurance as required the City may, after giving five
business days’ notice to the Contractor, take actions to protect the interests of the City, which
may include, but are not limited to one or more of the following: order suspension of all
construction activities, revoke permits issued to the Contractor and its contractors, pursue
remedy through the Contractor’s surety, and terminate the FAC Agreement associated with
the work (if applicable).
1-07.18 Insurance
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 60
1-07.18(1) General Requirements
A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain the insurance described in all subsections
of section 1-07.18 of these Special Provisions, from insurers with a current A. M. Best
rating of not less than A-: VII and licensed to do business in the State of Washington.
The Contracting Agency reserves the right to approve or reject the insurance
provided, based on the insurer’s financial condition.
B. The Contractor shall keep this insurance in force without interruption from the
commencement of the Contractor’s Work through the term of the Contract and for
thirty (30) days after the Physical Completion date, unless otherwise indicated below.
C. If any insurance policy is written on a claims-made form, its retroactive date, and that
of all subsequent renewals, shall be no later than the effective date of this
Contract. The policy shall state that coverage is claims made and state the
retroactive date. Claims-made form coverage shall be maintained by the Contractor
for a minimum of 36 months following the Completion Date or earlier termination of
this Contract, and the Contractor shall annually provide the Contracting Agency with
proof of renewal. If renewal of the claims made form of coverage becomes
unavailable, or economically prohibitive, the Contractor shall purchase an extended
reporting period (“tail”) or execute another form of guarantee acceptable to the
Contracting Agency to assure financial responsibility for liability for services
performed.
D. The Contractor’s Automobile Liability, Commercial General Liability and Excess or
Umbrella Liability insurance policies shall be primary and non-contributory insurance
as respects the Contracting Agency’s insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool
coverage. Any insurance, self-insurance, or self-insured pool coverage maintained by
the Contracting Agency shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
E. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all additional insureds with
written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of
such notice.
F. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance
has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency.
G. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall
constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may,
after giving five business days’ notice to the Contractor to correct the breach,
immediately terminate the Contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such
insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so
expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 61
of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the
Contracting Agency.
H. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum
prices of the Contract and no additional payment will be made.
1-07.18(2) Additional Insured
All insurance policies, with the exception of Workers Compensation, and of Professional
Liability and Builder’s Risk (if required by this Contract) shall name the following listed entities
as additional insured(s) using the forms or endorsements required herein:
▪ the Contracting Agency and its officers, elected officials, employees, agents, and
volunteers
The above-listed entities shall be additional insured(s) for the full available limits of liability
maintained by the Contractor, irrespective of whether such limits maintained by the
Contractor are greater than those required by this Contract, and irrespective of whether the
Certificate of Insurance provided by the Contractor pursuant to 1-07.18(4) describes limits
lower than those maintained by the Contractor.
For Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, the required additional insured
endorsements shall be at least as broad as ISO forms CG 20 10 10 01 for ongoing operations
and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
1-07.18(3) Subcontractors
The Contractor shall cause each subcontractor of every tier to provide insurance coverage
that complies with all applicable requirements of the Contractor-provided insurance as set
forth herein, except the Contractor shall have sole responsibility for determining the limits of
coverage required to be obtained by subcontractors.
The Contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors of every tier add all entities listed in
1-07.18(2) as additional insureds, and provide proof of such on the policies as required by
that section as detailed in 1-07.18(2) using an endorsement as least as broad as ISO CG 20
10 10 01 for ongoing operations and CG 20 37 10 01 for completed operations.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting
Agency evidence of insurance and copies of the additional insured endorsements of each
subcontractor of every tier as required in 1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage.
1-07.18(4) Verification of Coverage
The Contractor shall deliver to the Contracting Agency a Certificate(s) of Insurance and
endorsements for each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein when
the Contractor delivers the signed Contract for the work. Failure of Contracting Agency to
demand such verification of coverage with these insurance requirements or failure of
Contracting Agency to identify a deficiency from the insurance documentation provided shall
not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such insurance.
Verification of coverage shall include:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 62
1. An ACORD certificate or a form determined by the Contracting Agency to be
equivalent.
2. Copies of all endorsements naming Contracting Agency and all other entities listed in
1-07.18(2) as additional insured(s), showing the policy number. The Contractor may
submit a copy of any blanket additional insured clause from its policies instead of a
separate endorsement.
3. Any other amendatory endorsements to show the coverage required herein.
4. A notation of coverage enhancements on the Certificate of Insurance shall not satisfy
these requirements – actual endorsements must be submitted.
Upon request by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall forward to the Contracting
Agency a full and certified copy of the insurance policy(s). If Builders Risk insurance is
required on this Project, a full and certified copy of that policy is required when the Contractor
delivers the signed Contract for the work.
1-07.18(5) Coverages and Limits
The insurance shall provide the minimum coverages and limits set forth below. Contractor’s
maintenance of insurance, its scope of coverage, and limits as required herein shall not be
construed to limit the liability of the Contractor to the coverage provided by such insurance,
or otherwise limit the Contracting Agency’s recourse to any remedy available at law or in
equity.
All deductibles and self-insured retentions must be disclosed and are subject to approval by
the Contracting Agency. The cost of any claim payments falling within the deductible or self-
insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event an additional
insured incurs a liability subject to any policy’s deductibles or self-insured retention, said
deductibles or self-insured retention shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
1-07.18(5)A Commercial General Liability
Commercial General Liability insurance shall be written on coverage forms at least as broad
as ISO occurrence form CG 00 01, including but not limited to liability arising from premises,
operations, stop gap liability, independent contractors, products-completed operations,
personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract. There shall
be no exclusion for liability arising from explosion, collapse or underground property damage.
The Commercial General Liability insurance shall be endorsed to provide a per project
general aggregate limit, using ISO form CG 25 03 05 09 or an equivalent endorsement.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General Liability Insurance arising out of the
Contractor’s completed operations for at least three years following Substantial Completion
of the Work.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$2,000,000 General Aggregate
$2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 63
$1,000,000 Personal & Advertising Injury each offence
$1,000,000 Stop Gap / Employers’ Liability each accident
1-07.18(5)B Automobile Liability
Automobile Liability shall cover owned, non-owned, hired, and leased vehicles; and shall be
written on a coverage form at least as broad as ISO form CA 00 01. If the work involves the
transport of pollutants, the automobile liability policy shall include MCS 90 and CA 99 48
endorsements.
Such policy must provide the following minimum limit:
$1,000,000 Combined single limit each accident
1-07.18(5)C Workers’ Compensation
The Contractor shall comply with Workers’ Compensation coverage as required by the
Industrial Insurance laws of the State of Washington.
1-07.18(5)D Excess or Umbrella Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall provide Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance with limits of not less
than $1 million each occurrence and annual aggregate. This excess or umbrella liability
coverage shall be excess over and as least as broad in coverage as the Contractor’s
Commercial General and Auto Liability insurance
All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named as additional
insureds on the Contractor’s Excess or Umbrella Liability insurance policy.
This requirement may be satisfied instead through the Contractor’s primary Commercial
General and Automobile Liability coverages, or any combination thereof that achieves the
overall required limits of insurance.
1-07.18(5)E LHWCA Insurance
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
If this Contract involves work on or adjacent to Navigable Waters of the United States, the
Contractor shall procure and maintain insurance coverage in compliance with the statutory
requirements of the U.S. Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act (LHWCA).
Such policy must provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Accident – each accident
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – each employee
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease – policy limits
1-07.18(5)J Pollution Liability
(January 4, 2016 APWA GSP)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 64
The Contractor shall provide a Contractors Pollution Liability policy, providing coverage for
claims involving bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of tangible property that
has not been physically injured), cleanup costs, remediation, disposal or other handling of
pollutants, including costs and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense, or settlement
of claims, arising out of any one or more of the following:
1. Contractor’s operations related to this project.
2. Remediation, abatement, repair, maintenance or other work with lead-based paint
or materials containing asbestos.
3. Transportation of hazardous materials away from any site related to this project.
All entities listed under 1-07.18(2) of these Special Provisions shall be named by
endorsement as additional insureds on the Contractors Pollution Liability insurance policy.
Such Pollution Liability policy shall provide the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 each loss and $2,000,000 annual aggregate
1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety
(January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The use of any project area by vehicles or pedestrians before project acceptance is not to be
construed as utilization by the City of Auburn.
1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic
(January 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All unattended excavations shall be barricaded at all times.
Failure to provide proper barricading and lighting will be cause for the City to call in a
barricading company to install proper barricades and lights and charge the Contractor for all
costs incurred.
At the end of each working day, the Contractor shall place temporary patches or steel plates
over unfinished portions of trenches crossing traveled ways. Material for temporary patches
shall be hot or cold mix asphalt concrete. The cost for temporary patches or steel plates shall
be included in the appropriate unit bid prices for the work involved.
Traffic control devices that are in conflict with required construction traffic devices or
construction work shall be covered, removed and temporarily stored, or temporarily relocated
by the Contractor.
Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices shall be in accordance with Section 1-
10.3.
Signal downtime will not be allowed Monday thru Friday between the hours of 6:00 AM and
9:00 AM and between 3:00 PM and 6:00 PM.
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 65
Supplement this section with the following:
Temporary ‘Traffic Signal Revision’ signs and signal placards installed per Section 1-
10.3(3)N shall remain in place at each site for a minimum of 6 weeks once work at each
individual site is complete and the new signal revisions are operational. Once all physical
work is complete at each site and all traffic signals have been deemed operational by the
Engineer, the Contract will be placed into suspension until such time when the temporary
traffic revision signage and placards can be removed.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.23(1)A Dust and Mud Control and Street Cleaning
The Contractor is responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits. All streets
outside the project limits used by the Contractor during the execution of this Contract shall
be kept clean. The Contractor shall be prepared to use the proper equipment nec essary to
render the streets free of all mud, debris, and foreign materials. Any damage caused by dust
or mud accumulation on the streets and in the storm sewer system shall be the sole
responsibility of the Contractor.
The Contractor’s cleaning actions must comply with the City of Auburn’s Surface Water
Management Manual (SWMM). A copy of the City’s SWMM manual can be found on the
City’s website at auburnwa.gov under publications and forms.
The Contractor shall provide for a clean surface on all surfaced roadways upon completion
of each day’s activities. Equipment required for this operation shall be on the job site or
available at all times. Failure to have this equipment on the job site or available may
necessitate a shutdown of the project.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment for dust and mud control and street cleaning shall be included in the unit contract
prices for the bid items for which the dust, mud control, and street cleaning work is associated
with, and no additional compensation will be made, except for “Water” per M gal., if shown
as a bid item in the Proposal.
No compensation shall be made to the Contractor to implement additional erosion control
measures that are caused by dust and mud control activities.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.23(1)B Daily Cleanup and Maintenance Items
The Contractor shall clean all roadways, streets and appurtenances, including sidewalks
which are open for public use, of all material or debris that has been dropped or otherwise
deposited thereon, as a result of Contractor’s on- and off-site operations, at the conclusion
of each working day, and at such other times as deemed necessary by the Engineer to
ensure the safety of the traveling public and to prevent inconvenience to the public and
owners of private property adjacent to the project.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 66
If the Engineer determines that roadways, streets, sidewalks, and appurtenances are not
properly cleaned to prevent public inconvenience, or the condition of the excavation or
disposal sites so warrant, the Contractor shall provide facilities to remove clay or other
deposits from tires, between wheels, and outside of truck beds before trucks and other
equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets.
Upon written notice written notice from the Engineer, any violation of the above requirements
will be sufficient grounds for the Engineer to order the roadways, streets and appurtenances
cleaned or sprinkled by others at the Contractor’s costs.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The City may deduct all costs of such cleaning or sprinkling from any money due, or to
become due, to the Contractor.
1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit a written procedure to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-
38 for routing and maintenance of traffic.
Streets may be closed to through traffic, unless otherwise specified in Section 1-07.23(1)C,
with Engineer approval. The Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer at
least 15 working days prior to an anticipated street closure. Street closures shall be such that
they provide for maximum public safety and public convenience. They shall be opened to
through traffic at such time as the work has been completed, or as the Engineer may direct.
Street closures and detours shall provide for the following:
1. Reasonable access to, and egress from, the properties adjacent to the project
at all times.
2. At least one-way traffic on all existing roadways within the project limits during
working hours and at the end of each working day provisions for the safe
passage of two-way traffic during the non-working hours.
3. If the Contractor requires delays or limited term street closure beyond that
provided for herein, the request shall be submitted, in writing, for the approval
of the Engineer before the anticipated delay or closure. The delay or closure
request shall state the reason, the locations, the time and date, and the
duration of the required delay or closure.
4. The Contractor is required, at its own expense, to remove all excess materials,
debris, or other obstruction caused by their operation, from the streets or
alleys as the work progresses, whether within the project limits or along haul
routes. The Contractor shall repair or replace any streets, sidewalks, roads,
or culverts damaged by their operations, to the satisfaction of the Engineer
and other concerned parties.
5. The Contractor must maintain convenient access for local traffic to driveways,
houses, and buildings along the work route. Such access shall be maintained
as near as possible to that which existed before construction began. The
Contractor shall provide 10 working days advance notice to all property
owners and tenants of street and alley closures or other restrictions, which
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 67
may interfere with their access. When the abutting owners’ access across
right-of-way lines is to be eliminated and replaced under the Contract by
another access, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement
access facility is available.
The Contractor shall be responsible for making detailed notifications of detours and closures
as follows:
1. The Contractor shall provide at least 10 working days advance written
notification to the local public transportation organization(s), transit service
organizations, Auburn School District Transportation Department, Valley
Regional Fire Authority Fire Marshal’s Office, and Auburn Police Department
before the beginning of operations, so that these agencies may reroute their
emergency vehicles around the construction zone. If the Fire Authority or
Police Department determine that rerouting is not possible, the Contractor
shall allow reasonable access through the construction zone at all times.
2. The Contractor shall notify all affected owners and agencies of all closures,
detours and traffic interruptions at least 10 working days in advance of such
closure. Notification shall be in writing and must include the beginning and
ending times and dates of traffic disruption(s), names of streets or locations
of alleys to be affected, detour routes, etc. The Contractor shall give the
Engineer written certification of all notifications before all traffic disruptions.
On large projects requiring extended traffic disruption, the Contractor shall
make additional notifications, as conditions require.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the Contractor neglects to remove materials or obstructions and return streets, sidewalks,
driveways, and roads in suitable condition for traffic within 1 working day after having
received written notice from the Engineer, the work may be done by the City of Auburn and
the cost thereof charged to the Contractor and deducted from money due, or to become due,
to the Contractor.
(City Contracts, August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.23(4) Payment
Payment for all Contract requirements specified in Section 1-07.23 and subsections thereof,
shall be included in the appropriate unit bid prices for the Work involved, unless otherwise
specified.
1-07.24 Rights of Way
(City Contracts, September 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Street right-of-way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated
in the Plans. The Contractor’s activities shall be confined within these limits, unless
arrangements for use of private property are made.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 68
Whenever easements or rights of entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these
areas are so noted on the Plans. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the
work in areas where right-of-way, easements or rights of entry have not been acquired until
the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right of way or easement is available or that
the right of entry has been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omiss ion on
the part of the City in obtaining easements, rights of entry or right of way, the Contractor will
be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a
breach of contract.
Whenever any of the work is accomplished on or through property other than public right of
way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement
agreements obtained by the City from the owner of the private property. If easement
agreements were obtained by the City as part of this project, they are included in the
Appendix. Copies of the easement agreements not obtained prior to advertising will be made
available to the Contractor once obtained by the City.
The Contractor shall give 48 hours’ notice to each property owner prior to entry of each
property. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private
improvements must be adjusted.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability to the City, any
additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction
staging facilities, Contractor’s convenience, storage or materials, or other Contractor needs.
However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the work or not, the Contractor
shall submit to the City a completed “Property Owner Permission for Construction” form. The
“Property Owner Permission for Construction” form is available at the City of Auburn Public
Works Department. If the Contractor utilizes private property for temporary construction
facilities, storage of materials and equipment, employee parking or other Contractor needs,
a “Temporary Use Permit” shall be secured from the City of Auburn in accordance with
Section 18.46A.070 of the Auburn City Code. The Contractor must file a written release with
the City from all private property owners upon whose property the Contractor’s operations
has encroached before completion, unless such work was specified in the Contract.
(January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-07.29 Haul Routes
Prior to moving any materials or equipment on public streets, the Contractor shall submit a
haul route plan to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-38. The plan must be submitted
10 working days prior to hauling. The Engineer must approve the haul route plan before
hauling begins.
If the Contractor hauls materials or equipment without an approved haul route plan or not in
accordance with an approved haul route, the Contractor may be assessed penalties per
Section 1-08.9(1). The assessment of penalties is at the sole discretion of the Engineer.
1-08 Prosecution and Progress
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 69
Add the following new section:
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference
(Non-City Contracts, December 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Prior to beginning construction work a preconstruction conference will be scheduled between
the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited.
The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated
or affected by the work;
3. To establish and review procedures for notifications, approvals, submittals,
etc.;
4. To establish normal working hours for the work;
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference, the following, per Section 9-38:
1. Preliminary progress schedule.
2. SPCC Plan per Section 1-07.15(1) of the Contract Documents.
In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference:
1. Emergency Call List; and
2. A Preliminary Schedule of Submittals
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, normal
working hours shall be from between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. If the
Contractor desires different than the normal working hours stated above, the request
All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such
as noise ordinances).
If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall
submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what
hours are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than 5
working days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours.
If the requested working hour deviation is approved by the Engineer, it may be revoked at
any time the City receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners regarding
the noise from the Contractor’s operations.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 70
(City Contracts, December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.0 Preliminary Matters
1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference
Following notice of award of the contract by the City, a preconstruction conference will be
scheduled between the Contractor, the Engineer, and such other interested parties as may
be invited.
The purpose of the preconstruction conference will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or
affected by the work;
3. To establish and review procedures for progress payments, notifications,
approvals, submittals, etc.;
4. To establish normal working hours for the work;
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference, the following, per Section 9-38:
1. A breakdown of all lump sum payment items, except for the lump sum payment
items for:
• Traffic Control Supervisor; and
• Mobilization; and
• Record Drawings
2. Preliminary progress schedule.
3. SPCC Plan per Section 1-07.15(1) of the Contract Documents.
In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit electronically 1 working day prior to the
preconstruction conference:
1. Requests to Sublet for all remaining subcontractors not included in the bid
submittal which must be approved prior to payment;
2. Emergency Call List; and
3. Schedule of equipment and labor rates for force account payment, as outlined in
Section 1-09.6.
(City Contracts, December 8, 2014 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.0(2) Hours of Work
Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the normal
working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m.
and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, exclusive of a lunch break. If the Contractor desires
different than the normal working hours stated above, the request must be submitted in
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 71
writing prior to the preconstruction conference, subject to the provisions below. The working
hours for the Contract shall be established at or prior to the preconstruction conference.
All working hours and days are also subject to local permit and ordinance conditions (such
as noise ordinances).
If the Contractor wishes to deviate from the established working hours, the Contractor shall
submit a written request to the Engineer for consideration. This request shall state what hours
are being requested, and why. Requests shall be submitted for review no later than 5 working
days prior to the day(s) the Contractor is requesting to change the hours.
If the Contracting Agency approves such a deviation, such approval may be subject to certain
other conditions, which will be detailed in writing. For example:
1. On non-Federal aid projects, requiring the Contractor to reimburse the
Contracting Agency for the costs in excess of straight-time costs for Contracting
Agency representatives who worked during such times. (The Engineer may
require designated representatives to be present during the work.
Representatives who may be deemed necessary by the Engineer include, but are
not limited to: survey crews; personnel from the Contracting Agency’s material
testing lab; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees or third party
consultants when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such work necessitates their
presence.)
2. Considering the work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working
days with regard to the contract time.
3. Considering multiple work shifts as multiple working days with respect to contract
time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period.
4. If a 4-10 work schedule is requested and approved the non working day for the
week will be charged as a working day.
5. If Davis Bacon wage rates apply to this Contract, all requirements must be met
and recorded properly on certified payroll.
(City Contracts, February 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the requested working hour deviation is approved by the Engineer, it may be revoked at
any time the City receives complaints from the public or adjoining property owners regarding
the noise from the Contractor’s operations. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages
or delays should such permission be revoked for any reason.
Reimbursements by the Contractor to the Contracting Agency for overtime work will be
deducted from amounts due, or to become due, to the Contractor. The Contractor by these
specifications does hereby authorize the Engineer to deduct such costs from the amount due
or to become due to the Contractor.
1-08.1 Subcontracting
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Until the City has received and approved the “Request to Sublet” form provided by the City
and filled out by the Contractor for a specific Subcontractor, said Subcontractor shall not
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 72
begin any work within the project limits or within the City furnished sites. The Contractor and
Subcontractor shall bear all risks for any work begun outside such areas and for any materials
ordered by said Subcontractor before the “Request to Sublet” specific to said Subcontractor
is approved.
1-08.3 Progress Schedule
1-08.3(1) General Requirements
(City Contracts, May 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit electronically a Preliminary Progress Schedule (first 30 working
days) to the Engineer no later than 1 working day prior to the date of the Pre -construction
Conference. This preliminary schedule shall show work to be performed during the first 30
working days of the Contract. Acceptance of the Preliminary Progress Schedule shall be
required prior to the execution of the Contract by the City.
The Engineer will periodically check actual progress of the work against the progress
schedule. If the proposed construction schedule cannot be met, the Engineer will require the
Contractor to submit a revised schedule to the Engineer for acceptance. The approved
revisions will thereafter, in all respects, apply in lieu of the original schedule.
Failure of the Contractor to follow the progress schedule submitted and accepted, including
revisions thereof, shall relieve the City of any and all responsibility for furnishing and making
available all or any portion of the project site from time to time, and will relieve the City of any
responsibility for delays to the Contractor in the performance of the work.
1-08.3(2) Progress Schedule Types
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The City requires the use of a Type A Progress Schedule as detailed in Section 1-08.3(2)A
for this project.
1-08.3(2)A Type A Progress Schedules
(City Contracts, March 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit a Type A Progress Schedule in accordance with Section 9-38 of
the Contract Specifications. The Progress Schedule shall show the total working days and
shall be submitted prior to the first working day of the Contract. The schedule may be a
critical path method (CPM) schedule, bar chart, or other standard schedule format.
Regardless of which format is used, the schedule shall identify the critical path. The Engineer
will evaluate the Type A Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for
corrections within 10 calendar days of receiving the submittal.
1-08.3(5) Payment
(City Contracts, October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace this section with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 73
The cost of preparing the progress schedule, maintaining and submitting any supplementary
progress schedules, and providing weekly schedules shall be included in the unit contract
bid item prices for other work.
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.3(7) Progress Meeting
At a minimum, weekly progress meetings will be conducted with the Contractor and City
personnel. Additional meetings may be required for coordination of Contractor work with
other contractors, agencies, or interested parties.
The determination of time, place, and frequency of required progress meetings will be
established at the Preconstruction Conference for this contract.
1-08.4 Prosecution of the Work
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Engineer has given the Notice to
Proceed. The Contractor shall give the City at least three (3) working days advance notice
before beginning each phase of the work (such as excavation, street paving, etc.). The
Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to be completed within the existing public Right-
of-way in the agreed upon timeframe. This timeframe shall be established by the submittal
and acceptance of a construction schedule addressing all items of work and their completion
(City Contracts, June 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section in its entirety, including heading, and replace it with the following:
1-08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work
The Notice to Proceed Date shall be within 10 working days of the execution of the Contract
by the City. The City will send a dated and signed official “Notice to Proceed” to the
Contractor. The Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the “Notice to
Proceed Date.”
The Contractor shall not commence with the Work until the City has executed the Contract
and the Engineer has given the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall give the City at least
3 working days advance notice before beginning each phase of the Work (such as
excavation, street paving, etc.). The Contractor shall commence construction activities within
10 calendar days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The
Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time
specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall
not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s)
specified in the contract.
1-08.5 Time for Completion
(City Contracts, September 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the last sentence of the first paragraph to read:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 74
The days between December 25th and January 1st will classified as non-working days,
provided that the Contractor actually suspends work on the Project.
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the third and fourth paragraphs to read:
Contract time shall begin on the first working day following the Notice to Proceed Date.
Each working day shall be charged to the contract as it occurs, until the contract work is
physically complete. If substantial completion has been granted and all the authorized
working days have been used, charging of working days will cease. Each week the Engineer
will provide the Contractor a statement that shows the number of working days: (1) charged
to the contract the week before; (2) specified for the physical completion of the contract; and
(3) remaining for the physical completion of the contract. The statement will also show the
nonworking days and any partial or whole day the Engineer declares as unworkable. The
statement will be identified as a Written Determination by the Engineer. If the Contractor does
not agree with the Written Determination of working days, the Contractor shall pursue the
protest procedures in accordance with Section 1-04.5. By failing to follow the procedures of
Section 1-04.5, the Contractor shall be deemed as having accepted the statement as correct.
(City Contracts, March 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the sixth paragraph to read:
The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the contract
after all the Contractor’s obligations under the contract have been performed by the
Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established:
1. The physical work on the project must be complete; and
2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the contract and required
by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the contract.
The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to the City issuing
final payment:
a. Material Acceptance Certification Documents
b. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24
The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a
completion date:
a. Certified Payrolls (per Section 1-07.9(5)).
b. Monthly Reports of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the
Contract Provisions.
c. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor and
all Subcontractors
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The entire project, including cleanup, shall be physically completed within the Contract
working days, beginning on the day after the “Notice to Proceed” date. The City, for justified
reasons, may extend the contract time in accordance with Section 1-08.8.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 75
Late delivery of materials may be considered a justified reason for a time extension or
Procurement Suspension per Section 1-08.6, if the Contractor can show written evidence of
a prompt order date after award of the Contract, demonstrate determined effort to acquire
prompt delivery in the specified time, and comply with other requirements as specified in the
Contract Documents.
1-08.6 Suspension of Work
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Contract time may be suspended for procurement of critical materials (Procurement
Suspension). In order to receive a Contract suspension, the Contractor shall, submit to the
Engineer evidence of purchase orders made for all materials deemed critical by the
Contracting Agency for physical completion of the contract. The Contractor shall provide
copies of purchase orders and supplier invoices for the critical materials. Such supplier
invoices and/or purchase orders shall indicate the purchase order date and estimated
delivery date for the critical materials. Contractor’s requests for Contract suspensions must
be made in writing and shall include a progress schedule(s) that reflects the anticipated
suspension.
1-08.9 Liquidated Damages
(City Contracts, March 3, 2021 APWA GSP, Option B)
Revise the second and third paragraphs to read:
Accordingly, the Contractor agrees:
1. To pay (according to the following formula) liquidated damages for each working
day beyond the number of working days established for Physical Completion, and
2. To authorize the Engineer to deduct these liquidated damages from any money due
or coming due to the Contractor.
Liquidated Damages Formula
LD=0.15C/T
Where:
LD = liquidated damages per working day (rounded to the nearest dollar)
C = original Contract amount
T = original time for Physical Completion
When the Contract Work has progressed to Substantial Completion as defined in the
Contract, the Engineer may determine the Contract Work is Substantially Complete. The
Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the Substantial Completion Date. For overruns
in Contract time occurring after the date so established, the formula for liquidated damages
shown above will not apply. For overruns in Contract time occurring after the Substantial
Completion Date, liquidated damages shall be assessed on the basis of direct engineering
and related costs assignable to the project until the actual Physical Completion Date of all
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 76
the Contract Work. The Contractor shall complete the remaining Work as promptly as
possible. Upon request by the Project Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish a written
schedule for completing the physical Work on the Contract.
(City Contracts, October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.9(1) Penalties
If the Contractor implements traffic control without an approved traffic control plan or is not
in compliance with an approved traffic control plan per Section 1-10, or if the Contractor hauls
materials without an approved haul route or does not follow an approved haul route per
Section 1-07.28, the Contractor will be assessed penalties equal to 10% of the calculated
Liquidated Damages per Section 1-08.9 per incident or $1,500 per day, whichever is greater.
A Traffic Control incident is defined as, per day, per location. A Haul Route incident is defined
as one truckload of materials or equipment.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-08.9(1) Penalties
If the Contractor implements traffic control without an approved traffic control plan or is not
in compliance with an approved traffic control plan per Section 1-10, or if the Contractor hauls
materials without an approved haul route or does not follow an approved haul route per
Section 1-07.28, the City may, take actions to protect the interests of the City, which may
include, but are not limited to one or more of the following: order suspension of all
construction activities, revoke permits issued to the Contractor and its contractors, pursue
remedy through the Contractor’s surety, terminate the FAC Agreement associated with the
work (if applicable), and assess penalties as defined in Auburn City Code Section 9.90.030,
as applicable.
1-09 Measurement and Payment
1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The quantities shown in the Proposal and Contract forms are estimates only, being given
only as a basis for bid comparisons. The basis of payment for each bid item will be the actual
work performed and measured in accordance with the Contract.
Where items are specified to be paid for by the ton, the Contractor is responsible for providing
a certified weight ticket to the Project Inspector for each truckload delivered. Pay quantities
will be prepared on the basis of these weight tickets, and tickets not received by the Inspector
will not be honored for payment.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 77
1-09.2 Weighing Equipment
1-09.2(1) General Requirements for Weighing Equipment
(City Contracts, September 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Electronic Truck Tickets shall be made electronically and shall be transmitted via e-mail as a
PDF to PWTruckTickets@auburnwa.gov. The e-mail subject line of electronic Truck Ticket’s
shall include the following: Project Number, Project Name, Truck Ticket Number.
Emailed truck tickets shall be grouped and combined into one email by delivery date when
possible.
In the event the Contractor cannot provide electronic truck tickets, the Contractor may
request to submit them as a hardcopy. Hardcopy truck tickets shall be submitted within 2
working days of when the materials were delivered to the project site to receive payment.
1-09.2(5) Measurement
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
Scale Verification Checks – At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may perform
verification checks on the accuracy of each batch, hopper, or platform scale used in weighing
contract items of Work.
1-09.3 Scope of Payment
(City Contracts, September 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
A separate delivery ticket for each truckload of bulk material (gravel, crushed rock, etc.) shall
be furnished to the City. Truck tickets that are not submitted within 2 working days of when
the materials were delivered to the project site shall not be accepted for payment.
There will be no separate payment for “haul” for any bid item or portion thereof in this
Contract, unless specified otherwise. All bid items dealing directly with or implying movement
of any material to or from the project area or in the project area itself are hereby understood
to include full payment for all movement of material.
1-09.4 Equitable Adjustment
(City Contracts, April 2006 City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph, Item 2b is revised to read as follows:
b. 1-09.6 (Force Account)
1-09.6 Force Account
(City Contracts, December 30, 2022 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contracting Agency has estimated and included in the Proposal, dollar amounts for all
items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such
dollar amounts are to become a part of Contractor's total bid. However, the Contracting
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 78
Agency does not warrant expressly or by implication, that the actual amount of work will
correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of work
actually authorized by the Engineer.
(City Contracts, February 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All force account work shall be accounted for daily and entered by the Contractor onto the
City of Auburn ‘Daily Report of Force Account Worked’ form (Force Account form). The City
Inspector will sign the Force Account form in the field, however compensation for the work
indicated is subject to Engineer approval. The signature on the form from the Inspector does
not constitute Engineer approval. The contractor shall provide labor and equipment details
for force account work to the City before work begins.
1-09.8 Payment for Material on Hand
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment for materials on hand shall only be considered if, in the sole opinion of the engineer,
the material is stored in a safe, secure, and controlled environment.
1-09.9 Payments
(City Contracts, March 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of Work performed according to the
contract and as specified for payment.
The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of the cost of lump sum bid items per Section 1 -
08.0(1), to enable the Project Engineer to determine the Work performed on a monthly basis.
A breakdown is not required for lump sum items that include a basis for incremental payments
as part of the respective Specification. Absent a lump sum breakdown, the Project Engineer
will make a determination based on information available. The Project Engineer’s
determination of the cost of work shall be final.
Progress payments for completed work and material on hand will be based upon progress
estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at
the preconstruction conference.
The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor
commences the work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month
thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the work
are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payment. The progress
estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the Final Payment.
The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following:
1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form — the approximate quantity of acceptable
units of work completed multiplied by the unit price.
2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form — based on the approved Contractor’s lump
sum breakdown for that item, or absent such a breakdown, based on the
Engineer’s determination.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 79
3. Materials on Hand — 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to Job
site or other storage area approved by the Engineer.
4. Change Orders — entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra
work as determined by the Engineer.
Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less:
1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1); on non FHWA-funded projects
2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and
3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
Progress payments for work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or
an admission by the Contracting Agency that any work has been satisfactorily completed.
The determination of payments under the contract will be final in accordance with Section 1-
05.1.
Failure to perform any of the obligations under the Contract by the Contractor may be
decreed by the Contracting Agency to be adequate reason for withholding any payments until
compliance is achieved.
The Contractor shall sign electronically using the software provided by the Contracting
Agency and return the Final Pay Estimate as indicated in this section.
Upon completion of all Work and after final inspection (Section 1-05.11), the amount due the
Contractor under the Contract will be paid based upon the final estimate made by the
Engineer and presentation of a Final Pay Estimate to be signed by the Contractor. The
Contractor's signature on such Final Pay Estimate shall be deemed a release of all claims of
the Contractor unless a Certified Claim is filed in accordance with the requirements of Section
1-09.11 and is expressly excepted from the Contractor’s certification on the Final Pay
Estimate.
If the Contractor fails, refuses, or is unable to sign and return the Final Pay Estimate or any
other documentation required before Contract Completion and final acceptance can occur,
the Contracting Agency reserves the right to establish a Completion Date (for the purpose of
meeting the requirements of RCW 60.28) and unilaterally accept the Contract. Unilateral
Contract Completion and final acceptance will occur only after the Contractor has been
provided the opportunity, by written request from the Engineer, to voluntarily submit such
documents. If voluntary compliance is not achieved, formal notification of the impending
unilateral establishment of a Completion Date and final acceptance will be provided by
certified letter or email with delivery confirmation from the Contracting Agency to the
Contractor, which will provide 30 calendar days for the Contractor to submit the signed Final
Pay Estimate. The 30 calendar day period will begin on the date the certified letter or email
with delivery confirmation is received by the Contractor, whichever occurs first. The date the
Contracting Agency unilaterally signs the Final Pay Estimate shall then constitute the
Completion Date and the final acceptance date (Section 1-05.12). The reservation by the
Contracting Agency to unilaterally accept the Contract will apply to Contracts that are
Physically Completed in accordance with Section 1-08.5, or for Contracts that are terminated
in accordance with Section 1-08.10. Unilateral final acceptance of the Contract by the
Contracting Agency does not in any way relieve the Contractor of their responsibility to
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 80
comply with all Federal, State, tribal, or local laws, ordinances, and regulations that affect the
Work under the Contract.
Payment to the Contractor of partial estimates, final estimates, and retained percentages
shall be subject to controlling laws.
The Contractor shall submit to the City, no later than 3 working days after the 20th day of
each month, all documentation for payment for work completed during the previous period.
All monthly pay requests are subject to approval and verification by the Engineer. Typical
payment periods are from the 21st day to the 20th day of each month.
Errors, omissions, revisions or corrections in the original submittal for payment may result in
delayed payment. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining adequate records of bid
item quantities for the work completed for each monthly pay period. These quantities will be
subject to approval and verification by the Engineer.
All progress payments will be mailed to the address designated in writing by the Contractor
at the preconstruction conference.
Final payment does not constitute Final Acceptance of the Contract Work.
1-09.9(1) Retainage
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In addition to the amount RCW 60.28 requires to be withheld from the progress or retained
percentage payments to the Contractor, the City of Auburn may, at its sole discretion,
withhold amounts sufficient to pay any property damage claim of which the City may have
knowledge and regardless of the informalities of notice of such claim, arising out of the
performance of this Contract, provided that the total amounts withheld for such purposes
shall not exceed 3% of the Contract price. The term “property damage claim” shall not
include any claim for personal injuries or any claim by persons furnishing supplies or
materials or performing labor for the Contractor. The amount withheld will not be paid to the
claimant by the City but will be held until either the Contractor secures a written release from
the claimant, obtains a court decision that such claim is without merit, or satisfies any
judgment in favor of the claimant on such claim.
1-09.11 Disputes and Claims
1-09.11(2) Claims
(City Contracts, August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the first paragraph to read:
If the Contractor claims that additional payment is due and the Contractor has pursued and
exhausted all the means provided in Sections 1-04.5 and 1-04.5(1) to resolve a dispute, the
Contractor may file a claim as provided in this section. The Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer written notification of intent to file a Certified Claim within 14 calendar days from
the issuance of the Engineer’s determination on merit of the protest pursuant to Section 1-
04.5. The Contractor agrees to waive any claim for additional payment if the written
notifications provided in Section 1-04.5 are not given, or if the Engineer is not afforded
reasonable access by the Contractor to complete records of actual cost and additional time
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 81
incurred as required by Section 1-04.5, or if a claim is not filed as provided in this section.
The fact that the Contractor has provided a proper notification, provided a properly filed claim,
or provided the Engineer access to records of actual cost, shall not in any way be construed
as proving or substantiating the validity of the Certified Claim.
1-09.11(3) Time Limitation and Jurisdiction
(City Contracts, September 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
For the convenience of the parties to the Contract it is mutually agreed by the parties that
any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Contracting Agency
arising from the Contract shall be brought within 30 calendar days from the date the of
Contract Completion and final acceptance as indicated in Section 1-09.9; and it is further
agreed that any such claims or causes of action shall be brought only in the Superior Court
of King County unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties. The parties understand and
agree that the Contractor’s failure to bring suit within the time period provided, shall be a
complete bar to any such claims or causes of action. It is further mutually agreed by the
parties that when any claims or causes of action which the Contractor asserts against the
Contracting Agency arising from the Contract are filed with the Contracting Agency or initiated
in court, the Contractor shall permit the Contracting Agency to have timely access to any
records deemed necessary by the Contracting Agency to assist in evaluating the claims or
action.
1-09.13 Claims Resolution
(City Contracts, August 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Section 1-09.13 is deleted.
1-10 Temporary Traffic Control
1-10.1 General
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor is responsible for distributing City provided informational flyers to affected
property owners. The flyers shall be hand-delivered to these properties before the start of
construction and shall include the name of the project, funding source, general contractor,
approximate date for start and completion of construction activities. The Contractor shall
provide traffic control for City provided inspection, testing, and survey as requested by the
Engineer.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
When specified on the Plans, issued as a permit condition, or otherwise directed by the City,
the Contractor is responsible for distributing informational flyers to affected property owners.
The flyers shall be hand-delivered to these properties before the start of construction and
shall include the name of the project, general contractor contact information, approximate
date for start and completion of construction activities. The Contractor shall provide traffic
control for City provided inspection, testing, and survey as requested by the Engineer.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 82
1-10.2 Traffic Control Management
1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
When traffic control Plans and/or pedestrian accommodation Plans are included with the
Contract Documents, they have been furnished as a guide to be used by the Contractor and
serve as a “starting point” for the Contractor’s development of the traffic control Plans and
pedestrian accommodation Plans for the project.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans that conform to the established standards
for plan development as shown in the MUTCD, 2009 Edition, Part VI, and the WSDOT Work
Zone Traffic Control Guidelines, latest edition. A separate pedestrian traffic control plan shall
be required from the Contractor if normal pedestrian travel is affected by the Contractors
actions. The Contractor shall submit the Traffic Control Plan and/or Pedestrian
Accommodation Plan to the Engineer for review and approval at least 5 working days in
advance of the time the traffic control devices, including signs, are scheduled to be installed
and utilized. Traffic Control Plans and Pedestrian Accommodation Plans shall be submitted
per Section 9-38.1 and shall include the City’s Traffic Control Plan Checklist with each
submittal. The Engineer must approve the Traffic Control Plan before any onsite work begins
on the project. Any modifications or deviations from the approved Traffic Control Plan will
require review and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor’s failure to obtain approval on
Traffic Control Plans may result in penalties being assessed per Section 1-08.9(1).
Outside edges of the traveled way may be delineated with traffic safety drums or tubular
markers providing that the requirements of Section 1-07.23(1) are met. Barricades shall be
in accordance with the applicable Standard Plans.
1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices
1-10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor
1-10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
When working within signalized intersections, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate
the use of City provided uniformed police officers to control traffic. Contractor is responsible
for all coordination with the City of Auburn Police Department to secure a uniformed police
officer as required. This coordination shall be done a minimum of 3 working days in advance
of the day a uniformed police officer is necessary. When the City of Auburn Police
Department is not able to secure a uniformed police off icer, the Contractor shall provide
uniformed officers from outside police agencies and shall contract for those services directly.
Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to the use of outside agency police services.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 83
When included in the Proposal, the City will reimburse the Contractor for the cost of
uniformed police officers services as indicated in Section 1-10.5 of these Special Provisions.
If not included in the Proposal, cost of uniformed police services shall be incidental to the
Contract and no additional payment shall be made.
1-10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices
1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
When included in the Proposal, the Contractor shall provide and install “Construction Site
Sign(s)” in accordance with the contract documents 2 working days in advance of any on site
construction activities. Installation of the signs shall be in accordance with Section 1-10.3(3)
and the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail.
(April 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
1-10.3(3)N Temporary Signage for Roadway Traffic Revisions
Temporary “Traffic Revision Ahead” (W20-901) signs with two warning flags shall be installed
in advance of roadway projects that include traffic revisions. Temporary “New Signal Ahead”
(W20-902) signs with two warning flags shall be installed in advance of the intersection on
all approaches to the new signal. Temporary “Traffic Signal Revision” (W20-903) signs with
two warning flags shall be installed in advance of each intersection approach with signal
modifications. A 12-inch x 12-inch warning placard shall be affixed to the top of each signal
head being modified. Warning signs shall be mounted on 4”x 4” wooden posts and placed
per plan and MUTCD requirements. The Contractor shall remove all temporary signs and
posts no earlier than 3 months and no later than 6 months following completion of the traffic
revisions. Posthole voids shall be restored with native material.
1-10.4 Measurement
1-10.4(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the fifth and sixth paragraphs to read:
“Sequential Arrow Sign” will be measured by the day for each 24-hour day or partial day in
use. Signs not specifically approved for use will not be measured for separate payment.
“Portable Changeable Message Sign” will be measured by the day for each 24-hour day or
partial day in use. Signs not specifically approved for use will not be measured for separate
payment.
1-10.5 Payment
1-10.5(2) Item Bids With Lump Sum for Incidentals
(City Contracts, January 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 84
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items when included in the Proposal:
“Flaggers (Min. Bid _____ per hour)”, Per Hour
“Traffic Control Labor (Min. Bid _____ per hour)”, Per Hour
“Other Temporary Traffic Control”, Per Lump Sum
“Sequential Arrow Sign”, Per Day
“Portable Changeable Message Sign”, Per Day
“Outside Agency Uniformed Police Flagging Labor”, Estimate
“Construction Site Sign(s)”, Per Each
Payment for “Traffic Control Supervisor” will be made on a prorated monthly basis for work
completed.
The unit contract price bid per hour for “Flaggers (Min. Bid _____ per hour)” when applied to
the number of units measured for this item in accordance with Section 1-10.4(2), shall be full
compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in
Section 1-10.3(1)A. Should the Contractor determine that the cost for this work is greater
than the minimum price shown, the Contractor may bid a higher price. Should the Contractor
write in a unit price less than the minimum price shown, the minimum unit price shown shall
govern and become part of the bid.
The lump sum contract price for “Other Temporary Traffic Control” shall be full compensation
for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the Work defined in Section 1-10, and
which costs are not compensated by one of the items listed in this section.
The unit contract price bid per day for “Sequential Arrow Sign” shall be full compensation for
all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work described in Section 1 -
10.3(3)B and for procuring all Sequential Arrow Signs required for the project and for
transporting these signs to and from the project.
The unit contract price bid per day for “Portable Changeable Message Sign” shall be full
compensation for all costs incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work
described in Section 1-10.3(3)C and for procuring all portable changeable message signs
required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the project.
The unit contract price for “Construction Site Sign(s)” shall be full payment for all equipment,
labor and materials needed to furnish, install, maintain, relocate (if required), and remove
and dispose of at Physical Completion.
City of Auburn Uniformed Police Officers necessary for the project will be provided at no cost
to the Contractor by the City of Auburn. Payment for use of “Outside Agency Uniformed
Police Flagging Labor” will be per Section 1-09.4 of the Standard Specifications.
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 85
Costs for scheduling and coordinating all uniformed police officers by the Contractor shall be
included in the lump sum contract price for Traffic Control Supervisor and no additional
compensation will be made.
END OF DIVISION 1
DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIRMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 86
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 87
DIVISION 2 Earthwork
2-01 Clearing, Grubbing and Roadside Cleanup
2-01.1 Description
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Clearing and grubbing shall be done to the construction limits shown on the Plans. When no
clearing and grubbing limits are shown, the clearing and grubbing limits shall be the smallest
area required to complete the other Contract Work.
2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris
2-01.2(1) Disposal Method No. 1 – Open Burning
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Open burning will not be permitted on this project.
2-01.2(3) Disposal Method No. 3 - Chipping
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Woodchips shall not be utilized on the project site unless approved by the Engineer. Wood
chips shall be disposed of by Disposal Method No. 2 – Waste Site.
2-01.3 Construction Requirements
(City Contract, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where the Plans indicate clearing and grubbing on private property, the terms of the
easement agreements referenced in Section 1-07.24 shall dictate if the property owners are
responsible for relocating trees, shrubs, or other landscaping from the work area, and the
required advance notice to the property owner(s) from the Contractor. Absent of these
stipulations, respective property owners are responsible for relocating or removing trees,
shrubs, or any other landscaping material within the work areas that they wish to save, unless
specified elsewhere in the contract documents, and the Contractor shall notify property
owners a minimum of 7 calendar days in advance of clearing the site, to allow the owner time
to remove landscape material.
2-02 Removal of Structures and Obstructions
2-02.1 Description
(City Contracts, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Items in the Plans designated to be removed are to be included in the lump sum bid price for
“Removal of Structures and Obstructions.” If the Plans or other Contract Documents provide
quantities, they are estimates only and are provided for Contractor convenience as a basis
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 88
for bidding only. The Contractor shall verify the listed items and quantities, as shown on the
Plans, before bidding. When included in the Proposal, The lump sum bid price for “Removal
of Structures and Obstructions” shall include all work specified in Section 2-02, unless there
is a separate and applicable pay item included in the Proposal.
Removal of all asphalt and/or cement concrete pavement, cement and/or asphalt flatwork
(including sidewalks, driveways, and ramps), and curb and gutter, is included in the bid item
price for “Roadway Excavation, Incl. Haul”, unless specified otherwise.
2-02.3 Construction Requirements
2-02.3(2) Removal of Bridges, Box Culverts, and other Drainage Structures
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove storm drainage structures as described in the Plans. The
resultant void shall be backfilled with Gravel Borrow per Section 9-03.14(1), unless otherwise
noted. All material removed from the site shall be properly disposed of, unless otherwise
identified to be salvaged.
2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs and Gutters
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Saw cutting costs shall be included in the bid item for which the sawcut is being made and
no separate payment for saw cutting shall be made.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
2-02.3(4) Removal and Resetting of Miscellaneous Items
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall remove and reset miscellaneous items as described in the Plans.
Unless a separate and applicable pay item is included in the Proposal, removal and resetting
of miscellaneous items shall be paid under the lump sum bid item “Removal and Resetting
of Miscellaneous Items”. When included in the Proposal ,Items listed in the Plans to be
removed and reset are to be included in the lump sum bid price for “Removal and Resetting
of Miscellaneous Items.” If the Plans or other contract documents provide quantities, they
are estimates only and are provided for Contractor convenience as a basis for bidding only.
The Contractor shall verify the listed items and quantities, as shown on the Plans, before
bidding.
2-02.3(4)A Remove and Reset Fencing
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of removing and resetting fencing as shown on the Plans. The Contractor
is responsible for ensuring that any remaining fence and fence to be reset is undamaged.
The Contractor shall repair any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence at no
additional cost to the City. Costs for the replacement of fencing components and finishes
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 89
(such as gates, posts, foundations, fabric, stain, and other material) required for the resetting
of removed fence shall be included in the costs for removing and resetting the fence.
For the protection of pets and security of the property, the Contractor shall schedule removal
of fencing with the property owner at least 5 working days in advance. Unless approved by
the property owner, no site shall be left unfenced.
2-02.3(4)B Remove and Reset Private Signs
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall remove existing private signs for placement
in new locations.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that the sign(s) and mounting apparatus(es)
remain undamaged. Any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired
or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. The new cement concrete
foundation(s) shall be equal or larger in size than the existing foundation(s), unless otherwise
designated in the Contract Documents.
All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with applicable subsections of Section
8-20 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
2-02.3(4)C Remove and Reset Private Luminaires
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Where shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall move existing private luminaires to new
locations.
Following removal of the existing light fixture, the Contractor shall protect the fixture and all
component parts from loss or damage until such time as the fixture is relocated. Any damage
caused by the Contractor’s negligence shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the
Contractor’s expense. The new cement concrete foundation(s) shall be equal or larger in
size than the existing foundation(s), unless otherwise designated in the Contract Documents.
All electrical work shall be performed in accordance with applicable subsections of Section
8-20 of the Standard Specifications and as amended by these Special Provisions.
(September 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-02.3(5) Salvage
All casings, pipe, frames, grates, covers, traffic signal equipment, poles, luminaires and other
material of recoverable value identified to be salvaged from the project shall be carefully
delivered to the City of Auburn Maintenance & Operations Facility (1305 “C” Street SW) in
their existing condition.
Items have been identified in the Plans.
The Contractor shall provide notice to the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days prior to
delivery of any salvaged item.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 90
All costs for salvaging and delivering salvaged items to the City shall be included in the
appropriate unit Bid prices for the work involved and no further compensation will be paid.
Following removal items to be salvaged, the Contractor shall protect the items and all
component parts from loss or damage until such time as all they are delivered by the
Contractor to the City of Auburn Maintenance and Operations Facility. The Contractor shall
replace lost, damaged, or destroyed items in kind, at the Contractor’s expense. The
Contractor shall coordinate the receiving of salvaged items by the City. The Contractor shall
label any salvaged traffic signal poles, mast arms, and signal/lighting equipment with the City
contract number and location from which they were salvaged. Labels shall be removable
weather proof tags that will not damage or mark the salvaged item.
2-02.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, April 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Removal of cement concrete or asphalt flatwork will be measured by the square yard.
Removal of asphalt pavement will be measured by the square yard.
Removal of pipe will be measured by the linear foot of pipe removed outside the limits of
other trench excavations.
Removal of curb and gutter will be measured by the linear foot.
Removal and reset fence will be measured by the linear foot.
Removal of catch basin will be measured per each.
Remove and reset private sign will be measured per each.
Removal of manhole will be measured per each.
2-02.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Remove and Reset Miscellaneous Items”, Per Lump Sum
“Remove and Reset Fencing”, Per Lineal Foot
“Remove and Reset Private Sign”, Per Each
“Removal of Cement Concrete of Asphalt Flat Work”, Per Square Yard
“Removal of Curb and Gutter”, Per Lineal Foot
“Removal of Asphalt Pavement”, Per Square Yard
“Removal of Pipe”, Per Lineal Foot
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 91
“Remove Manhole”, Per Each
“Remove Catch Basin”, Per Each
The Contract price for “Remove and Reset Fencing” and “Remove and Reset Private Sign”
shall be full pay for all labor, tools, and equipment to complete the work outlined in according
to the Construction Plans and these Specifications.
The unit Contract price for “Removal of Cement Concrete of Asphalt Flat Work” shall be full
pay for all labor, tools, and equipment to remove and dispose of the concrete flat work,
including industrial or commercial driveways, saw cutting and any dowel bars or reinforcing
steel, at the locations shown on the Contract plans.
Removal items include all applicable costs including, but not limited to, sawcutting,
excavation, stockpiling, haul, disposal, furnishing (when the backfill material is not included
in the Proposal) and installing backfill as specified, and protecting adjacent items to remain.
2-03 Roadway Excavation And Embankment
2-03.1 Description
(City Contracts, August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
The second paragraph is revised as follows:
The work excludes these items if they are listed as individual bid items in the Proposal or if
the specifications indicate the payment for these items is included with any other item(s)
listed in the Proposal:
1. Haul.
2. Excavation for structures and ditches.
3. Removal of unsuitable materials.
4. Removal Items being separately paid for under Section 2-02 of these contract
documents.
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Any excavation beyond the set limits, unless ordered by the Engineer in writing, shall not be
paid for. The Contractor, at Contractor expense, shall provide all work and material required
to return these over excavated areas to their set limits or original conditions.
2-03.3 Construction Requirements
2-03.3(3) Excavation Below Subgrade
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of unsuitable roadway subgrade material. The
Contractor shall replace the removed material with crushed surfacing base course per
Section 9-03.9(3), unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. When specified in
the Plans, the Contractor shall place construction geo-synthetic beneath the crushed
surfacing base course.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 92
2-03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Material
2-03.3(7)C Contractor-Provided Disposal Site
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If, during the course of this project, it becomes necessary to dispose of either excess or
unsuitable materials, the additional following requirements shall be observed:
1. In no case shall any waste materials be disposed of on any site within the City limits
of Auburn, unless the Contractor has a valid Grading (Fill) Permit according to
Section 1-07.5(7) in this document;
2. Grading (Fill) Permits are issued by the City of Auburn Community Development
Department after all conditions have been met to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer;
3. The Grading Permits are issued to the legal owner of the property. Any questions
regarding the requirements should be directed to the City of Auburn Community
Development Services at 253.931.3020 (Option 3) or permitcenter@auburnwa.gov;
4. Any waste material disposed of outside the City limits of Auburn shall be at the
Contractor’s risk. The Contractor is responsible for complying with all local codes
and ordinances;
5. Time lost by failure to satisfy these requirements shall be insufficient reason for
granting extensions of Contract time.
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
6. Failure to comply with the above requirements shall be grounds to withhold payment
of money due until such time as the requirements have been satisfied;
2-03.3(14) Embankment Construction
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Embankments shall be constructed in compacted layers of uniform thickness by Method C
of Section 2-03.3(14)C.
2-03.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
All references in this section to measurement of roadway excavation are replaced with the
following:
Excavation that is not classified as Structure Excavation under Section 2-09 and is not
included under other bid items listed in the Proposal shall be measured and paid at the unit
contract price per cubic yard for “Roadway Excavation Including Haul”.
The original ground elevation will be determined only once on this project. Measurement for
Roadway Excavation and Embankment will be based on the original ground elevations
recorded before the award of this Contract, and the alignment, profile, grade, and roadway
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 93
section as shown in the Plans. Control stakes will be set during construction to provide the
Contractor with alignment, slope, and grade information for the construction of excavation
and embankments.
If discrepancies are discovered in the ground elevations that will change the original bid
quantities of earthwork by more than 25%, the original computations of earthwork quantities
will be adjusted accordingly.
Earthwork quantities will be computed, either manually or electronically, by using the average
end area method.
With at least 2 business days advance request to the Engineer, electronic copies of the
ground cross-section notes will be made available for the bidder's inspection before the
opening of bids at the City of Auburn Public Works Department, Customer Service Center,
One East Main Street, Auburn, Washington. Upon award of the Contract, copies of the
original ground cross-sections will be furnished the successful bidder upon request to the
Engineer.
”Gravel Backfill for Roadway Subgrade” will be measured per ton of material placed and
compacted as roadway subgrade.
2-03.5 Payment
(City Contracts, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Gravel Backfill for Roadway Subgrade”, Per Ton
Payment for “Gravel Backfill for Roadway Subgrade” shall include all costs to remove and
dispose of material that is unsuitable for the roadway subgrade and all costs to furnish and
install crushed surfacing base course. When a bid item is not included in the proposal for
channel excavation or ditch excavation all costs shall be included in the bid item price for
‘Roadway Excavation, Including Haul’.
2-04 Haul…………………….
2-04.2 Hauling on other than City Streets
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitate hauling over roads other
than City of Auburn streets, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s expense, make all
arrangements for the use and cleaning, if necessary, of the haul routes.
2-04.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
No measurement shall be made for hauling.
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 94
2-04.5 Payment
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
All costs associated with hauling materials of any description to, from, and within the project
site shall be included in the appropriate unit Bid prices in the Proposal and no further
compensation will be paid.
2-06 Subgrade Preparation
2-06.3 Construction Requirements
2-06.3(1) Subgrade for Surfacing
(September 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before placing base course, subgrade shall be shaped to conform to the “typical cross-
section” shown in the Plans. Adequate water shall be spread on the subgrade to obtain
optimum moisture content for compaction. The subgrade shall be graded to a uniform cross-
section true to line and grade and compacted as directed by the Engineer prior to placing
base material.
(March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-06.3(3) Subgrade for Permeable Pavements
Before placing permeable ballast for Porous HMA/WMA, the Contractor shall bring the
Subgrade to the required line, grade, and cross-section. The Contractor shall compact the
Subgrade to a depth of 6 inches to at least 90 percent, but not more than 92 percent, of the
maximum density as determined by the compaction control tests described in Section 2-
03.3(14)D. Two (2) density tests will be conducted for every 5,000 square feet of prepared
subgrade; or four (4) tests per 200 lineal feet of roadway or sidewalk. All subgrade shall be
firm and unyielding as determined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take measures to protect the prepared and approved subgrade from
traffic, water run-on, standing water, or other damage. Subgrade that has been over
compacted, shall be scarified to a minimum depth of eight (8) inches and recompacted.
Material used to protect the Subgrade from traffic or provide access to adjacent facilities shall
be removed and the subgrade compacted prior to placing geotextile, if used and/or
permeable ballast.
2-06.5 Measurement and Payment
(City Contracts, March 9, 2016 APWA GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Measurement for Subgrade for Permeable Pavement will be in accordance with 2-06.5.
2-06.5(1) Subgrade Constructed Under Same Contract
(City Contracts, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 95
The second sentence of the first paragraph is deleted.
Supplement this section with the following:
“Subgrade Preparation,” for building a Subgrade for surfacing or treated base, will be
measured by the square yard of full depth (subgrade to surface) roadway constructed or re-
constructed. Quantities for “Subgrade Preparation” will be measured at a width of 1 foot
beyond the outside face of curbs or 18-inches beyond the edge of pavement where no curbs
are installed.
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Subgrade Prep”, Per Square Yard
2-07 Watering…………………….
2-07.3 Construction Requirements
(December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall water to control dust and shall have a water truck available for watering.
2-07.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
No Measurement for water will be made.
(February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
2-07.4(1) Water from City Hydrants
The Contractor shall obtain a Fire Hydrant Meter Permit from the City of Auburn Permit
Center (1 East Main Street) before taking of water from hydrants. Water will be furnished by
the City from the fire hydrant to be designated at the time a Fire Hydrant Meter Permit is
obtained and in accordance with the terms of the Fire Hydrant Meter Permit. To obtain a Fire
Hydrant Meter Permit the Contractor shall complete a hydrant permit application at
MyBuildingPermit.com. The Contractor shall pay all permit fee(s) and deposit(s). The deposit
covers the use of a water meter, hydrant wrench, brass adapter, backflow prevention device
and hydrant gate valve, and is refundable if returned in acceptable condition. When the
meter, hydrant wrench, backflow prevention device, and gate valve are returned in an
acceptable condition and all water usage fees have been paid, the deposit will then be
refunded to the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay a base fee for a 3” meter size per month
and all water usage will be paid by the applicant at the commercial customer class rate per
hundred cubic feet. Fees, deposits, and rates shall be as published in Auburn City Code
13.06.511 and 13.06.360 at the time of hydrant permit application submission.
The Contractor shall furnish all required equipment and material necessary for transporting
the water from the hydrant, including gauges for testing (except the meter, wrench and valve
as stated above).
DIVISION 2: EARTHWORK
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 96
(City Contracts, February 2023 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible to contact the City and verify hydrant fee and water
usage rates when preparing the bid. Adjustment of these rates by the City will not be the
basis for any contract unit price adjustment.
END OF DIVISION 2
DIVISION 3: AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 97
DIVISION 3 Aggregate Production and Acceptance
3-04 Acceptance of Aggregate
3-04.3 Construction Requirements
3-04.3(8) Price Adjustment for Quality of Aggregate
(City Contracts, December 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
No aggregate compliance price adjustments shall be made.
END OF DIVISION 3
DIVISION 3: AGGREGATE PRODUCTION AND ACCEPTANCE
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 98
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVISION 4: BASES
City of Auburn
Issued January 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 99
DIVISION 4 Bases
No Revisions.
END OF DIVISION 4
DIVISION 4: BASES
City of Auburn
Issued January 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 100
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 101
DIVISION 5 Surface Treatments and Pavements
5-04 Hot Mix Asphalt
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Delete Section 5-04 and amendments and replace it with the following:
5-04.1 Description
This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot mix
asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and
the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans. The
manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with
these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and
foaming.
HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed
in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
HMA Class 3/8-inch, Class 1/2-inch, and Class 3/4-inch are designated as leveling or wearing
courses. HMA Class 1-inch is designated as a pavement base course. All mixtures are
considered dense graded HMA.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for performing all sampling, testing, and reporting
described throughout Section 5-04 at its own cost.
5-04.2 Materials
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4)
Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6)
Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4
HMA Additive 9-02.5
Aggregates 9-03.8
Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B
Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5)
Recycled Material 9-03.21
Portland Cement 9-01
Sand 9-03.1(2)
(As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing)
Joint Sealant 9-04.2
Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 102
The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the
manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If th e
documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the
Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts
required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, and
mineral filler.
The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of
HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement
material from an existing stockpile.
The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional
sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one
sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt
content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting
the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the
mix design as defined in these Specifications.
The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the contract. Blending of asphalt binder
from different sources is not permitted.
The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA
with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture
of HMA.
Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01.
Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates
from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The crack sealant material shall be rubberized asphalt per Section 9-04.2(1).
5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List
(QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined in Standard Specification 5-04.2(1).
5-04.2(1)A Vacant
5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in
the contract documents.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in
the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores,
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 103
prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by
commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing
of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The
Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from
the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation.
Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall
provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency
review;
• The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one
of the mix design verification certifications listed below.
• The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and
certification (stamp & sig-nature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional
Engineer.
• The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified
City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.**
The mix design shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as
Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction
Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program
(AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample
program.
Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall;
• Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance
with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of
Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the
discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6).
• Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in
accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and
aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing.
At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12
months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the
materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design.
Commercial Evaluation Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be based
on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes,
AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or
from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting
Agency for mix design approval is not required.
For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design
level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use.
5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or
serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical
additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 104
• Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in
Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures.
• Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350-
076 to describe the proposed additive and process.
5-04.3 Construction Requirements
5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through
March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer.
Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less
than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper
handling or finishing of the HMA.
Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving
Compacted Thickness
(Feet) Wearing Course Other Courses
Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F
0.10 to .20 45◦F 35◦F
More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F
5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section
shall apply.
The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the
intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has
been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time
required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the
application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to
shorten the time required before reopening to traffic.
Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also
be placed marking the detour or alternate route.
During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the
project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening
to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8-23.
All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements,
except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices
for the various Bid items involved in the Contract.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 105
5-04.3(3) Equipment
5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of
asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required
temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or
other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank.
The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper
and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose
of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the
supply line to the mixer.
2. Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting
temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt
binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The
thermometer location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors.
The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a
mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved
thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to
automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates.
This device shall be in full view of the plant operator.
3. Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not
exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor
shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt
binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner
that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a
continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average
temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA
additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder
shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA
additive.
4. Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be
equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials.
The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the
crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup
and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided
for in Section 3-01.2(2).
5. Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the
following methods:
a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant.
b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle
without entering the hauling vehicle.
5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a
cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 106
weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to
include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from loading to
unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA.
The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture
from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to
filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that
contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks,
the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent.
5-04.3(3)C Pavers
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally
heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA
plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans.
The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment
available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture
installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the
make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted.
The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and
shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without
tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer’s
recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will
be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface
texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without augers and an internally
heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way.
When specified in the Contract, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall
be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control
utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall
be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and
a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the
established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the
line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the
reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line.
Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint
matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be
removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer.
Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the
necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and
accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment.
If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend
Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the
pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds.
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 107
When laying HMA, the paver shall be operated at a uniform forward speed consistent with
the plant production rate and roller train capacity to result in a continuous operation. The
auger speed and flight gate opening shall be adjusted to coordinate with the operation.
5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle
(October 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) only applies to paving on State Routes and
within the right of way of the State, unless other-wise required by the contract.
When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior
to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform
temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow
may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer.
To be approved for use, an MTV:
1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver.
2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver.
3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow.
4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement
into the paving machine.
5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the
mixture.
To be approved for use, an MTD:
1. Shall be positively connected to the paver.
2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow.
3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement
into the paving machine.
4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the
mixture.
5-04.3(3)E Rollers
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good
condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for
any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the
manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number
and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the
requirements of Section 5-04.3(10). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the
aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction
of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used.
5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring
it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 108
Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be
accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as
approved by the Engineer.
Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require
the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging
across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction
of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer.
Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement
shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter
shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces
shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All
holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of
the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack
coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer.
A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is
to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved
surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the
existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate
between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application
shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all
joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces
that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped
with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material.
Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the
Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the
HMA.
The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h
emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to
one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may
be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum
temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall remove existing pavement markers, lane markers, and plastic markings.
5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing
5-04.3(4)A1 General
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width and
greater.
Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign
material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and
warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the
sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks
is not required.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 109
Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the
material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and
recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer’s
recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after
initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot
poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement
surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with
hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop
and correct the operation to eliminate the excess material.
5-04.3(4)B Soil Residual Herbicide
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall apply one application of an approved soil residual herbicide. Any area
that has not been paved within the 24 hour time limit or that has been rained on, shall be
treated again at the Contractor’s expense. The herbicide shall be applied uniformly in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Use herbicide registered with the Washington State Department of Agriculture for use under
pavement. Before use, obtain the Engineer’s approval of the herbicide and the proposed
rate of application. Include the following information in the request for approval of the
material:
• Brand Name of the Material;
• Manufacturer;
• Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Registration Number;
• Material Safety Data Sheet; and
• Proposed Rate of Application
5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in
accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor
shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to
remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the
Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer
at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at
a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more
area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of
1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required.
The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise
in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be
removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 110
Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of Way or used
in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21.
Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application
of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area.
Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot
compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with
the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper
or a roller.
(April 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
HMA for pavement repair shall be HMA Class 1/2-inch PG 58H-22 or as shown in the Plans.
Pavement repair areas shown in the Plans, if any, are for reference only. The repair areas
shall be as directed by the Engineer in the field.
5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02.
Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials
shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being
moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes
shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant.
5-04.3(5)A Vacant
5-04.3(6) Mixing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti-
stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete
and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout
the mineral materials is ensured.
When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing
temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved
by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the
discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the
manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at
discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping,
or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall
be reduced as directed by the Engineer.
Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of
the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for
more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the
Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an
accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall
indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 111
when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the
storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift.
Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to
entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is
evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing
of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have
been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, new
asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall
be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the
asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured.
5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and
elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to
distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted
depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following:
HMA Class 1” 0.35 feet
HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½”
wearing course 0.30 feet
other courses 0.35 feet
HMA Class ⅜” 0.15 feet
On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical
spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment
or by hand.
When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each
JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of
HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a
work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless
there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF.
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
In all instances, wearing courses of 3 inches or greater shall be created using a maximum
depth of 1 ½-inch lifts.
5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent,
uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04.
Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at
the option of the Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 112
5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation.
Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial
Evaluation is specified.
Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in
the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores,
prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of
HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling
and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer.
The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a
change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and
may be made in accordance with this section.
HMA Tolerances and Adjustments
1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of
acceptance shall be within tolerance. The tolerance limits will be established as
follows:
For Asphalt Binder and Air Voids (Va), the acceptance limits are determined by
adding the tolerances below to the approved JMF values. These values will also
be the Upper Specification Limit (USL) and Lower Specification Limit (LSL)
required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2
Property Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation
Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5% +/- 0.7%
Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A
For Aggregates in the mixture:
a. First, determine preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits by
applying the following tolerances to the approved JMF.
Aggregate Percent
Passing
Non-Statistical
Evaluation
Commercial
Evaluation
1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6% +/- 8%
No. 4 sieve +/-6% +/- 8%
No. 8 Sieve +/- 6% +/-8%
No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0% +/- 3.0%
b. Second, adjust the preliminary upper and lower acceptance limits determined
from step (a) the minimum amount necessary so that none of the aggregate
properties are outside the control points in Section 9-03.8(6). The resulting
values will be the upper and lower acceptance limits for aggregates, as well
as the USL and LSL required in Section 1-06.2(2)D2.
2. Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or
asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 113
to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or
better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the
adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below.
a. Aggregates –2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″,
and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and
0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF
shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9-03.8(6).
b. Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to
asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix
design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent
5-04.3(9)A Vacant
5-04.3(9)B Vacant
5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the
Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots.
5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested
for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each
Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one
day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum
of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons.
All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be
evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the
material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the
remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in
progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the
Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per
sublot.
5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and
in accordance with AASH-TO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each
class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three
samples shall to be tested.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 114
Sampling and testing HMA in a Structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons
is at the discretion of the Engineer.
For HMA used in a structural application and with a total project quantity less than 800 tons
but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases,
a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the
three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF:
• If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional
testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion.
• If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional
testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF)
shall be performed.
5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested,
compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731.
Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308.
Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11.
5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting
Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price adjustment
factors:
Table of Price Adjustment Factors
Constituent Factor
“f”
All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″ and
No.4 sieves
2
All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15
All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20
Asphalt binder 40
Air Voids (Va) (where applicable) 20
Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents
falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit
Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the
nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment
Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 115
appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the
CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup
samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a
minimum of three sets of results for evaluation.
5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant
5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF
is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals
the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix
compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of
HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix.
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay
factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF).
5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Retests
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall
submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been
received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample
will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will
be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at the option of
the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of the HMA in
place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from
any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of
$500 per sample.
5-04.3 (9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all
constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the
unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the
commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be
evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The
commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF
shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or
samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for
evaluation.
For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the
calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined.
The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The
Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the
quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 116
If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay
factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF).
5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes
for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified
compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level
of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor
(CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a LSL
of 92.0 (minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density). The maximum density shall be
determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of density attained will
be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement
shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge
correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge
and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density.
Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the
required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after
completion of the finish rolling.
If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test
procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the mix
is placed and prior to opening to traffic.
Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the
Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches
minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the
Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166.
If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the
Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations
designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core”
the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores.
For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request
after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions
other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of
the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with
instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train,
required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving.
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel
rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 117
Test Results
For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum
of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00
and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be
used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core
will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and
will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot.
When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall
be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been
provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of wheel paths
and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as
requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control
will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results
of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies
due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per cor e
and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control.
5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue
displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction
equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose,
broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective,
shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to
conform to the surrounding area.
The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall
generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless
the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when
the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller
shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall
only be operated in static mode on bridge decks.
5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than
90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer
may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow
WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-
foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum
density.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 118
5-04.3(10)C Vacant
5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction
5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance
testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots.
A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested
for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each
Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one
day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum
of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5
tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738.
The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in
progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the
Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced.
HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions
other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of
the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with
instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train,
required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving.
HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel
ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the
Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot.
5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density
that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit
Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that
is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance
with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00,
however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF
values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for
compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or
cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 119
For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will
be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by
40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the
quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of
mix.
5-04.3(11) Reject Work
5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The
Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of rejected
material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole
discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in
Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action
proposal to the Engineer for approval.
5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it
with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for
acceptance.
5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction)
(City Contracts, July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that
appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the
pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed.
No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless
the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have
the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and
tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical
acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment
will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be
borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and
testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement
and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be
at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to
0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of
25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal.
5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate
from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density,
gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 120
sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be
obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an independent lot
in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is
rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained.
These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in
accordance with Section 1-06.2(2).
5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such
time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be
produced:
1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00
and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or
2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below
0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or
3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less
than 0.75.
5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction)
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected.
5-04.3(12) Joints
5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints
5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is
a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints
will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture
only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that
the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, the
previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the
full thickness of the course.
A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a
transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary
wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or
other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 121
trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of
paving.
The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut.
Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint.
5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below
by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the
wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A
notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing surface
of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall
have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than ½ of the
compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The
sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted.
5-04.3(12)A3 Asphalt Concrete Pavement Butt Joints
(April 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide butt joints where the new asphalt concrete pavement meets the
existing pavement as shown on the Plans in a manner to produce a smooth riding connection
to the existing pavement. The depth of butt joint required shall be determined by the depth
of new asphalt concrete pavement specified on the Plans, but not less than 2 inches. The
surface elevation of new and existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement shall be the same at all
butt joints.
All asphalt concrete joints shall be sealed with asphalt binder PG 58H-22 per Section 9-02.
5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals
5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of
the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the
bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a
manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay.
Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application
procedure.
Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with the
detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail
shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5-05.3(8)B
and the manufacturer’s application procedure.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 122
5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in
section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement:
1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with
Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans.
5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown
and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course
shall not vary more than ⅛ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the
surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the
wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope
shown in the Plans.
When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in
the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods:
1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding
machine, or
2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or
3. By other method approved by the Engineer.
Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than
the allowable tolerances.
Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and
deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer,
will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer
shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00
for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive
deviations described above are found.
When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the
traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving.
This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the
Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or specifications call for
utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving.
Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning (5-
04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the
start of paving.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 123
5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The planing plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre planing meeting must be held
prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planing
submittals.
Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings.
Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove
existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished
product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay.
Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not
use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA.
Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage
the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or
roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The
Contractor must repair any damage to the surface by the Contractor’s planing equipment,
using an Engineer approved method.
Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing,
as determined by the Engineer.
A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a
minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing
course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by
the Engineer.
A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet
lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with
vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing
adjoining pavement.
After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the
Contract, patched and preleveled.
The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth
planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as
specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A.
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The full depth beginning and end of each lane of planing shall be squared-off to form a
uniform, transverse joint.
The Contractor shall provide for safe vehicle travel over existing manholes, valve boxes,
catch basins, etc., for planed areas opened to traffic. Before opening the roadway to traffic,
any delaminating of the planed asphalt surface shall be removed and the resulting holes
patched with HMA. Also, the surface shall be cleaned by sweeping to remove dust and
foreign matter. Where the plans call for a grind an overlay, the overlay work shall commence
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 124
within 5 working days of completing the pavement grinding except where specified otherwise
in the Contract.
Planing tailings may be used as trench backfill. Planing tailings may also be used as crushed
surfacing when mixed with Crushed Surfacing per Section 9-03.9(3) per Section 4-04.3(3).
5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by
the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be
planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects.
Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer.
See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be
hidden in pavement.
The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the
Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor’s
failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected.
5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic
5-04.3(14)B1 General
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section
1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor
must comply with the following:
1. Intersections:
a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or
planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure
must be kept to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA
mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to
individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and
schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan.
Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same
time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic
Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be
addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and
accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2).
b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an
intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters
of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street
detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions
thereof.
c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no
trolley service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 125
required to place and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt,
tack coat, and as needed.
d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and
a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer,
to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial
closure.
e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before
any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt
until approval has been obtained from the Engineer.
2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop
bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8-
23.
3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22.
5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the
Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. These
plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will
be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When requested by the
Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch or
larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient
detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale
on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees
sufficient detail is shown.
The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal
detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging
of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at the briefing.
When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and
noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in
advance. The traffic control plan must show where police officers will be stationed when
signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are proposed.
At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include:
1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each
day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing
and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the
proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of
temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s
planing, and paving.
2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan.
3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and
staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it
relates to the sequencing of paving operations.
4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 126
5. List of all equipment to be used for paving.
6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of
paving equipment.
7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of
paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must
include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of
adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and
paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and
coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the
final pavement marking lane lines.
8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory
personnel.
9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs.
10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day.
11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations.
5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or
as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the
Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the
Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they relate to
other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business
access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around energized
overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other
contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and
emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s
operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates
to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public
convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to:
1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan:
a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations.
b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic
control and signalization for that operation, including use of peace
officers.
c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing
operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public
convenience and safety, and to other contractors who may operate in the
Project Site.
d. Notifications required of Contractor activities and coordinating with other
entities and the public as necessary.
e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary
pavement markings as it relates to planning and to paving.
f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of,
temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as
may be needed.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 127
g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the
pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car
rail, and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2.
h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving,
and related operations.
i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid
pavement base repairs.
j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address.
2. Paving – additional topics:
a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving.
b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If
more pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the
sequencing of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss
the continuance of operator personnel for each type equipment as it
relates to meeting Specification requirements.
c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the
Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and
MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the
time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not
adversely influence the other JMF.
d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as
equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations.
e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other
sampling and testing.
5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with
Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to
opening to traffic.
5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches
(July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked
by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04.
5-04.3(17) Asphalt Cold Patch
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
“Asphalt Cold Patch” for temporary pavement patching and temporary pedestrian ramps or
walkways shall be placed by the Contractor immediately upon the request of Engineer as
required for maintenance of traffic as specified in Section 1-07.23(1) in this document. “The
Asphalt Cold Patch” shall be removed in its entirety before asphalt concrete pavement is
placed.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 128
5-04.3(18) Porous HMA
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Subgrade Preparation and Permeable Ballast/Choker Course Placement
The Contractor shall prepare subgrade in conformance with Section 2-06 and in accordance
to the Plans except that subgrade soil shall be compacted to 90 percent of the maximum
density under the tests described in Section 2-03.3(14)D.
Protect gravel borrow subgrade to remain. Keep traffic off of the prepared subgrade during
construction. Final 12-inch excavation of gravel borrow subgrade to be done at time of
placement of permeable ballast/choker course in order to protect the existing subgrade
infiltration capabilities. Final excavation shall proceed as machinery is pulling back and
travelling on preliminary grade as final grade is excavated.
To prevent compaction when installing the permeable ballast/choker course, these materials
shall be dumped onto the subgrade from the edge of the installation and pushed out onto the
subgrade. Subsequent load shall be dumped from the top of the sand filter sand and
permeable ballast/choker course as the installation progresses.
Maintain flow diversion measures to prevent runoff and sediment from entering the work
limits. Remove debris or sediment that has accumulated on the finished subgrade after
viewing and before placing permeable ballast/choker course.
Place and compact permeable ballast/choker course aggregate to the grades indicated on
the Plans in 6-inch maximum compacted lifts. Compaction shall be performed using a 10-ton
vibratory drum compactor. The required compaction effort for each aggregate type shall be
determined using a test strip. Compact the test strip using a predetermined number of passes
with the compactor. Measure the density of the permeable ballast/choker course using a
nuclear densometer gauge in backscatter mode. Perform additional passes with the roller
and measure the aggregate density again. Repeat until the increase in density achieved with
the additional passes of the compactor is less than or equal to 1.2 pounds per cubic foot on
average. The number of passes with the compactor required to achieve this density shall be
used to compact the remainder of the aggregate for the project. Compaction testing using
the nuclear densometer gauge shall be used to confirm compaction at a frequency of one
test per 2,000 square feet.
Protect placed aggregate from stormwater run-on and contamination from adjacent exposed
soils.
Pervious Asphalt Concrete Pavement
The Contractor shall prepare and place asphalt pavement in conformance with Section 5-04.
Testing and acceptance requirements for Commercial HMA described in Section 5-04 of the
Standard Specifications and of these Special Provisions shall apply to pervious asphalt
concrete.
Transport the mix to the job site in clean vehicles with smooth dump beds that have been
sprayed with a non-petroleum release agent. Limit the time of haul to avoid drainage of the
asphalt to the bottom of the truck bed. The mix should be covered during transportation to
prevent cooling and the formation of lumps.
Pavement shall be laid utilizing a self-propelled paving machine of 5-foot-minimum width and
laser plane control or unit with an activated screed or strike-off assembly, capable of being
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 129
heated if necessary, and capable of spreading and finishing the mixture without segregation
for the widths and thicknesses required.
Roller shall be steel tandem drum-type, static-type of a 5 to 10 ton size. Maximum loading
shall be 265 lbs. per linear inch of drum. The asphalt pavement shall be rolled a minimum of
two rollings. The surface shall receive a final rolling utilizing a one-ton roller to remove all
roller marks and imperfections in the surface.
Compaction shall be commenced when the asphalt mix temperature mix is at a range of
200 degrees to 240 degrees F.
Compacted depth of pervious asphalt pavement of any layer shall not exceed 0.25 foot.
Allow the pervious pavement to cure for 24 hours before applying any vehicular traffic
loading.
5-04.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
HMA Cl. ___ PG ___, HMA for ___ Cl. ___ PG ___, and Commercial HMA will be measured
by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight
of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects
to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5-04.3(11), the material removed will not
be measured.
Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken.
Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of
the main line Roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary Lanes,
service roads, Frontage Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile.
Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to
excavation.
Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2.
Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton,
whichever is designated in the Proposal.
Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4.
Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard.
Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-
23.4.
No measurement for Water will be made.
Asphalt Cold Patch will be measured by the ton of cold patch furnished and installed.
Rubberized Asphalt for Crack Sealing” will be measured by the ton.
Porous HMA will be measured by the ton.
No measurement for Soil Residual Herbicide will be made.
No measurement for Longitudinal Joint Seals will be made.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 130
5-04.5 Payment
(City Contracts, July 18, 2018 APWA GSP)
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton.
“HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton.
“HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton.
“HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton.
“Commercial HMA”, per ton.
The unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG
___”, “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”,
and “Commercial HMA” shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti-stripping
additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs
included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the
Proposal.
“Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, per mile.
The unit Contract price per mile for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway” shall be full pay for
all Work described under 5-04.3(4) , with the exception, however, that all costs involved in
patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract
price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does
not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the Roadway shall be
prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other
items of Work.
“Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces”, per mile.
The unit Contract Price for “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces” shall be full pay for all
Work described under Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved
in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract
price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does
not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the Roadway shall be
prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other
items of Work.
“Crack Sealing”, by force account.
“Crack Sealing” will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the
purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has
entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor.
“Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul”, per square yard.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 131
The unit Contract price per square yard for “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul” shall
be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4)
with the exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA shall be
included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”,
per ton.
“Asphalt for Prime Coat”, per ton.
The unit Contract price per ton for “Asphalt for Prime Coat” shall be full payment for all
costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5-
04.3(4).
“Prime Coat Agg.”, per cubic yard, or per ton.
The unit Contract price per cubic yard or per ton for “Prime Coat Agg.” shall be full pay for
furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the
aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer.
“Asphalt for Fog Seal”, per ton.
Payment for “Asphalt for Fog Seal” is described in Section 5-02.5.
“Longitudinal Joint Seal”, per linear foot.
The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Longitudinal Joint Seal” shall be full payment for
all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(12).
“Planing Bituminous Pavement”, per square yard.
The unit Contract price per square yard for “Planing Bituminous Pavement” shall be full
payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(14).
“Temporary Pavement Marking”, per linear foot.
Payment for “Temporary Pavement Marking” is described in Section 8-23.5.
“Water”, per M gallon.
Payment for “Water” is described in Section 2-07.5.
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment”, by calculation.
“Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in
Section 5-04.3(9)C6.
“Compaction Price Adjustment”, by calculation.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 132
“Compaction Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-
04..3(10)D3.
“Roadway Core”, per each.
The Contractor’s costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control)
shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional
payments will be made.
“Cyclic Density Price Adjustment”, by calculation.
“Cyclic Density Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-
04.3(10)B.
(City Contracts, April 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Asphalt Cold Patch”, Per Ton
The unit contract price per ton for “Asphalt Cold Patch,” shall be full compensation for all
costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04.3(17) except for those costs
included in other items which are included in this sub-section and which are included in the
proposal.
“Rubberized Asphalt for Crack Sealing”, Per Ton
The unit contract price for “Rubberized Asphalt for Crack Sealing” shall be full pay for all
costs of material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for the application of the crack
sealant as specified including all costs associated with preparation, placing, blotting, and
spreading sand.
“Porous HMA”, Per Ton
If HMA can be installed with a paving machine, it will not be paid for as “Commercial HMA”,
but instead will be paid for as “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___.
All costs associated with providing, placing, and sealing new joints in the asphalt concrete
shall be included in the unit Contract price for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”.
All cost incurred to obtain, provide and install herbicide for “Soil Residual Herbicide” in
accordance with Section 5-04.3(4)B shall be included in the unit contract price per ton for
HMA.
Longitudinal Joint Seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement shall be included
in the unit contract price per ton of the HMA.
Hot or cold mix asphalt concrete for temporary patches shall not be measured for separate
payment. All costs associated with temporary patches shall be included in the appropriate
unit bid prices for the work involved.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 133
5-05 Cement Concrete Pavement
5-05.3 Construction Requirements
5-05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Proportioning of Concrete
A. The Contractor shall design the concrete mix determining the proportions of
Portland cement, coarse and fine aggregate, and water necessary to produce
a workable concrete meeting the following requirements:
(1) A compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 calendar days.
(2) A maximum slump of 3 inches for fixed form paving and 2 ½ inches
for slip form paving.
(3) If air-entrained concrete is used, the mix shall contain no more than
6 percent entrained air as determined by AASHTO T 152.
B. The Contractor shall design the mix on the basis of an absolute volume
method such as outlined in the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standard
211.1, “Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal Weight
Concrete”.
C. Water reducing, set retarding or superplasticizer chemical admixtures may be
used at the option of the Contractor but subject to approval by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall indicate in advance the particular type and name product
of admixtures that they proposes to use and only such admixtures approved
by the Engineer may be incorporated into the concrete mix. Admixtures
selected for use shall be compatible with all other components of the concrete.
The use of calcium chloride as an admixture will not be permitted.
D. The Contractor shall submit for the record, not later than 15 calendar days
prior to the start of paving operations, the proposed mix design including the
aggregates grading to be used. The submission shall be accompanied with
certified laboratory reports on the tests performed on the trial mixes. In the
event that the concrete mix designed by the Contractor does not produce
concrete of the specified strength and workability, the Contractor shall adjust
the mix as required to meet the specified requirements at no additional cost
to the City and shall submit new certified test results.
E. In the event the Contractor elects to use an air-entraining admixture, they shall
determine by trials the amount of the selected admixture that will produce
concrete having the desired air content and the amount shall not be varied
except as approved by the Engineer. The admixture shall be added during
batching at the plant in accordance with the admixture manufacturer’s
recommendations.
F. The Contractor shall determine the proportions and batch weights for air-
entrained concrete in the same manner as for regular concrete provided,
however, that in making such adjustments as may be necessary by reason of
air-entrainment, the minimum quantity of fine aggregate and the minimum
quantity of water shall be used which will provide concrete of the required
workability.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 134
G. Whenever the Contractor modifies the concrete mix, other than minor
adjustments in the relative quantities of fine and coarse aggregates, they shall
submit a copy of the new mix design, together with certified copies of tests
results, to the Engineer.
H. No change in the sources or character of the materials shall be made without
due notice to the Engineer. No new materials shall be used until approved by
the Engineer and until new trial mixes have been designed, tested and
accepted.
5-05.3(8) Joints
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Engineer a Joint Plan at least 10 working
days prior to the commencement of any pavement construction. Transverse and longitudinal
joints shall be contraction or through joints (including construction joints). Joints shall be
constructed in accordance with the detail shown in the Contract Plans and shall be of the
type and at the locations indicated on the Contract Plans. The faces of all joints shall be
constructed perpendicular to the surface of the cement concrete pavement.
5-05.3(8)D Isolation Joints
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Isolation joints are placed only where shown on the Plans. The joint alignment shall be at
right angles to the Pavement Structure centerline unless otherwise specified in the Contract.
Longitudinal isolation joints shall be constructed with premolded material, ½-inch in thickness
and conform to Section 9-04.1(2). They shall extend from 1 inch below the bottom of
pavement to ¾ inch below the top of pavement.
The joint material shall be held accurately in place during the placing and finishing of the
concrete by a bulkhead, a holder, metal cap or any other approved method. The joint shall
be perpendicular to the paved surface and the holder shall be in place long enough to prevent
sagging of the joint material.
A wood filler strip or metal cap shall be placed on the top of the premolded joint filler to form
the groove ¾ inch deep, and shall remain in place until after the finishing and the concrete is
sufficiently set to resist sloughing in the groove. The joint filler shall be stapled together at
the ends to preserve continuity.
Immediately after removal of side forms, the edges of the pavement shall be carefully
inspected and wherever the joint filler is not fully exposed, the concrete shall be chipped
down until the edge of the filler is fully exposed for the entire depth.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
5-05.3(8)E Sealing through Joints
After the pavement is cured and before carrying any traffic, the space left by the removal of
the wood filler strip or the metal cap above the top of the expansion joint filler strip shall be
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 135
thoroughly cleaned of all loose material. The ¾ inch wide groove shall be completely free of
any projecting concrete from the sides and the groove shall be continuous across the slab to
each edge. It shall then be filled level with the pavement surface with joint sealant meeting
the requirements of Section 9-04.2.
The joint sealant material shall be heated and placed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Burned material will be rejected. The through joint groove shall be dry at the
time of pouring the sealing compound.
Add the following new section:
5-05.3(9) Integral Cement Concrete Curb on New Pavement
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Integral doweled curb on new pavement shall be constructed as shown in the Contract Plans.
The pavement width shall be extended to the back of the curb. The pavement where the
curb is to be placed shall be roughened or otherwise treated so that a permanent bond can
be secured between the curb and the pavement. Curing compound shall not be used on the
pavement where the curb is to be constructed.
Curb shall be constructed in accordance with Section 8-04.3(1) and the Contract Plans.
5-05.3(10) Tie Bars and Corrosion Resistant Dowel Bars
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Epoxy-coated tie bars shall be placed at all longitudinal contraction and construction joints,
in accordance with the requirements shown in the Contract Plans. In addition, epoxy-coated
dowel bars shall be installed when concrete curbs are constructed on top of concrete
pavement in accordance with the requirements shown in the Contract Plans.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Curb dowels shall be placed at 28 inches on center in the fresh concrete pavement. Curb
dowels shall be placed in all segments of curbing that is full depth and shall be placed in
transition areas for curb cuts in which a minimum of 1 inch of cover from the top of the finished
curb can be achieved.
Dowel bars shall be set while the concrete is still plastic enough to not require hammering
them into place.
(September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
5-05.3(23) Cement Concrete Pavement for Alley
(September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of placing Cement concrete pavement for alleyways.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 136
5-05.3(23)A Pavement and Alley Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Cement concrete pavement for alleys shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05. Alleys
shall meet the requirements for driveways in Section 8-06.
5-05.3(23)B Extra Concrete for Alley Approach Ramp
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
When constructing and finishing cement concrete Alley pavement, the Engineer may in some
cases require the Contractor to place additional concrete over the surface of the Alley
pavement to serve as an integral ramp or vehicular access to abutting private property.
Additional thickness for such ramps shall not exceed 6 inches above the original planned
concrete surface at any point, and will be addressed in accordance with Section
1-04.4.
5-05.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Measurement for “Cement Concrete Pavement – Crosswalk” will be by the square yard.
Measurement for Cement Concrete Pavement – Including Dowels will be by the square yard
of concrete in place, including the area placed underneath curbs. No deduction will be made
for castings in pavement.
5-05.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Cement Concrete Pavement – Including Dowels”, Per Square Yard
“Cement Concrete Pavement – Crosswalk”, Per Square Yard
The unit contract price per square yard for “Cement Concrete Pavement – Including Dowels,”
shall be full compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of
The unit contract price for “Cement Conc. Pavement – Crosswalk” shall be full pay for all
costs of labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the cement concrete
pavement to the lines, grades, and depths specified on the Plans including the saw cutting
of the grid pattern and other finishing requirements.
Section 5-05 at the thickness required in the Plans including furnishing and installing epoxy
coated dowel bars and tie bars, block outs, joints, thickened edges, and integral curbs on
concrete pavement in accordance to the Standard Details and Contract Plans
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 137
5-06 Pervious Concrete Pavement
5-06.1 Description
This work shall consist of constructing a pervious cementitious pavement composed of
concrete on a prepared subgrade or subbase in accordance with these Specifications and in
conformity with the lines grades, thicknesses, and typical cross-sections shown in the Plans
or established by the Engineer.
5-06.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Portland Cement 9-01
Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03.1
Premolded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints 9-04.1(2)
Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23
Water 9-25
Hydration stabilizing admixtures shall conform to the requirements of Section 9-23.6(3) or 9-
23.6(5).
Synthetic Fibers for Concrete
When specified synthetic fibers to be included in the mix for cement concrete shall conform
to the requirements of ASTM D 7508/7508M.
5-06.3 Construction Requirements
5-06.3(1) Pervious Concrete Construction Meeting
Prior to the start of construction of the pervious concrete pavement section, including
excavation of the pavement section, the Contractor shall coordinate, schedule and attend a
preconstruction meeting for the pervious concrete pavement. The following are required to
attend the meeting:
1. Contracting Agency representative.
2. General Contractor’s representative(s).
3. Engineer of Record for the pervious concrete pavement.
4. Concrete placement lead person(s).
5. Associated Subcontractor’s representative.
6. Pervious concrete Supplier’s representative.
7. Material Testing Laboratory’s representative.
The meeting shall cover all aspects of the work including, but not limited to:
1. Submittals.
2. Short and long term schedule.
3. Inspection of the Work.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 138
4. Protection of the Work.
5. Pervious concrete placement.
6. Curing.
7. Materials.
8. Specifications.
9. Testing.
10. Test panel and JMF.
11. Acceptance criteria.
5-06.3(2) Pervious Concrete Mix Design
The Contractor shall provide a mix design for pervious concrete and shall submit the mix
design to the Engineer in writing. Pervious concrete shall not be placed in the test panels
without a mix design that has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer.
5-06.3(2)A Mix Design Criteria
The Contractor shall include the following elements and results of the described procedures
in the proposed mix design:
1. A unique identification number for the mix design that is approved for the Job Mix
Formula (JMF).
2. Portland cement shall be Type I, Type II, Type I-II Type IP, or Type IS.
3. The cementitious content, including pozzolans if used, shall be a minimum of 480
pounds per cubic yard.
4. The mix shall incorporate a hydration stabilizing admixture.
5. Synthetic microfibers may be utilized at the manufacturer’s recommended dosage
rate.
6. The water / cement ratio shall not exceed 0.35.
7. No more than 25 percent of cement in the mix, by weight, may be replaced by fly
ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag, or a combination of both.
8. Coarse aggregate shall conform to Section 9-03.1(4), AASHTO Grading No.8.
5-06.3(2)B Job Mix Formula (JMF)
The approved mix design established through the approved test panel becomes the JMF.
5-06.3(3) Submittals
In accordance to Section 1-05.3, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the
Engineer for acceptance prior to placing any pervious concrete pavement:
1. The source of all materials proposed for use in constructing pervious concrete
pavement.
2. Batch weights for all constituents of one (1) cubic yard of the proposed pervious
concrete mix.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 139
3. The specific gravity (SSD) of all aggregates to be used in the proposed pervious
concrete mix.
4. The proposed gradation of coarse aggregates used in pervious concrete.
5. The designed volume in cubic feet of all proposed components for 1(one) cubic yard
of the proposed pervious concrete mix.
6. The design water / cement ratio of the proposed mix design.
7. The fresh density of the proposed pervious concrete mixture as determined by
ASTM C1688.
8. Catalogue cuts and Certificates of Compliance for all proposed admixtures.
9. Mill Certification of the cement and pozzolans, if used, for the current lot to be used
in the production of the proposed pervious concrete mix. The Contractor shall
maintain this submittal throughout the duration of the project as lots change.
10. Current certification by the National Ready Mix Concrete Association (NRMCA) for
the batch plant(s) to be used in the production of pervious concrete.
11. Current certifications by the NRMCA for the trucks to be used in transporting
pervious concrete from the batch plant to the point of placement.
12. Qualification documentation for current certifications by the NRMCA for the
Contractor’s personnel who will be installing pervious concrete. See Section 5-
06.3(10)A. Valid acceptable documentation is the NRMCA issued wallet card or
certification certificate.
13. At the time of delivery of the material to the site, the Contractor shall provide an
original Certificate of Compliance for each truckload of pervious concrete. The
Certificate of Compliance shall include information noted in Section 6-02.3(5)B. If
the Certificate of Compliance from the concrete producer is not provided to the
Engineer upon delivery, the truckload shall not be placed.
5-06.3(4) Equipment
Equipment necessary for handling materials, mixing, delivering, and performing all parts of
the Work, shall be in good repair, designed for the task, and operated by trained and qualified
personnel.
5-06.3(4)A Batching Plant and Equipment
Pervious concrete shall be centrally mixed in a plant with a current NRMCA certification.
5-06.3(4)B Mixer Trucks
Pervious concrete shall be transported to the location by truck mixers, non-agitating trucks
shall not be used for the transport of pervious concrete. The drums on mixer trucks used to
transport pervious concrete shall have fins that are not excessively worn, damaged or have
excessive concrete buildup. Mixer trucks shall have a current NRMCA certification.
5-06.3(4)C Side Forms
Pervious concrete shall be placed in stationary forms. If pervious concrete is to be placed
against a curb, previously placed concrete, or other existing structure, they may be used as
a side form for the pervious concrete paving. Forms for pervious concrete shall be made of
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 140
steel or wood and shall be in good condition and shall be capable of being anchored in place
so that they will be true to grade, line and slope. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to maintain
specified tolerances and capable of supporting concrete and mechanical concrete placing
equipment. Forms shall be in good condition, straight, clean, free of debris, non-adherent
rust and hardened concrete.
Set, align, and brace forms so that they hardened pavement meets the lines, grades and
slopes as shown in the drawings. Apply form-release agent to the form face, which will be in
contact with concrete, immediately before placing concrete. Form release agent shall not be
applied to previously placed concrete. Previously placed pavement shall be protected from
damage.
The Contractor shall inspect all forms for line, grade and slope. No pervious concrete shall
be placed until the forms have been inspected by the Engineer.
5-06.3(4)D Finishing Equipment
Finishing equipment for pervious concrete paving shall be designed for the intended work,
shall be clean and in good operating condition.
Equipment used for striking off the pervious concrete shall leave a smooth surface at t he
planned grades and shall not cause excess paste to be left on, or drawn to, the surface. If
rollers or spinning screeds are used to compact, they shall be of sufficient weight and width
to compact the pervious concrete uniformly through its depth and t o grade without marring
the surface. Equipment used for compacting pervious concrete shall not cause the surface
to close or otherwise clog and shall produce a surface that is free of ridges or other
imperfections. Tools used for producing joints shall be designed and manufactured for the
purpose and shall not otherwise damage or mar the surface.
Vibrating equipment shall not be used for placement or compaction of pervious concrete.
5-06.3(5) Measuring and Batching Materials
Measuring and batching materials for pervious concrete pavement shall conform to the
requirements of Section 5-05.3(4).
5-06.3(6) Acceptance
For acceptance, pervious concrete pavement will be divided into lots as follows: A single lot
(lot) is represented by the lesser of: one (1) day’s production or 360 square yards of pervious
concrete in place. Where the Contractor has more than one crew placing pervious concrete,
lots will be associated with each crew. Representative lot size will be determined to the
nearest square yard. If no sample is taken on a Day, that Day’s quantities may be included
in the next or previous Day’s lot(s). The Engineer may isolate an area of pervious concrete
within a lot that is deemed to be defective in any way and such an area will be considered to
be a new lot for purposes of acceptance. New lots determined in this manner shall be
extended as necessary such that they are bounded by planned joints. Acceptance of a lot of
pervious concrete pavement will be based on the following criteria:
1. Grade: Conform to the dimensions, lines, slopes and grades specified on the plans.
Pervious concrete pavement shall be true to planned grades and shall not deviate
from grade more than ¼ inch in ten (10) feet. Where abutting existing facilities such
as sidewalks, walkways, curbs, driveways or other pavements, the pervious
concrete shall be flush.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 141
2. Conformance to JMF: The pervious concrete pavement used shall conform to the
mix design for the JMF within the limits as set forth in Section 6-02.3(5)C and as
determined from the accepted test panel.
3. Compacted Thickness and Average Hardened Density: After a minimum of seven
(7) calendar days of curing, remove and measure three (3) cores from each lot.
Remove cores in accordance with ASTM C42/C42M. Measure the length of each
core in accordance with ASTM C1542/1542M. No single core shall be less than 3/4
inch of the design depth on the drawings. The average of all cores from a lot shall
be within minus 3/8 inch of the design depth on the plans. After length is measured,
measure hardened density of each core in the lot in accordance with ASTM
C1754/C1754M. The hardened density from a lot must be within +/- 5 percent of
the average hardened density of the JMF (approved test panel).
4. Infiltration Rate: The infiltration rate at any single test point shall not be less than
100 inches per hour.
5. Fresh Density: The fresh density of each lot will be measured by ASTM C1688 at
the point of placement shall be within +/- five (5) pounds per cubic foot of the fresh
density determined from the JMF (approved test panel).
6. Appearance: The appearance of each lot shall be consistent with the JMF
(approved test panel). The pervious concrete pavement shall have a consistent
surface texture, shall not be raveled, shall be free of ridges or other surface
imperfections, shall have joints that are in the specified location and are constructed
per specification, and shall be free of cracks.
Testing for acceptance will be performed by the Engineer.
5-06.3(6)A Infiltration Rate of Placed Pavement
The infiltration rate of the pervious concrete shall be determined at four (4) random locations
within each lot. The locations for conducting infiltration tests will be determined by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule testing with the Engineer a minimum
of five (5) Working Days in advance. The infiltration rate on the finished surface will be
determined in accordance with ASTM C1701, except the infiltration ring diameter may be 12-
inches to 24-inches in diameter. The infiltration test will be conducted after a minimum of
seven (7) calendar days of curing has occurred.
If the measured infiltration rate is less than 100 inches/hour at any test location, the
Contractor may request in writing that the Engineer perform additional infiltration tests for the
purpose of assessing overall infiltration performance and/or determining a defective lot in
accordance with Section 5-06.3(6). The determination of a defective lot, or lots, and the
extent(s), will be by the Engineer. The cost of additional testing shall borne by the Contractor.
5-06.3(7) Rejection
Pervious concrete may be rejected by the Contractor for any reason.
A truckload of pervious concrete will be rejected if the Certificate of Compliance is not
provided at the time of delivery of the material to the site. See Section 5-06.3(4)B.
Pervious concrete that is improperly cured or is allowed to freeze during the initial seven (7)
day curing period will be rejected.
Pervious concrete pavement that does not meet the acceptance criteria put forth in Section
5-06.3(6) will be rejected by the Engineer on a lot by lot basis.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 142
During the removal process of the rejected pavement, The Contractor shall implement
measures to protect the adjacent pervious concrete pavement to remain. If pervious concrete
pavement becomes damaged by the Contractor during removal of the rejected pavement,
then additional pavement areas may be rejected by the Engineer to the next planned joint.
Fresh pervious concrete that has been rejected by the Engineer, or the Contractor, shall not
be placed, or shall be removed and replaced, at no additional cost.
5-06.3(8) Mixing Pervious Concrete
Batch, mix and deliver pervious concrete in compliance with ASTM C94/C94M except that
pervious concrete shall not be transit mixed or shrink mixed. If water is added to the mix after
it is delivered on site, the fresh density for the pervious concrete shall meet the requirements
of the approved JMF referenced in this section.
5-06.3(8)A Limitations of Mixing Pervious Concrete
Mixing and placing concrete shall be discontinued when a descending air temperature in the
shade away from artificial heat reaches 40º F and shall not be resumed until an ascending
air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat reaches 40º F.
The temperature of fresh pervious concrete shall not be less than 55° F, nor more than 90°
F when placed.
Pervious concrete shall not be mixed with aggregates at less than 32° F.
5-06.3(9) Subgrade Preparation And Base
Prepare and protect subgrade in accordance with Section 2-06.
Prepare and protect subbase in accordance with Section 4-04.
5-06.3(10) Placing, Spreading, Finishing, Edging, Tolerances, and Curing
Pervious concrete shall not be placed, compacted, or finished when the natural light is
inadequate, unless an adequate lighting system is in operation. The adequacy of light will
be determined by the Engineer.
Wet the surface of the subbase with water immediately before placing pervious concrete.
Deposit concrete either directly from the transporting equipment or by conveyor on the
subbase, unless otherwise specified. Pervious concrete shall not be placed on frozen
subbase. Deposit concrete between the forms to an approximately uniform height. Spread
the concrete using mechanized equipment or hand tools. Vibrating equipment shall not be
used for spreading pervious concrete.
Strike off concrete between forms using a form-riding paving machine, roller screed, or
spinning screed.
Compact concrete to a uniformly dense structure without clogging the surface with paste.
Finish the pervious concrete to a uniform, open-textured surface to match the appearance of
the approved JMF test panel.
Edges shall be hand tooled to a radius of ¼ inch.
Curing materials for pervious concrete shall be in place no more than 20 minutes of discharge
onto the subbase. The pavement surface and all exposed edges shall be completely covered
with sheet curing materials conforming to Section 9-23.1. The curing material shall be
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 143
secured at all exterior edges and interior laps without damaging the pervious concrete. The
method of securing the curing material shall prevent wind from removing the sheet and from
blowing under the sheet across the surface of the concrete. Cure the pavement for a
minimum of seven (7) uninterrupted days.
All traffic (foot and vehicular), staging, stockpiling or other work shall be kept off of the
pervious concrete pavement during the curing period. Any testing for acceptance shall not
occur until the end of the curing period.
Protect concrete from freezing and cold weather in accordance with 5-06.3(12).
5-06.3(10)A Contractor’s Qualifications
The contractor shall employ no less than one (1) National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
(NRMCA) certified Pervious Concrete Craftsman for each crew, who must be on site, over-
seeing the work during all pervious concrete placement; or employ no less than three (3)
NRMCA Certified Pervious Concrete Installers per crew, who must be on site working during
each pervious concrete placement. The minimum number of certified individuals must be
present on each crew for every pervious concrete placement, including the test panel
placements, and a certified individual must be in charge of the placement crew and
procedures.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, personnel used for installing pervious concrete are
unqualified, inattentive to quality, or unsafe, they shall be removed or reassigned from
installation of pervious concrete at the written request of the Engineer.
5-06.3(10)B Test Panel
Production placement of pervious concrete shall not occur until the Contractor has completed
a test panel of pervious concrete pavement that meets all of the acceptance criteria described
herein and is accepted by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall construct a test panel utilizing a minimum of seven (7) cubic yards of
pervious concrete. If multiple pavement section depths are shown on the plans, a test panel
shall be constructed for each pavement section depth/thickness. The width of the test panel
shall have a width no smaller than the greatest width to be used during the construction and
installation of the pervious concrete onsite. The test panel(s) shall include at least one joint
and at the spacing specified on the plans and specifications. Test panels may be placed
non-contiguously. The test panel(s) shall be equivalent and representative of the production
pervious concrete pavement in all aspects including subbase, depth, joints, method of
placement, curing, and preparation. Construction and evaluation of the test panel shall occur
as follows:
1. Notify the Engineer at least ten (10) Working Days before installing pervious concrete
test panels.
2. Coordinate the location of the test panel with the Engineer.
3. Install the test panel in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings.
4. Notify the Engineer when the test panel is ready for inspection and acceptance
testing.
5. Acceptance testing will be conducted in accordance with Section 5-03.3(6).
6. Remove, replace, and dispose of any unsatisfactory portions of test panels as
determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 144
Failure to install acceptable test panel(s) of pervious concrete will indicate an unapproved
test panel(s) and require new test panel(s) for review.
The completed and approved test panel(s) shall establish the JMF.
The approved test panel shall meet the requirements of Section 5-03.3(6).
Upon successful completion of the infiltration test, unless otherwise determined by the
Engineer, three (3), cores will be cut in accordance with ASTM C42 and will be used to
validate the mix design under the acceptance criteria of Section 5-06.3(6). Cores shall be
taken at the same location where the infiltration test was conducted. The average hardened
density of the cores shall be the hardened density used for the JMF. The hardened density
of each core used for determining the JMF shall be within five (5) percent of the mean value
of the three cores. Core holes shall be filled by the Contractor with pervious concrete meeting
the proposed JMF and shall match adjacent pavement color, texture and grade.
The completed and accepted test panels shall be maintained and protected throughout the
duration of the Work and may not be demolished and disposed of without written permission
from the Engineer. If the test panel(s) is incorporated into the Work, it shall remain in place
accepted as a single lot.
5-06.3(11) Joints
Construct joints at the locations, depths and with horizontal dimensions indicated on plans
unless noted otherwise in this section. Joints shall be of three (3) types: construction,
contraction, isolation. Construction joints shall be formed at the end of a day’s work or when
necessary to stop production for any reason. Contraction joints shall be used to control
random cracking. Isolation joints shall be used where the pervious concrete abuts existing
facilities or where shown on the Plans.
5-06.3(11)A Construction Joints
Construction joints shall be located at the location of a planned contraction or isolation joint.
Construction joints are to be formed by placing a header between the forms, at right angles,
to the full depth of the finished pervious concrete, and set to the height of the forms. Pervious
concrete shall be placed against the header and compacted and finished as normal, including
edging. The header shall remain in place until paving resumes.
5-06.3(11)B Contraction Joints
Contraction joints (transverse and longitudinal) shall be constructed at the locations and
intervals shown in the Contract. Contraction joints shall be a depth of 1/3 the thickness of the
pervious concrete pavement section and have a width of no more than 1/4 inch. Contraction
joints shall not be saw cut unless specifically noted on the Plans. Saw cut joints shall have
a minimum width of 1/8 inch. Plastic formed contraction joints shall be tooled on both sides
of the joint with a radius of ½ inch. Tool joint to the depth and width in fresh concrete
immediately after the concrete is compacted.
5-06.3(11)C Isolation Joints
Isolation joints shall be placed where the pervious concrete abuts existing structures or where
shown on the Plans. Isolation joints shall continue through the depth of the pervious concrete
using a 3/8 inch premolded joint filler meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.1(2). Isolation
joints may be formed by forming a construction joint and affixing the premolded joint filler
against one side of the joint and placing fresh pervious concrete against it. Isolation joints
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 145
and filler shall be flush with the surrounding pervious concrete and shall not deviate from the
acceptance criteria for smoothness as shown in Section 5-06.3(6). The edge of the pervious
concrete adjacent the premolded joint filler shall be hand tooled with a ½ inch radius.
5-06.3(12) Cold Weather Work
When concrete is being placed and the ambient air temperature is expected to drop below
35° F during the day or night, the Contractor shall protect the concrete from freezing. The
Contractor shall submit for approval a Cold Weather Plan prior to placing concrete when
ambient air temperature below 35° F is anticipated, or when requested by the Engineer.
When a Cold Weather Plan is required, pervious concrete shall not be placed without an
approved Cold Weather Plan.
Under the Cold Weather Plan, the Contractor shall, provide a sufficient supply of straw, hay,
blankets, or other suitable blanketing material and spread it over the pavement to a sufficient
depth to prevent freezing of the concrete. The blanket material shall be placed on top of the
sheet curing materials and covered with a layer of burlap or plastic sheeting, weighted or
anchored to prevent the wind from displacing the insulation. At no time during the curing
period shall the temperature of the pervious concrete be allowed to drop below 55° F. The
Engineer may require recording thermometers if daytime temperature is below 50°. The
curing period may be extended by the Engineer if the pervious concrete temperature has
been allowed to drop below 55° F.
The cold weather protection shall be maintained for seven (7) days. Pervious concrete that
has frozen during this period will be rejected.
5-06.3(13) Protection of Pervious Concrete Pavement
As part of the Construction Stormwater Pollution Prevention plan (SWPPP), rain runoff,
surface water of any kind and sediment shall be prevented from entering the area of pervious
concrete construction, including excavation, until the pervious concrete application has
cured, testing is completed and determined to meet specifications and the adjacent areas
that sheet flow/drain onto the pervious concrete are permanently stabilized from erosion and
plantings are established. Once pavement is placed, flow diversion measures and protective
covers shall continually be maintained until adjacent areas are permanently stabilized and
concrete has been accepted. Construction vehicular traffic shall not be allowed onto the
pervious concrete pavement.
Do not open the pavement to vehicular traffic until the concrete has cured for at least seven
(7) uninterrupted days, testing has been completed, and the pavement has been accepted
by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect the pervious concrete pavement from
damage, including the introduction of foreign materials to the surface, throughout the course
of the work. Pervious concrete pavement that is damaged or has been adversely impacted
by the introduction of foreign materials shall be remediated to the satisfaction of the Engineer
or rejected and replaced to the nearest joint.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following subsections:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 146
5-06.4 Measurement
Measurement for “Pervious Concrete Pavement – Sidewalk” will be by the square yard of
finished surface of pervious concrete walk. No measurement will be made for blocked out
areas, castings or other discontinuities in the sidewalk nine (9) square feet or larger.
Measurement for “Pervious Concrete Pavement-Vehicular” will be by the square yard for the
finished surface of pervious concrete pavement. No Measurement will be made for blocked
out areas, castings or other discontinuities in the pavement nine (9) square feet or larger.
5-06.5 Payment
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following Bid Items
that are included in the Proposal:
“Pervious Concrete Pavement – Sidewalk”, Per Square Yard
“Pervious Concrete Pavement – Vehicular”, Per Square Yard
The Unit contract price per square yard for “Pervious Concrete Pavement – Sidewalk” shall
be full pay for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment and materials required to construct the
pervious concrete sidewalk as specified in this Section, including but not limited to;
performing mix designs, and placing pervious concrete.
The Unit contract price for “Pervious Concrete Pavement-Vehicular” shall be full pay for
furnishing all labor, tools, equipment and materials required to construct the pervious
concrete pavement as specified in this Section, including but not limited to; performing mix
designs, and placing pervious concrete.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-07 Textured Asphalt
5-07.1 Description
This work consists of texturing and coloring asphalt concrete pavement in areas indicated on
the Contract Drawings. Work includes imprinting the hot mix asphalt surface with a textured
finish, and coating the finish surface with a colored epoxy material. All imprinting work shall
be performed by an Authorized Street Print Applicator or substituted in its entirety with an
approved equivalent described here in accordance with 1-06.7(4) (Proposed Equivalents).
5-07.2 Materials
The following specifications and methods are referenced as part of these Special Provisions.
American Society for Testing and Materials
1) ASTM D-4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using
Portable Adhesion Tester
2) ASTM D-4060 Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the
Taber Abraser
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 147
3) ASTM D-2697 Standard Test Method for Volume of Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or
Pigmented Coatings
5-07.2(1) Coating Material
The coating material shall be a premium high-performance material consisting of epoxy
modified acrylic polymers blended with sand and aggregate, “StreetBond SP150E,” or an
approved equivalent.
5-07.2(2) Colorant
The colorant shall be a highly concentrated, high quality, UV stable pigment blend designed
to be added to coating material to provide color to the coating. The colorant shall be
StreetBond Colorant, with the color “Bedrock,” and the same colorant shall be used in each
coating layer applied to the asphalt surface. One pint of StreetBond Colorant shall be used
with one 5-gallon pail of StreetBond SP150E Coating Material.
5-07.3 Construction Requirements
The Contractor shall follow the latest StreetPrint Application Procedures as issued by
Integrated Paving Concepts Inc.
5-07.3(1) Textured Asphalt Terms
Textured Asphalt Pavement shall be described as “StreetPrint Pavement Texturing”,
“StreetPrint”, or approved equivalent pavement on the Contract Plans and documents related
to the project.
Pavement Texturing is defined as a finishing system, which treats the surface of Hot Mix
Asphalt (HMA) by imprinting fully compacted asphalt pavement with “grid style” or other styles
of depressions to replicate, in relief, the concrete grout depressions common to hand-laid
brick or cobblestone, or any other design as shown on the Plans or described in the
specifications and coating the imprinted asphalt surface using an approved surfacing system.
This system shall be the “StreetPrint” system utilizing the “StreetBond HW Surfacing System”
or an approved equivalent.
Imprinting Asphalt Concrete Pavement is defined as pressing flexible templates into hot,
fully-compacted, Asphalt Concrete Pavement to create the appearance of grout lines or
patterns in the asphalt surface.
Surfacing System is defined as multiple applications of premium coating material and shall
be StreetBond HW Surfacing System applying StreetBond SP150E.
“Authorized StreetPrint Applicator” is a contractor licensed by Integrated Paving
Concepts Inc., (Tel. 800-688-5652), and shall have a foreman, supervisor or lead hand on
site who has successfully completed a StreetPrint Level 1 or Level II Accreditation Training
Program.
5-07.3(2) Certification
The contractor shall furnish certification of test results showing that surfacing materials has
the following properties:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 148
1. Adhesion (PLI) To an Asphalt substrate (ASTM D-4541) Result: Cohesive failure
of asphalt prior to adhesive failure.
2. Taber Abrasion H-10(Dry Wear Index) (ASTM D-4060). Maximum of 0.98
grams/1000 cycles after 7 calendar days cure.
3. Solids by Volume (%) (ASTM D-2697). Minimum = 24 +/-2%.
5-07.3(3) Equipment
All equipment, tools, and machines used to perform the work shall be maintained in
satisfactory working order at all times. Descriptive information on the surfacing application
equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 5 working days
before the work starts.
5-07.3(3)A Templates
Templates shall be manufactured from flexible, woven wire rope cut and welded into the
patterns used for imprinting Asphalt Concrete Pavement.
5-07.3(3)B Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater
Reciprocating Infra-Red Heater shall be used to apply heat to the asphalt surface in
designated areas for imprinting. The heating equipment used shall allow continuous
monitoring of the surface temperature to ensure the asphalt does not over heat and burn.
Equipment that is specifically excluded from this section shall not be used for reheating of
the asphalt in any form, including direct flame heaters.
5-07.3(3)C Vibratory Plate Compactor
Vibratory Plate Compactor shall be used for pressing the wire templates into the heated
asphalt to create the specified pattern.
5-07.3(3)D Spray Equipment
Spray Equipment shall be capable of applying the coating material to the asphalt surface in
a controlled thin film.
5-07.3(4) Construction
5-07.3(4)A Surface Preparation Prior to Coating
The asphalt surface shall be free of dirt, debris, oil or anything that will adversely affect the
adhesion of the new coating system. All loose material on the asphalt surface shall be
removed and prior to applying the coatings, the asphalt surface shall be completely dry.
5-07.3(4)B Layout and Imprinting
Layout and imprinting of the pattern into the surface of the HMA is shown in the Plans.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 149
5-07.3(4)C Heating of Asphalt
Direct flame heaters shall not be allowed for the purpose of heating the asphalt. Hot air
portable heaters may only be used for heating isolated areas. The temperature of the asphalt
surface shall be regularly monitored during the reheating process. The asphalt pavement
shall be adequately heat soaked (softened) to a depth of at least 1/2 inch, without burning
the asphalt. If during the re-heating process the surface is overheated and begins to emit
black smoke, the contractor shall stop work immediately. The damaged surface area shall
be removed by milling the upper 1-1/2 inch and replaced by a partial depth patch with the
topmost layer matching the existing surface layer mix and binder. Patching and all work
associated with the repair effort shall be at no cost to the City.
5-07.3(4)D Sample Area
Prior to installing the Surfacing System to the entire project, a sample area shall be
completed. Upon approval from the Engineer for appearance of color, the Contractor may
proceed with completing the Surfacing System installation.
5-07.3(4)E Coating Installation
The Contractor shall apply the Surfacing System only when the air temperature is at least
50F and rising, and will not drop below 50F within 8 hours of application of the coating
material. There should be no precipitation expected within 2 hours after applying the final
layer of coating material.
5-07.3(5) Quality Control
5-07.3(5)A General
At all times the Contractor shall have a representative familiar with all manufacturer’s
recommendations for products used on site, or if the StreetPrint process is utilized then a
foreman, supervisor or lead hand who is registered with Integrated Paving Concepts, Inc., as
a Level 1 or Level II Accredited StreetPrint Installer shall be onsite at all times during
installation; certification must be submitted for approval 5 working days prior to commencing
construction.
5-07.3(5)B Stamping Depth
Upon completion, the patterned area shall be checked for proper depth of print. 98% of the
stamped area shall have an imprint depth of 1/4 inch. If any sample areas have an imprint
depth that is less than 1/4 inch, those areas shall be re-heated and re-stamped prior to
applying the coatings.
5-07.3(5)C Coating Thickness
The total thickness shall be monitored by measuring the volume of material used per unit
area. For this project an average coverage area for the combined coating layers shall be per
manufacturer’s recommendation or 150 square feet coated per 5-gallon pail of StreetBond
SP150E material used. The Contractor shall provide proof of material usage.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 150
5-07.3(5)D Protection of Existing Pavement Markings
The Contractor shall protect all existing pavement markings from contamination from the
asphalt sealant including any existing markings on curbing. All disturbed pavement markings
shall be returned to their original condition, at no additional cost to the City as specified in
Section 8-22.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with these subsections:
5-07.4 Measurement
Measurement for “Textured Asphalt” shall be by the square yard of surface area completed.
5-07.5 Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Textured Asphalt”, Per Square Yard
The unit contract price for “Textured Asphalt” shall be full pay for all costs of labor, tools, and
equipment necessary to install the asphalt texturing, including heating, imprinting, and
coloring the asphalt.
Costs for placing and compacting the HMA Cl. ½ inch pavement receiving the texturing shall
be paid for as indicated in Section 5-04 of these Special Provisions.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-08 Stamped Colored Cement Concrete
5-08.1 Description
This work shall be for the completion of stamped concrete medians as indicated on the Plans.
5-08.2 Materials
Stamped concrete shall be air entrained concrete Class 4000 in accordance with the
requirements of Section 6-02.
Solomon Liquid Colors Inc. colorant (Solomon Colors, PO Box 8288, Springfield, Illinois
62791. Phone (800) 624-0261 / (217) 522-3112. Fax (800) 624-3147 / (217) 522-3145.
Web Site www.solomoncolors.com. E-Mail sgs@solomoncolors.com.), or approved
equivalent, shall be added to the concrete mixture per the following specifications:
Colorant Material Specifications:
• Color: ColorFlo Liquid Color
• Name: Dark Redwood
• Number: 489
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 151
• Compliance: ASTM C 979.
• Material: Predispersed iron oxide pigments containing high pigment solids in
aqueous base liquid.
Produce uniform and consistent color.
• Permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather resistant,
alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, and nonbleeding.
• Free of deleterious fillers and extenders.
• Particle Size: 95 to 99 percent minus 325 mesh.
• Specific Gravity: 1.9 to 2.0.
Color Mixing Specifications:
• Mixer shall be loaded to a minimum of 40% capacity to ensure good color
suspension.
• The mix design shall be consistent, and the water cement ratio shall be
maintained with a maximum 4 inch slump.
• The Contractor shall reverse the drum, bringing the concrete to the back of
the truck, prior to adding color to the ready mix truck.
• The Contractor shall mix the concrete at high speed for a minimum of 5
minutes before pouring concrete.
5-08.3 Construction Requirements
Construction Requirements for Stamped Colored Concrete:
• Measuring, Batching, Mixing, and Delivering Concrete: As specified in Section 6-02,
except as specified in this section.
1. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete with pigments in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Ensure mixer is clean and free of washout water before loading.
3. Load mixer to a minimum of 40 percent capacity.
4. Do not load mixer beyond recommended capacity.
5. Add concrete materials to mixer in same order for each batch.
6. Do not add pigment to mixer as first concrete material.
7. Maintain consistent amounts of batch water in each batch.
• Placing, Finishing, and Curing Concrete: As specified in Section 6-02, except as
specified in this section.
1. Place, finish, and cure concrete with pigments in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Allow excess surface water to evaporate before finishing.
3. Do not over-finish surface. Avoid burning surface.
4. Do not fog with water or cover surface of colored concrete during initial curing
process for a minimum of 48 hours.
• Add liquid pigments to concrete batch automatically by use of metering, volumetric,
or weight measuring system or manually by weight or volume in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 152
• Recycle liquid pigments while in their container before use to ensure uniformity and
proper viscosity.
• Add liquid pigments to concrete batch after prewetted aggregate and before cement
addition.
Calcium chloride shall not be permitted in the concrete mix, as it causes discoloration.
Forms shall be as specified in Section 8-14.3(2).
Cleaning:
• Clean concrete of efflorescence in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
• Ensure concrete has sufficiently cured before cleaning.
• Use concrete cleaner approved by pigment manufacturer. Do not use cleaners
containing acid.
• Apply cleaner in accordance with cleaner manufacturer’s instructions.
5-08.3(1) Stamping
The Contractor shall apply a Brickform, or approved equivalent, Antique Release agent, to
the concrete as soon as all standing water has disappeared from the concrete surface and
prior to beginning the stamping process.
The Contractor shall apply a Brickform, or approved equivalent, concrete sealer to the
finished concrete after it has cured for 28 calendar days.
While the initially finished concrete is plastic, the Contractor shall accurately align and place
stamp “skins” or semi rigid mats in sequence and changing direction of patterns as necessary
to produce the pattern shown in the Plans. The Contractor shall uniformly load mats and
press into concrete to produce the required imprint pattern and depth of imprint on the
concrete surface. The Contractor shall remove the stamp mats immediately. The Contractor
shall hand stamp edges and surfaces unable to be imprinted by stamp mats.
The Contractor shall utilize a stamping template that matches the pattern specified in the
Plans. Upon completion, the patterned area shall be checked for proper depth of print. 98%
of the stamped area shall have an imprint depth of 1/4 inch. If any sample areas have an
imprint depth that is less than 1/4 inch, those areas shall be re-stamped prior to applying the
coatings. The stamped pattern shall be neat, with clean lines and intersections.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with these subsections:
5-08.4 Measurement
Measurement for “Colored Stamped Cement Concrete” shall be per Square Yard.
5-08.5 Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 153
“Colored Stamped Cement Concrete”, Per Square Yard
The unit contract price for “Colored Stamped Cement Concrete” shall be full pay for all costs
of labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary to mix, pour, grade, finish, stamp, apply
the colored release agent, apply the concrete sealer, and color the stamped concrete.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-09 Slurry Seal Surface Treatment
5-09.1 Description
This work consists of applying an emulsified asphalt slurry seal to prepared designated street
surfaces in complete and strict accordance with these Special Provisions.
The slurry seal surface shall consist of a mixture of emulsified asphalt, mineral aggregate,
and water, properly proportioned, mixed, and spread evenly on the surface as specified in
this document. The cured slurry shall have a homogenous appearance, fill all cracks, adhere
firmly to the surface, and have a skid resistant texture.
5-09.1(1) Applicable Specifications
The following specifications and methods are referenced as part of these Special Provisions:
AASHTO __ American Association of State Highway Testing Officials;
ASTM __ American Society for Testing and Materials;
ISSA __ International Slurry Seal Association.
5-09.2 Materials
5-09.2(1) Asphalt Emulsion
Emulsified asphalt shall conform to the requirement of ASTM or ISSA Specification for type
SS1h, CSS1h, or Quick Setting Mixing Grade Emulsion.
5-09.2(2) Aggregate
The mineral aggregate shall consist of natural or manufactured sand, slag, crusher fines, and
others or a combination thereof. Smooth-textured sand of less than 1.25% water absorption
shall not exceed 50% of the total combined aggregate. The aggregate shall be clean and
free of vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. When tested by AASHTO T176
or ASTM D2419, the aggregate blend shall have a sand equivalent of not less than 45. When
tested according to AASHTO T104 or ASTM C88 the aggregate shall show a loss of not more
than 15%. When tested according to AASHTO T-96 or ASTM C131 the aggregate shall show
a loss of not more than 35. Mineral fillers such as Portland Cement, limestone dust, fly ash,
and others shall be considered part of the blended aggregate and shall be used in minimum
required amounts and must meet the gradation requirements of ASTM D242. Mineral fillers
shall only be used if needed to improve the workability of the mix or gradation of the
aggregate.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 154
The combined mineral aggregate shall conform to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing
(Type III)
½ inch – (12.5mm)
3/8 inch – (9.5mm) 100
No. 4 (4.75mm) 70-90
No. 8 (2.36mm) 45-70
No. 16 (1.18mm) 28-50
No. 30 (0.600mm) 19-34
No. 50 (0.300mm) 12-25
No. 100 (0.150mm) 7-18
No. 200 (0.75mm) 5-15
Theoretical Asphalt
Content % Dry
Aggregate 6.5-12
5-09.2(3) Water
All water used with the slurry mixture shall be potable and free from harmful soluble salts.
5-09.2(4) Laboratory Testing
Sources for all materials shall be identified before they are required for use on the project.
All samples must be taken according to previously mentioned procedures. All materials shall
be pretested in a qualified laboratory to determine their suitability for use in slurry. The
theoretical asphalt content shall be determined. The laboratory shall also determine if
mineral filler is required, and if so, how much should be used. Test samples shall be made
and tested on a Wet Track Abrasion Machine.
The Contractor must submit the complete laboratory analysis and test report with abraded
and unabraded slurry test samples, to the Engineer before application of the slurry seal can
begin.
5-09.2(5) Stockpiling Of Aggregates
Precautions shall be taken to insure that stockpiles do not become contaminated with
oversized rock, clay, silt, or excessive amounts of moisture. The stockpile shall be kept in
areas that drain readily. Segregation of the aggregate will not be permitted.
5-09.2(6) Storage
The Contractor shall provide suitable storage facilities for the asphalt emulsion. The
container shall be equipped to prevent water from entering the emulsion. Suitable heat shall
be provided, if necessary, to prevent freezing.
5-09.2(7) Sampling
The Contractor shall furnish samples of materials and of the finished slurry surface during
progress of the work. The Contractor may be requested to supply test reports as additional
materials arrive.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 155
5-09.2(8) Verification
Each machine will make test strips after calibration and before construction. Test strips shall
be a portion of the project. Samples of the Slurry Seal will be taken and verification made as
to mix consistency and proportioning. Verification of the rate of application will also be made.
If any of the tests fail to meet minimum standards, additional test strips will be required until
the Engineer approves each unit. These additional test strips will be performed at no
additional cost to the City. Any unit failing to pass the tests after the third trial will not be
permitted to work on the project. Test strips must be accepted or rejected within 24 hours
after application.
5-09.3 Construction Requirements
5-09.3(1) Equipment
All equipment, tools, and machines used to perform this work shall be maintained in
satisfactory working order at all times. Descriptive information on the slurry mixing and
application equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 5 working
days before the work starts.
5-09.3(1)A Slurry Mixing Equipment
The slurry-mixing machine shall be a continuous flow-mixing unit and shall be capable of
accurately delivering a predetermined proportion of aggregate, water, and asphalt emulsion
to the mixing chamber and to discharge the thoroughly mixed product on a continuous basis.
The aggregate shall be pre-wetted immediately before mixing with the emulsion. The mixing
unit of the mixing chamber shall be capable of thoroughly blending all ingredients. No violent
mixing is permitted. The mixing machine shall be equipped with an approved fines feeder
that provides an accurate metering device or method to introduce a predetermined proportion
of mineral filler into the mixer at the same time and location as the aggregate. The fines
feeder shall be used whenever added mineral filler is a part of the aggregate blend.
5-09.3(1)B Slurry Spreading Equipment
A mechanical type squeegee distributor shall be attached to the mixing machine. It shall be
equipped with flexible material in contact with the pavement and shall be maintained to
prevent loss of slurry from the distributor. It shall also be adjustable to ensure uniform spread.
There shall be a steering device and a flexible strike-off. The spreader box shall have an
adjustable width. The box shall be kept clean, and build-up of asphalt and aggregate on the
box will not be permitted. The Engineer shall approve the use of burlap drags or other drags.
5-09.3(1)C Cleaning Equipment
Power brooms, power blowers, air compressors, water flushing equipment, and hand brooms
shall be suitable for cleaning the surface and cracks of the old surface.
5-09.3(1)D Auxiliary Equipment
The Contractor shall provide hand squeegees, shovels, and other equipment as necessary
to perform the required work.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 156
5-09.3(1)E Calibration
Each slurry-mixing unit used to perform the work shall be calibrated in the presence of the
Engineer, before construction. Documentation of previous calibration that covers the exact
materials being used may be an acceptable substitute provided they were made during the
same calendar year. The documentation shall include an individual calibration of each
material at various settings that can be related to the machine’s metering device(s). No
machine will be allowed to work on the project until calibration has been completed and
accepted.
5-09.3(2) Preparation of Surface
Immediately before applying the slurry, the surface shall be cleaned of all loose material, silt
spots, vegetation, and other objectionable material. Any standard cleaning method to clean
pavements is acceptable, except water flushing which is not permitted in areas where there
are numerous cracks present in the pavement surface. The Engineer shall give final approval
of the surface preparation.
5-09.3(3) Composition and Rate of Application of the Slurry Mix
The amount of asphalt emulsion to be blended with the aggregate shall be as determined by
the laboratory report after final adjustment in the field. A minimum amount of water shall be
added as necessary to obtain a fluid and homogeneous mixture. The rate of application shall
be at least 15 pounds per square yard but not greater than 20 pounds per square yard.
Adjustment may be required during construction based on field conditions. The Engineer will
give final approval for all such adjustments.
5-09.3(4) Weather Limitations
The slurry seal surface shall not be applied if either the pavement or air temperatures are 55
degrees F or below and falling, but may be applied when both the air and pavement
temperatures are 45 degrees F or above and rising. The mixture should not be applied if
high relative humidity prolongs curing beyond a reasonable time.
5-09.3(5) Traffic Control
The Contractor is responsible for all Traffic Control. Suitable methods such as barricades,
flaggers, pilot cars, etc., shall be used to protect the uncured slurry surface from all types of
traffic. Any damage caused by the Contractor’s negligence to the uncured slurry will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Engineer shall give final approval to the traffic control
methods used.
5-09.3(6) Application of Slurry Surfaces
5-09.3(6)A General
The surface may be pre-wetted by fogging ahead of the slurry box if required by local
conditions. Water used in pre-wetting the surface shall be applied at a rate so that the entire
surface is damp with no apparent flowing water in front of the slurry box. The slurry mixture
shall be of the desired consistency when deposited on the surface and no additional elements
shall be added. Total time of mixing shall not exceed 4 minutes. A sufficient amount of slurry
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 157
shall be carried in all parts of the spreader at all times so that complete coverage is obtained.
No lumping, balling or unmixed aggregate shall be permitted. If the coarse aggregate settles
to the bottom of the mix, the slurry will be removed from the pavement. No excessive
breaking of the emulsion will be allowed in the spreader box. No streaks, such as those
caused by oversized aggregate, will be left in the finished pavement.
5-09.3(6)B Joints
Neither excessive build-up nor unsightly appearance shall be permitted on longitudinal or
transverse joints.
5-09.3(6)C Hand Work
Approved squeegees shall be used to spread slurry in areas not accessible to the slurry
mixer. Care shall be exercised so that no unsightly appearance results from handwork.
5-09.3(6)D Curing
Treated areas will be allowed to cure until the Engineer permits their opening to traffic.
Rolling is normally not required on slurry surfaces. However, in areas of slow turning traffic
the paved surface should be rolled by a five-ton roller. The paved area should be subjected
to a minimum of five coverages. If a pneumatic roller is used, it should be operated at a tire
pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
5-09.3(6)E Protection of Existing Monuments and Utility Covers
The Contractor shall protect all existing survey monuments and utility covers during the
resurfacing operation by placing a paper plate or similar material over them. Following the
resurfacing operation, paper plates or similar materials shall then be removed to leave the
monuments clean and exposed.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with these subsections:
5-09.4 Measurement
“Slurry Seal Surface Treatment” will be measured by the square yard of work completed and
accepted.
5-09.5 Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Slurry Seal Surface Treatment”, Per Square Yard
Payment for “Slurry Seal Surface Treatment” shall include all costs to complete the work,
including, but not limited to surface preparation, calibration, furnishing and applying slurry
treatment, and curing.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 158
5-10 Non-Woven Fabric for Pavement Overlays
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
5-10.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of placing Non-woven Fabric for pavement overlays as shown in the
Plans.
5-10.2 Materials
(April 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Asphalt Binder PG 58H-22 per Section 9-02.
Fabric: Non-woven polypropylene material.
Elastic Recovery, at 15 pounds wet or dry 100%
Weight 3 to 5 oz./square yard
Tensile Strength, either direction 80 pounds minimum
Elongation 50% minimum
Asphalt Retention 0.2 gallons/square yard minimum
Melting Point 300 degrees or greater
Minimum Width 75 inches
5-10.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Equipment Requirements
All equipment, tools, and machines are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Surface cleaning equipment shall be capable of removing oil, grease, and other objectionable
materials from the pavement surface.
Application equipment shall consist of brooms and distributor. The distributor shall have a
capacity of not less than 1,000 gallons. Asphalt shall be uniformly applied at the specified
rate.
The distributor shall be equipped with a 10-foot spray bar and extensions, pressure pump
and gauge, volume gauge located to be easily read by an inspector from the ground, a
tachometer to accurately control the speed and spread of the asphalt, and two thermometers
indicating continuous asphalt temperatures, (one of which is permanently installed).
An independent power unit developing a minimum of 25-psi pressure at the spray bar shall
supply power for the pressure pump.
Surface Preparation
The pavement surface shall be dry and free of all foreign materials such as dirt, grease, oil,
etc. Cracks shall be filled per Section 5-04.3(4)A. Holes shall be repaired per Section 5-
04.3(4)C.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 159
Where existing Asphalt Concrete Pavement depths are 2 inches or less, soil residual
herbicide shall be applied to the roadway surface per Section 5-04.3(4)B.
Asphalt Application
The asphalt, with a minimum temperature of 290 degrees F, shall be sprayed uniformly at
the rate of 0.25 to 0.30 gallons per square yard over the area to be fabric covered. The
Contractor shall shield the preceding application to avoid laps and ridges where separate
applications of asphalt meet. In inaccessible areas asphalt application may be provided by
a suitable hand sprayer.
Fabric Application
The Contractor shall not begin fabric application until the Engineer has determined that all
materials, equipment, and labor are ready.
Fabric cannot be moved once placed, therefore, the initial alignment is very important. If
alignment is to be changed, the fabric shall be cut and realigned with an overlapping joint a
minimum of 6 inches in the direction of traffic. Fabric shall be also lapped a minimum of
6 inches at transverse and longitudinal fabric joints. The lapped top 6 inches of fabric shall
be folded back and asphalt shall be applied to the bottom fabric at the rate of 0.05 gallons
per square yard. The top fabric shall be immediately replaced and the joint shall be broomed
and squeegeed to form a smooth, tight lapjoint.
The fabric shall be broomed into the asphalt eliminating all air bubbles. Air bubble removal
can be best accomplished by brooming from the center of the fabric toward the outer edges.
Membrane Curing
The entire surface of the fabric shall be pneumatically rolled until the fabric is well embedded
into the asphalt.
Asphalt Concrete Overlay
The asphalt concrete overlay shall immediately follow the fabric installation in accordance
with Section 5-04.
The fabric manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements regarding asphalt
temperature, protection of fabric, rolling temperature and techniques, etc., shall be followed.
A representative of the manufacturer shall be on the project at the beginning of fabric
placement. The representative shall remain on the site until the Contractor has demonstrated
to the Engineer an understanding required to satisfactorily perform the work.
The Contractor shall not place more fabric than can be overlaid in the same day.
No fabric, except that which is required for normal lapped joints, shall be exposed to traffic.
If traffic must drive on the fabric, the fabric shall be dusted with sand to prevent vehicles from
picking up the asphalt. Before resuming asphalt overlay, the sand shall be swept clean from
the fabric.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 160
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with these subsections:
5-10.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
“Non-Woven Fabric” will be measured by the square yard of area actually covered.
5-10.5 Payment
(City Contracts, January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Non-Woven Fabric”, Per Square Yard
Payment for “Non-Woven Fabric” shall include all costs to complete the work, including, but
not limited to surface preparation, furnishing and applying asphalt, furnishing and applying
fabric, and curing.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 5 with the following section, including subsections:
5-11 High Friction Surface Treatment
5-11.1 Description
This work consists of applying a High Friction Surface Treatment (HFST) consisting of one
application of a single layer of a binder resin system covered with a single layer of calcined
bauxite aggregate as shown.
5-11.1(1) Definitions
High Friction Surface Treatment (HFST) – A product composed of calcined bauxite bound
with a polymeric resin.
5-11.2 Materials
5-11.2(1) Aggregate
Furnish calcined bauxite aggregate meeting the requirements listed below. Deliver the
aggregate to the construction site in super sacks labeled clearly for identification. Provide
aggregate that is virgin, clean, dry, and free from foreign matter. A sample of the aggregate
lot/batch shall be supplied upon request.
Aggregate Requirements
Property Test Method Requirement
Aggregate Gradation:
% Passing the #4 sieve
Minimum % Passing the
#6 sieve
AASHTO T27
& T11
100
95
Maximum % Passing the
#16 sieve 5
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 161
Los Angeles Abrasion, %
Max
(Loss after 100
Revolutions)
AASHTO T96 10
Moisture Content, %
Maximum
AASHTO T 255
(note 1) 0.2
Aluminum Oxide Content,
% Minimum ASTM C-25 87
Notes 1: For each application, perform AASHTO T 255 within 3 hours
of and prior to placement of the HFST material.
5-11.2(2) Binder Resin System
Provide a modified binder resin system, meeting the requirements below, recommended by
the manufacturer as suitable for use on the intended pavement surface and for the potential
range of atmospheric exposure. A sample of the resin binder system for each lot/batch shall
be supplied upon request.
Epoxy Resin Binder Material Properties Requirements
Property Test Method Requirements
Polymeric Resin
Viscosity, Poises ASTM D 2556 (note 1) Class C: 7 – 30
Gel Time AASHTO M 235 (note 2) Class C: 10
minute: min.
Ultimate Tensile Strength,
psi AASHTO M 235 (note 3) 2,000 – 5,000
Elongation at Break AASHTO M 235 (note 4) 30 – 70%
Water Absorption, % AASHTO M 235 (note 5) 1 max.
Durometer Hardness (Shore
D) AASHTO D2240 (note 6) 60 – 80
Compressive Strength, psi ASTM C 579 (note 7)
1,000 min. (3
hours)
5,000 min. (7
days)
Cure Rate (Dry through
time), hours
ASTM D 1640,
55 mil wet thickness @ 75 °F
(note 8)
3 max.
Mixing Ratio
Provide manufacturer’s
recommendations a
minimum of 60 days prior to
construction.
Per Manufacturer
Adhesion Strength, psi @ 24
hrs. ASTM D 7234 (note 9) 250 min. or 100%
substrate failure
Infrared Spectrum AASHTO T 237 Note 10
Notes:
1. Prepare a one pint sample per manufacturer’s recommendation and mix for 2
to 3 minutes before testing. Use X1.1 for Spindle Selection. Perform testing at
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 162
a temperature of 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C].
2. Prepare a 60g sample per manufacturer’s recommendation. Perform testing
at a temperature of 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1 °C].
3. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Prepare Type I
specimens in accordance with ASTM D638. Cure specimens for 7 days at 73 ±
2°F [23 ± 1 °C] and 50 ± 2°F [10 ± 1 °C]. Test specimens at 73 ± 2°F [23 ±
1°C] without delay.
4. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Prepare Type I
specimens in accordance with ASTM D638. Cure specimens for 7 days at 73 ±
2°F [23 ± 1 °C] and 50 ± 2°F [10 ± 1 °C]. Test specimens at 73 ± 2°F [23 ±
1°C] without delay
5. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Cure specimens for 7
days at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C] and 50± 2°F [10 ± 1°C]. Test specimens at 73 ± 2°F
[23 ± 1°C] without delay after immersion.
6. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Use the Type 1
Precision-Type D Durometer Method. Cure specimens for 7 days at 73 ± 2°F [23
± 1°C] and 50 ± 2°F [10 ± 1°C]. Test specimens at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C] without
delay.
7. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Prepare specimen
according to Method “B”, 2” x 2” cube, using 2.75 parts of sand to one part of
mixed polymer resin binder by volume. Sand shall meet ASTM C778, 20-30 sand.
Cure specimens at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C] and 50 ± 2°F [10 ± 1°C]. Test specimens
at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C] without delay.
8. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Prepare a specimen of
50-55 wet mil thickness. Cure specimens for 3 hours max at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C]
and 50± 2°F [10 ± 1°C]. Test specimens at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C] without delay.
9. Prepare sample as per manufacturer’s recommendation. Use method D, E, or F
with a 2 inch loading fixture. Cure specimens for 24 hours at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C]
and 50± 2°F [10 ± 1°C]. Test specimens at 73 ± 2°F [23 ± 1°C] without delay.
10. To be established by each manufacturer for each individual component and
combination of components.
5-11.2(3) Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance
Submit a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance and supporting tests for the Binder Resin
System and HFST aggregate demonstrating compliance with these specification
requirements a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to the start of HFST Work.
5-11.2(4) Quality Control (QC) Plan
Submit a QC Plan to the Project Manager for approval at least 30 days prior to the placement.
The QC Plan shall show proposed methods to control the equipment, materials, mixing, and
paving operations to ensure conformance with these specifications. Discuss the QC Plan
requirements at the pre-construction, pre-placement, and progress meetings. The QC Plan
shall contain at a minimum the following information:
(a) Key Personnel and contact information.
(b) Moisture control methods of aggregate.
(c) List of manufacturer recommendations for the following:
Method of Surface Preparation and required surface condition for adequate
bonding;
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 163
Crack Repair and slurry requirements;
Weather, moisture and temperature requirements and a plan for the chance/or
occurrence of a rain event;
Mixing ratio and application rates for polymer resin and aggregate;
Application methods; and
Curing time and requirements for opening to traffic.
(d) Cleaning and maintenance schedule for truck mounted application machine,
including metering and monitoring device.
(e) Corrective actions that will be taken for unsatisfactory construction practices and
deviations from specifications.
The QC Plan shall designate a QC Manager, who shall have full authority to institute any
action necessary for the successful operation of the QC Plan. The QC Manager shall be on
the jobsite at all times during placement of the HFST.
A field technician shall be present at the job site unless otherwise approved in the QC Plan.
The field technician shall be responsible for the required field quality control sampling and
testing in conformance with the approved quality control plan and contract documents. All
sampling shall be performed in the presence of and in locations as directed by the Engineer.
Maintain and make available upon request complete records of sampling, testing, actions
taken to correct problems, and quality control inspection results. Any deviation from the
approved QC Plan shall be cause for immediate suspension of operations.
5-11.3 Construction Requirements
5-11.3(1) Equipment
Provide a Truck Mounted Application Machine, air compressor, portable shot blast
equipment, regenerative air sweeper and other necessary equipment to insure efficient
operation and construction to meet specified results. Provide equipment in sufficient number
and capacities that will provide coordinated and uniform progress of the work. .
5-11.3(1)A Truck Mounted Application Machine
The HFST application machine shall be an HFST system manufacturer approved self-
propelled, fully automated truck mounted application machine capable of continuously
applying resin and aggregate at a uniform thickness and rate, respectively, in varying widths
of up to 12 ft.
The application machine shall be capable of continuously and thoroughly mixing epoxy resin
binder components to the ratio recommended by the epoxy resin binder manufacturer (±2
percent by volume). The epoxy resin binder shall be uniformly applied to the pavement
surface at a minimum coverage rate of 12 gals/min with a uniform application thickness of
55-65 mils.
The aggregate shall be applied by the same application machine which includes an
aggregate drop spreader capable of mechanically continuously spreading bauxite aggregate
at a rate of 12-15 lb./sqyd, with a maximum height from spreader to pavement surface of 12
in. to achieve proper spread of aggregate. The use of chip spreaders, vehicle tires, rollers,
vibratory compactors or devices that throw loose aggregate onto any part of the live roadway
lanes will not be allowed to apply the aggregate onto the wet uncured resin.
The HFST application machine shall be capable of the uniform application of the epoxy resin
binder and aggregate at a minimum continuous application rate of 2,300 sq yd/hour.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 164
5-11.3(1)B Air Compressor
The air compressor shall be capable of producing a minimum pressure of 90 psi at the end
of the discharge hose. The air stream shall discharge onto the pavement through an
appropriate air lance. The tool lubricator shall be bypassed and a filter installed on the
discharge valve to keep water and oil out of the line.
5-11.3(1)C Shot Blasting Equipment
Furnish mono-directional or bi-directional electric powered shot blast machines with single or
multiple blast wheels that cover a width of at least 2.5 feet per pass, and conform to EPA air
pollution requirements by containing dust and steel abrasive media. If the equipment is not
equipped for simultaneous bi-directional blasting, make separate passes in opposite direction
to ensure equal cleaning on all side of exposed aggregate.
5-11.3(1)D Regenerative Air Sweeper (RAS)
The Regenerative Air Sweeper (RAS) shall be self-propelled with power brooms capable of
cleaning the existing pavement and removing loose aggregate without dislodging the bonded
HFST aggregate. The regenerative air vacuum sweeper shall blast re-circulated, filtered air
through a vacuum head having a minimum width of 6.0 feet at a minimum rate of 10,000
cubic feet per minute. The RAS shall be capable of being used without water for dust
suppression to ensure a dry surface will be maintained.
5-11.3(2) Labor
5-11.3(2)A Manufacturer’s Representative
The manufacturer of the binder resin system is required to have a representative at the pre-
construction or pre-placement meeting and at the construction site to provide technical
assistance to the Engineer and Contractor personnel before placement of the high friction
surface treatment and as necessary during the surface preparation, material placement and
during any necessary corrective actions. Follow the recommendations of the manufacturer’s
representative when installing the HFST. Instruct the manufacturer’s representative to alert
the Contractor and the Engineer of anything that could affect the performance of ’he HFST.
5-11.3(2)B Applicator Qualifications
A minimum of 10 calendar days prior to the pre-placement meeting, the Contractor shall
submit these following qualifications: a minimum of 3 projects with the owner's contact
information on which the HFST Contractor has installed a cumulative minimum of 10,000
square yards of HFST using applicator vehicle equipped with an automated continuous
application device within the past three years demonstrating a friction reading of 65 FN40R
or higher when tested in accordance to ASTM E 274, or 0.80 when tested according to ASTM
E 1911. An installer who does not meet this minimum shall be allowed if they are certified
by the manufacturer to install and a manufacturer’s representative is onsite during all
installations.
5-11.3(2)C Quality Control Personnel
QC Manager, Field Technician
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 165
5-11.3(3) Construction
5-11.3(3)A General
Do not begin HFST installation until all materials and equipment necessary to perform the
installation and all required repairs are at the job site.
(a) Season, Weather & Temperature Limitations – Apply the epoxy resin binder
material on dry surfaces (including no condensation moisture from construction
vehicles in front of binder application), when the ambient temperature is within the
following range.
Minimum Temperature (surface and ambient): The minimum temperature at time of
placement shall be 55 °F and rising unless the epoxy resin manufacturer can provide
test data to support installations at lower temperatures.
Maximum Temperature (surface and ambient): The maximum temperature at time of
placement shall be 105 °F or when the anticipated weather conditions or pavement
surface temperature would prevent the proper application of the surface treatment in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Ensure the epoxy resin components are capable of being mixed at lower than ambient
temperatures in the event that the components are stored outdoors.
Do not place HFST within 72 hours of a rain event, and when rain is forecast within
24 hours of application. When there is a 40% or greater chance of rain forecasted
within 24 hours of application the Contractor will discuss a plan of action as required
by 5-06.2(4), Quality Control (QC) Plan. Do not place the high friction surface
treatment if the material can’t be applied, cured and open to traffic prior to the ambient
temperature decreasing to 40ºF, surface temperature decreasing to 50ºF and/or it
begins to rain; or the contractor will remove and replace said section of treatment.
There shall be no visible, or near surface moisture present in or on the pavement
surface at the time of application of the HFST. A plastic sheet left taped in place for
a minimum of two hours, according to ASTM D 4263, shall be used to identify
moisture in the pavement.
(b) Handling of Materials - Deliver aggregate to the construction site in clearly labeled
bags or sacks that are uniquely identifiable and shall include the following:
manufactures batch #, lot # and date. Protect materials from moisture and
contaminants. Protect the epoxy resin binder materials from temperatures according
to the manufacturer’s requirements.
Pre-Placement Meeting - Five (5) working days prior to the Contractor beginning
the work, a pre-activity meeting will be held between the Contractor, resin binder
system manufacturer’s representative, the Engineer and such other interested
parties as may be invited. The purpose of the pre-activity meeting will be:
1. To review the initial progress schedule;
2. To establish a working understanding among the various parties associated or
affected by the work;
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 166
3. To establish and review procedures for progress payment, notifications, approvals,
submittals, etc.
4. To establish working hours for the work;
5. To review safety standards and traffic control; and
6. To discuss such other related items as may be pertinent to the work.
5-11.3(3)B Surface Preparation:
Prior to placement of the HFST remove, or protect as shown all reflective markers, durable
pavement markings, and legends from pavement surfaces by hydro, sand or shot blasting.
Cover or otherwise protect all drainage structures, utility covers, expansion joints, curbs, and
any other structure within the enclosed surface area of HFST prior to HFST placement.
Temporarily block all drains and catch basins while preparing the surface and placing the
HFST. Do not allow any sawing, sandblasting, shot-blasting, sweeping, water blasting,
cleaning, flushing, or HFST material to enter drains, or catch basins.
The surface to receive the HFST shall be thoroughly clean, dry and free of all dust, oil, debris
and other deleterious materials. Pavement surfaces contaminated with oils, greases, or other
deleterious materials not removed by the surface preparation shall be washed with a
detergent solution, rinsed with clean water, and dried using a hot compressed air lance.
Where HFST will be applied on either new ACP or new concrete surface or patches in a
project, construct the HFST a minimum of 30 days after placement of underlying and adjacent
pavement.
Clean asphalt pavement surfaces using mechanical sweepers and high pressure air wash
with sufficient oil traps. Mechanically sweep all surfaces to remove dirt, loose aggregate,
debris, and deleterious material. Vacuum sweep or air wash using a minimum of 180 cfm of
clean and dry compressed air, all surfaces to remove all dust, debris, and deleterious
material. Maintain the tip of the air lance within 12 inches of the surface.
Clean concrete pavement surfaces by shot blasting and vacuum sweeping. Shot blast all
surfaces to remove all curing compounds, loosely bonded mortar, surface carbonation, and
deleterious material. The prepared surface shall comply with the International Concrete
Repair Institute (ICRI) standard for surface roughness CSP 5. After shot blasting, vacuum
sweep or air wash, with a minimum of 180 cfm of clean and dry compressed air, all surfaces
to remove all dust, debris, and deleterious material. Maintain air lance perpendicular to the
surface and the tip of the air lance within 12 in. of the surface.
Do not allow HFST materials to cover or penetrate joints in concrete pavements.
Clean and fill all cracks greater than ¼ inch in width and/or depth. Fill cracks with a slurry
created with the epoxy resin binder and aggregate specified herein. Once the slurry in the
pretreated areas has gelled proceed with the installation of the high friction surface treatment.
Do not allow general traffic on the prepared pavement surfaces.
A prime coat shall be applied if required by the epoxy resin binder system manufacturer. The
prime coat shall be applied in accordance with the epoxy resin binder system manufacturer’s
recommended application procedures.
Do not place HFST on new ACP or concrete pavements prior to the elapse of a 30 calendar
day cure period.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 167
5-11.3(3)C Installation
The binder resin system shall be mixed and placed onto the pavement using a Truck Mounted
Application Machine at a uniform application thickness of 50-65 mils (25-32 sf /gal). If
recommended by the Binder manufacturer, use a heated metering pump. The binder resin
system shall be blended and mixed within 2% of the ratio recommended by the manufacturer
and shall be continuously applied once blended. Flow meter readings shall be recorded and
supplied to the Engineer.
Immediately and prior to the epoxy resin system gelling, apply the calcined bauxite aggregate
using the same integrated application truck and at a uniform rate of 12-15 lbs. per square
yard. Completely cover the Binder Resin System with the aggregate to achieve a uniform
surface with no exposed resin binder visible on the surface.
It is the responsibility of the HFST installer to ensure full embedment of the calcined bauxite
aggregate.
Irregular areas or areas outside the travel lane of less than 250 square yards in area that are
inaccessible to truck mounted application machine may be placed by hand methods in
accordance with the epoxy resin binder system manufacturer’s recommendations.
Cover wet spots with the aggregate prior to the gelling of the epoxy resin binder system.
Equipment and traffic shall not be allowed on the HFST until cured to the epoxy resin binder
system manufacturer’s recommendations.
A new continuous section of HFST placement shall be delineated whenever the following
occur:
• Installation process stops for a period of time exceeding the curing time of the resin
binder, resulting in a cold joint in the HFST.
• Any time there is a change in the installation process, such as a switch from machine
applied to hand applied or hand applied to machine applied.
Place the calcined bauxite fully covering the polymer binder such that none of the binder is
exposed. Do not allow the mixed material to separate, cure, dry, be exposed or otherwise
harden in such a way as to impair retention and bonding of the high friction surfacing
aggregate. Remove and replace any section of wet, uncured resin that is contacted by foreign
material or becomes contaminated at the contractor’s expense.
Recovered, uncontaminated, clean and dry calcined bauxite aggregate may only be reused
once. Recovered aggregate must be blended with new aggregate at a rate of 3:1 (three parts
of new calcined bauxite to one part recovered bauxite). Provide a written record of the
recovered aggregate and mark containers holding the recovered aggregate as “Recovered
Calcined Bauxite” with the project number.
5-11.3(3)D Clean up
Remove excess and loose aggregate from the traveled way and shoulders using the
Regenerative Air Sweeper following initial installation once the application has cured. Sweep
an application of HFST on highway ramps a second time 24-48 hours after application.
Sweep the entire HFST application area a final time 3-5 days after installation and as directed
by the Engineer.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 168
5-11.3(3) E- Post-installation Dynamic Friction Testing
The agency will use Dynamic Friction Testing (DFT) to measure the friction characteristics of
the high friction surface treatment in accordance with ASTM E 1911 within five days after the
placement (once the surface is deemed cured) of each continuous section and again 90 days
after the initial test of each continuous section. The initial test of the surface may be
conducted as early as the same day and as late as the 5th day. The earliest the Agency may
conduct the second round of testing on each continuous section shall be a minimum of 90
days after the installation. A minimum DFT result of 0.90 is required within 5 days after
placement of the high friction surface treatment and a minimum of 0.80 is required 90 days
after completion of the high friction surface treatment for each reading.
The DFT testing will be conducted on each continuous section as stated below.
a) The first test location should be within the first 25 LF of the continuous section, and
the second test should be at least 200 LF beyond the first test, unless the
continuous section is less than 225 LF, in which case it should be located at the
approximate midpoint of the continuous section. Each subsequent test should be
conducted 200 LF beyond the last test for each continuous section. If the first four
DFT testing results are satisfactory, the frequency of testing may be decreased to
one DFT test for every 1000 LF as approved by the Engineer.
b) Each test location shall contain 3 separate tests. Each test shall report the DFT
values for 12, 24, and 36 mph.
c) Testing will be conducted in right or left wheel path of a lane, approximately 3 LF
from the centerline or shoulder stripe or in the apparent wheel path.
d) Additional DFT tests will be conducted at the location of any surface anomalies or
deficiencies, at the discretion of the Engineer. Anomalies which may require an
additional test from the agency include but are not limited to:
1) Locations where the resin shows through the aggregate.
2) Locations of surface defects/impressions from construction operations (e.g.
wheel and foot tracks).
3) Locations of manual patching after completion of installation.
4) Test locations where the friction values are as described in item below.
5) Note the location of any continuous sections where any friction values fall
below the specification limit of 0.90 at 35 mph.
6) Note any continuous sections where the friction values from the two DFT tests
differ by more than 10 percent, regardless of whether the friction value was
above the specification limit. Note any continuous sections with a single DFT
test where the friction value differs by more than 10 percent from the previous
continuous section.
5-11.3(3)F Post-installation Bond Strength Test
Before opening to traffic, perform a minimum of two bond strength tests and no less than two
bond tests per 500 feet of each HFST placement per ASTM D 7234 for each complete
placement in the presence of and at locations designated by the Engineer. Cut 2 or 3 inch
diameter cores and conduct bond tests on the cores.
The bond tests consist of:
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 169
• Coring through the HFST and approximately 1 inch into the existing pavement
surface.
• Attaching a device to the top of the core.
• Exerting a tensile load to the core sufficient to cause failure or achieve 250 psi,
whichever occurs first.
Perform bond tests when the pavement surface temperature is less than 80 °F.
A successful test is the failure of the substrate, or 250 psi loading without failure of the HFST-
substrate bond.
After coring and testing, restore the area voided by the cores by blowing with compressed
air and filling with HFST material.
Additional bond strength tests may be required by the Engineer. Additional bond strength
tests, performed by the Contractor when required by the Engineer that show successful
results will be paid in accordance with Section 1-09.6. The Engineer may self-perform bond
strength tests, in addition to those performed by the Contractor to the same limits shown
above.
5-11.3(4) Maintenance
5-11.3(4)A Correction of Defects
Correct all defects in material and work, as directed, at no additional cost to the Agency,
according to the following:
Remove and replace high friction surface treatment that the Engineer determines has any
raveling, delamination, streaking, bond test failure or failure to meet the DFT friction values
following initial testing and the testing done after a minimum of 90 days following placement.
Ensure the minimum replacement is the full lane width and no less than ten feet long and as
approved by the Engineer. Replace with acceptable high friction surface treatment at the
Contractor’s expense. Replaced areas will be retested and evaluated according to 5-
06.3(3)E and 5-06.3(3)F for acceptance or further corrective action.
Any roadway features disturbed by the work or the Contractor’s operations shall be restored
in like kind materials and design as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the
agency.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with these subsections:
5-11.4 Measurement
The quantities of high friction surface treatment will be measured on a square yard basis,
and will be the sealed surface area, and will be limited to the neat lines and dimensions
shown or directed.
DIVISION 5: SURFACE TREATMENTS AND PAVEMENTS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 170
5-11.5 Payment
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“High Friction Surface Treatment”, per Square Yard
The unit Contract price per square yard for “High Friction Surface Treatment” shall be full
compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-06 including
but not limited to furnishing and placing all materials and equipment, labor, testing, retesting,
road surface preparation and incidentals necessary to complete the work as specified.
Payment for work done under this section will be limited to 90% upon passing 5-day DFT
testing and 100% following passing 90 day DFT testing
No separate or additional payment will be made for reinstallation and retesting of HFST
where the initial installation was determined to be defective.
END OF DIVISION 5
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 171
DIVISION 6 Structures
6-02 Concrete Structures
6-02.1 Description
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work shall consist of constructing cast-in-place cement concrete walls as shown on the
Plans.
6-02.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Cement Concrete Wall” shall be measured by the square foot, from the bottom of the
concrete footing to the top of the finished wall.
6-02.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Cement Concrete Wall”, Per Square Foot
The Unit contract price per square foot for “Cement Concrete Wall” shall be full pay for all
labor, tools, equipment and materials required to construct the wall, including all costs for
formwork, weep holes, reinforcement and other integral items to the construction and function
of the wall structure.
6-07 Painting …………………
6-07.1 Description
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work shall consist of painting and applying painting systems to metal roadway luminaires
and metal luminaire parts.
6-07.2 Materials
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Paint materials shall comply with the requirements in Section 9-08 unless described in this
section.
The Contractor shall submit 3 samples of the color specified, textures, and gloss for approval.
Metal coupon samples shall be 3 inches by 5 inches. Paint color and paint system shall be
as shown in the following table for the following items:
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 172
Specification
Section Item Paint Color Paint system
9-29.6(1)A New Decorative Traffic Signal
Poles and Mast arms, Luminaire
Arms
RAL #9004
“Signal Black”
Polyester
TGIC Powder
Coating by
Tiger Drylac
(or approved
alternate))
9-29.10(2) New Decorative Roadway
Luminaires
RAL #9004
“Signal Black”
Polyester
TGIC Powder
Coating by
Tiger Drylac
(or approved
alternate)
All steel hardware components and materials shall be galvanized to meet ASTM 153
requirements.
6-07.3(10)H Paint System
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The paint system applied to new steel surfaces shall consist of the following five-coat system:
Primer Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F
Primer Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)F
Intermediate Stripe Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Intermediate Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)G
Top Coat: Section 9-08.1(2)H
The powder coat system shall be factory primed and powder coat to a minimum of 3.0-mils
in accordance to the manufacturer’s recommendation and shall meet the following
performance requirements when performed at a minimum film thickness of 3.0 mils:
Property Specification Performance
Requirement
Salt Spray Resistance ASTM B117 Minimum required by
the Specification
Humidity Resistance ASTM D2247 Minimum required by
the Specification
Weatherability ASTM 336 Minimum required by
the Specification
Chemical and Solvent Resistance - Polyester family of
powder coatings shall
have a good
resistance to most
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 173
chemicals and
solvents except alkalis
and ketones.
Verification should be
made for each
chemical or solvent
proposed for use with
the coating.
The paint system shall be approved for exterior application and UV-resistant.
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
6-07.3(10)I Paint Color
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Surface finish shall be of consistent and uniform color, texture, and gloss to match the
approved sample.
Prepare surfaces and touch-up damaged, missed and discolored areas to bring coating
system to full dry film thickness, in color and gloss matching that of adjacent coated areas.
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
6-07.3(15) Painting of Aluminum Surfaces
All aluminum items specified herein to be powder coated shall be factory primed and powder
coated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
The paint color of aluminum surfaces shall be per 6-07.2
6-07.5 Payment
(City Contracts, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Measurement and payment for all painting and finishes shall be included in the lump sum bid
item price for “Traffic Signal System______” including all labor, equipment, materials and
tools necessary to complete the work required by the Specifications.
END OF DIVISION 6
DIVISION 6: STRUCTURES
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 174
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 175
DIVISION 7 Drainage Structures, Storm Sewers, Sanitary
Sewers, Water Mains and Conduits
7-01 Drains………………
7-01.2 Materials
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first two paragraphs after the list of materials with the following:
Non-perforated drainpipe shall be manufactured of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and shall meet
the requirements of Section 9-05.12 and perforated drain pipe shall be manufactured of PVC
and meet the requirements of Section 9-05.2(6). Trench drains shall be Polydrain Part No.
420 with stainless steel grates Polydrain Part No. 440 or approved equivalent placed on
cement concrete Class 4000 per Section 6-02.
7-01.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
PVC drain pipe shall be used to connect existing roof drains and downspouts to the roadway
drainage system. The amount of pipe shown in the proposal is approximate and provided
for bidding purposes only.
The trench drain shall be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall be
flush with the cement concrete surface to provide the proper surface drainage control. The
trench drain shall be connected to the nearest catch basin with drain pipe as shown on the
Plans.
7-01.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Trench Drain”, Per Linear Foot
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Revise reference to payment for Drain Pipe to the following:
The unit contract price for “Drain Pipe - ___In. Diam.” Per linear foot shall be full pay for all
work to complete the installation, including structure excavation and installation of bedding
and backfill.
The unit contract price for “Trench Drain” per linear foot shall be full pay for all work to
complete the installation, including structure excavation and installation of bedding and
backfill.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 176
7-04 Storm Sewers
7-04.2 Materials
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first paragraph and list of materials with the following:
Only the pipe materials listed below are approved for use on City storm sewer systems.
Materials shall be in accordance with all provisions of the following sections:
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, SDR-35 9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, SDR-21 9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, C900 9-05.12(1) (Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe,
Solid Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and
Solid Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe)
Ductile Iron Pipe, Special Class 50 9-05.13 (Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe)
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) 9-05.23 (High Density Polyethylene Pipe
(HDPE))
Triple Wall Polypropylene Culvert and Storm
Sewer Pipe
9-05.24(1) (Polypropylene Culvert Pipe
and Storm Sewer Pipe)
The laying length for PVC (SDR-35) shall not exceed 14 feet.
7-04.3 Construction Requirements
7-04.3(1)F Low Pressure Air Test for Storm Sewers Constructed of Non Air-
Permeable Materials
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the test shows zero leakage after a five-minute test time, the Engineer has the authority to
accept and end the test immediately.
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-04.3(1)G Television Inspection
All of the provisions of 7-17.3(2)H (Television Inspection) shall apply.
7-04.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The television inspection work will be measured per linear foot.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 177
7-04.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Solid Wall PVC Storm Pipe, SDR-35, ___ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“Solid Wall PVC Storm Pipe, SDR-21, ___ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“Ductile Iron Pipe, Special Class 52, Storm Pipe, ___ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“Storm Sewer Television Inspection”, Per Linear Foot
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Storm Sewer Television Inspection” shall be full
pay for all work to complete the Television Inspection including all associated cleaning and
flushing.
(City Contracts, October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise references to payment for storm sewer pipe to the following:
The unit contract price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe of the kind and size specified shall
be full pay for all work to complete the installation including the following:
• Furnishing and installing pipe, pipe fittings, and other pipe appurtenances.
• Adjusting inverts to manholes and catch basins
• Testing of pipes
• Sawcutting (including additional sawcutting for pavement restoration)
• Trenching
• Structure Excavation Class B (including haul)
• Installing bedding and backfill materials within the trench
• Furnishing and installing temporary patches or steel plates over unfinished portions
of trenches crossing traveled ways
• Disposal of surplus trench excavation
• General pipe installation work including plugs and connections
• Plugging existing pipes for abandonment
• Temporary plugs, bypass pumping, or both
• Normal Dewatering and disposal of groundwater
7-05 Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells
7-05.2 Materials
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Manholes shall be complete with frames and covers. All manhole frames and covers shall
be bolt-down and from East Jordan Iron Works: EJ product #00370781 (Eon #3715ZPT
Frame and #3705CPT Cover) for Sanitary Sewer and EJ product #00370782 (Eon #3717ZPT
Frame and #3705CPT Cover) for Storm Drainage, or approved equivalent. Catch Basins
shall be complete with frames and grates unless otherwise specified on the Plans to be
provided with solid metal covers or manhole frames and covers. Castings for manhole
frames shall be gray iron or ductile iron and covers and grates shall be ductile iron. All storm
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 178
sewer grates shall have the words “OUTFALL TO STREAMS, DUMP NO POLLUTANTS”
cast in place. Manhole and catch basin steps and handholds shall be steel-reinforced
copolymer polypropylene (ASTM D4101) with ½ inch steel reinforcing bar (ASTM A615
Grade 60) and in conformance with ASTM C478.
The fabricator of all precast sanitary manholes shall seal them with Tamoseal Cement Based
Waterproof Finish or approved equivalent applied to all interior and exterior surfaces in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall have adequate
product on hand to seal any field modifications to sanitary sewer manholes.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-05.2(1) Trash Racks
Trash racks shall be constructed in accordance with Section 6-02, 6-03, and as detailed in
the Plans.
7-05.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All pipes entering or leaving new or existing manholes, catch basins or inlets shall be placed
on firmly compacted bedding, particularly within the area of the manhole excavation, which
normally is deeper than that of the pipe trench. Special care shall be taken to see that the
openings through which pipes or adapters penetrate the manhole are completely and firmly
rammed full of non-shrink grout to ensure water tightness.
Manhole adapters shall be provided when connecting PVC or Polyethylene pipes to any new
or existing manholes, catch basins or inlets. All manhole adapters for PVC and Polyethylene
pipe shall be of a style as required and manufactured for the specific application with
sufficient tangent at the ends to allow for proper joint connections. Field fabricated manhole
adapters will not be permitted. All manhole adapters must have approval from the Engineer
in writing before being installed.
See Section 2-09.3(3)D for “Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B” and Section 7-08 for
foundation material and imported bedding and backfill materials.
7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes & Catch Basins to Grade
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Manholes or catch basins shall not be adjusted to finish grade until the asphalt paving is
completed, at which time the center of each structure shall be carefully relocated from
references previously established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a
restricted area and the base material removed to permit removal of the frame or ring. The
structure shall be adjusted to finish grade. Temporary access to manholes and catch basins
shall be provided as soon as practical after paving.
The frame or ring shall be placed on concrete blocks and/or wedged up to the desired grade.
When the Contract Plans call for rubberized adjustment risers, they shall be the Infra-Riser
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 179
manufactured by EJCO, or approved equivalent. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut
and removed, the dimensions of which shall be equal to the inside dimensions of the opening
plus 2 feet. The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 cement
concrete shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced to within, but
not to exceed 6 inches of the finished pavement surface. A quick setting admixture shall be
added to the cement concrete backfill. Once manholes or catch basins have been adjusted
to finished grade and the cement concrete backfill has cured (the day following placing the
cement concrete), HMA Class ½-inch shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and
a patching roller within 48 hours.
7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where shown in the Plans, new storm drain lines shall be extended to connect to an existing
manhole. The pipe extension shall be the same diameter as the existing pipe. Dissimilar
pipes shall be joined per Section 7-08.3(2)G of these Special Provisions.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-05.3(5) Channels for Manholes
Channels for manholes shall be made to conform accurately to the sewer grade, and shall
be brought together smoothly with well-rounded junctions. Channel sides shall be carried up
vertically to the crown elevation of the various pipes, and the concrete shelf between
channels shall be smoothly finished and warped evenly with slopes to drain towards the
manhole outflow.
Channels for manholes shall be constructed with non-shrinking mortar. Mortar shall be
composed of approximately one part Type II Portland Cement, 1½ to 2 parts sand, and 2 to
3 fluid ounces of water-reducing retarder per sack of cement. Sand, cement, and water shall
be as specified for concrete. Water-reducing retarder shall meet ASTM C494 specification
for chemical admixture for concrete.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-05.3(6) New Castings
Where new castings are indicated to be installed on existing structures in the Plans, the
Contractor shall furnish and install new castings of the type specified. Casting shall include
frame and grate, or ring and cover and new adjustment section(s) as necessary to set the
casting to final grade. Install to the finished grade as shown.
Salvaged castings shall be cleaned and delivered to the City of Auburn as specified in Section
2-02.3(5).
7-05.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 180
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
Manholes, catch basins, and other structures listed in this section will be measured per each
complete structure installed without adjustment for height.
(City Contracts, April 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the third paragraph with the following:
No measurement will be made for adjustment of new structures. Adjustment of existing
manholes and catch basins will be measured per each.
(City Contracts, August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the fourth paragraph with the following:
No measurement for structure excavation class B or structure excavation class B including
haul will be made.
7-05.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items:
“Manhole Ring and Solid Cover”, Per Each
“Trash Rack”, Per Each
“Connect to Existing Catch Basin”, Per Each
“Connect to Existing Manhole”, Per Each
The unit contract prices per each for “Connect to Existing Catch Basin” and “Connect to
Existing Manhole” shall be full pay for all work to complete the connection including all
materials, labor, and equipment to extend the new pipe and connect to the existing structure.
The unit contract price per each for “Manhole Ring and Solid Cover” shall be full pay for all
work, equipment and materials necessary to remove the existing manhole ring and cover and
furnish and install a new manhole ring and cover, and to complete final adjustment to finish
grade (including asphalt concrete patches).
(City Contracts, August 2022 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise references to payment for manholes, catch basins, and other structures listed in this
section to the following:
The unit contract price per each for manholes, catch basins, and other structures listed in
this section shall be full pay for all work to complete the installation including the following:
• Furnishing and installing structures, and structure accessories
• Testing of structures
• Sawcutting (including additional sawcutting for pavement restoration)
• Trenching
• Structure Excavation Class B (including haul).
• Installing bedding and backfill materials
• Furnishing and installing temporary patches or steel plates over unfinished
portions of trenches crossing traveled ways
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 181
• Disposal of surplus excavation
• General structure installation work
• Plugging existing pipes for abandonment
• Extending existing pipes for making connections
• Connecting both new and existing pipes to the new drainage structure
• Temporary plugs, bypass pumping, or both
• Normal Dewatering and disposal of groundwater
• Protection of the structures during other work including construction of the
roadway subgrade.
• Adjustment of the castings to final grade, including the castings and the
surface restoration (including HMA pavement patching)
7-07 Cleaning Existing Drainage Structures
7-07.5 Payment
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Costs for the cleaning of facilities installed by the Contractor are included in the costs for
those facilities and no separate payment for cleaning those facilities shall be made. Costs for
cleaning existing facilities that accumulate debris, obstruction due to the Contractor’s
activities or due to inadequate temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are
the sole responsibility of the Contractor and no payment shall be made.
7-08 General Pipe Installation Requirements
7-08.1 Description
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
This information shall cover the general requirements for installing culverts, storm sewers,
sanitary sewers, and water mains. The Contractor shall also follow all provisions of Sections
7-02, 7-04, 7-09, 7-17, and 1-07.23 as it applies to the specific kind of work. In case of
conflicting specifications between Section 7-08 and 7-09, the specifications of Section 7-09
shall take precedence for the installation of water mains and appurtenances.
7-08.2 Materials
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Imported bedding, backfill and foundation material shall meet the requirements of the
following sections:
Pipe Zone Bedding and Select Trench
Backfill
9-03.9(3) (Crushed Surfacing)
Pipe Foundation Material 9-03.10 (Aggregate for Gravel base)
Imported Pipe Trench Backfill 9-03.14(1) (Gravel Borrow)
Controlled Density Fill for Trench Backfill 2-09.3(1)E (Backfilling)
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 182
7-08.3 Construction Requirements
7-08.3(1) Excavation and Preparation of Trench
7-08.3(1)A Trenches
(April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
The second sentence of the third paragraph is deleted.
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the eighth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
If any of the excavated (also referred to as native) material meets the specifications of
material listed in Section 7-08.2, the Engineer may require that native material, in the quantity
required, be selectively removed, stockpiled separately, and used as pipe zone bedding,
foundation material, or trench backfill instead of the quantities of pipe zone bedding,
foundation material, or trench backfill respectively.
7-08.3(1)B Shoring
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Shoring shall meet the requirements of Section 2-09.3(3)D, the Occupational Safety and
Health Act (OSHA), and the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA),
Chapter 296-155 WAC, and RCW Chapter 49.17, shall apply to all excavation, trenching and
ditching operations on this project. All trenches four (4) feet and over in depth shall be shored
in compliance with applicable Federal and State regulations. Extra Excavation Class B will
be allowed only with the approval of the Engineer.
7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall use neat, vertical full-depth saw cuts for trenching through existing
asphalt or cement concrete pavement surfaced areas.
All pipe shall be neatly cut using an approved mechanical cutter without causing damage to
the pipe.
7-08.3(2)G Jointing of Dissimilar Pipe
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where new pipe is connected to existing pipe, the Contractor shall verify the type of existing
pipe and join pipes with a pipe adapter specifically manufactured for joining the pipes
involved.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 183
7-08.3(2)J Joining High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) Pipe
Sections of HDPE shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The
joining shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed in strict accordance with the
pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining
procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe
manufacturer, including but not limited to, temperature requirements of 400 degrees F,
alignment, and 75 psi interfacial fusion pressure.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)K Packaging, Handling, Storage High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE)
Pipe
The manufacturer shall package the pipe in a manner designed to deliver the pipe to the
project neatly, intact, and without physical damage. The transportation carrier shall use
appropriate methods and intermittent checks to insure the pipe is properly supported,
stacked, and restrained during transport such that the pipe is not nicked, gouged, or
physically damaged. Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching
or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking shall be done
in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The handling of the pipe shall
be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sharp objects or cut by
chokers or lifting equipment.
Sections of pipe having been discovered with cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall
thickness of the pipe shall be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe
shall be rejoined using butt fusion joining method.
Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting
fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers must be avoided. Nylon slings are
preferred. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting long fused sections. Care must be
exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(2)L Dewatering Trenches
Where water is encountered in the trench, it shall be removed during pipe-laying operations
and the trench so maintained until the ends of the pipe are sealed and provisions are made
to prevent floating of the pipe. Trench water or other deleterious materials shall not be
allowed to enter the pipe at any time.
“Normal Trench Dewatering” is defined as dewatering methods occurring in, or directly
adjacent to, the trench, including trash pumps, sump pumps, or other methods in the
excavated areas. “Normal Trench Dewatering” does not include a dewatering system such
as well points, well screens, or deep wells. All “Normal Trench Dewatering” work associated
with maintaining a trench suitable for pipeline construction will be included in the cost of the
pipes or other facilities being installed.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 184
Where groundwater cannot be removed using “Normal Trench Dewatering” methods, the
Contractor shall provide a dewatering system that will be used to lower the water table 2 feet
below the depth of excavation. See Section 8-05 for dewatering system requirements. The
dewatering plan must be received 10 calendar days prior to dewatering operations and
approved by the Engineer before underground utility installation begins.
7-08.3(3) Backfilling
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Engineer may require “Controlled Density Fill” where uniform compaction around other
utilities, foundations or other fixed objects is not possible.
7-08.3(4) Plugging Existing Pipe
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
All existing sanitary sewer, storm, and drain pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned and
plugged, shall be plugged on the inlet and outlet ends for a distance of three times the
diameter with Class 3000 cement concrete. Care shall be used in placing the concrete in the
pipe to ensure that the openings are completely filled and thoroughly plugged.
All existing water pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned and plugged, shall be plugged
on the ends with Mechanical Joint plugs.
All existing sanitary sewer, storm, and water pipes shown on the Plans to be abandoned and
filled, shall be filled with concrete that has a compressive strength of 1,500 psi or less for the
entire length of pipe specified.
The Contractor shall seal abandoned or filled pipe connections at manholes or catch basins
with Class 3000 cement concrete and grout to provide a smooth, watertight seal.
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-08.3(5) Pipe Trench Restoration
Trenches excavated as part of a new street construction shall be completed to subgrade
before placing surfacing materials and sidewalks. Final restoration will be completed with
the street surfacing.
In existing streets, sidewalks and other native or landscaped areas, the restoration shall be
to a minimum of the existing adjacent surfaces. Asphalt and cement concrete pavement,
sidewalks, etc., shall be replaced upon a firm unyielding base to match existing surface
thickness. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the minimum asphalt concrete pavement
replacement section shall be 2 inches thick.
7-08.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 185
Measurement for “Imported Pipe Trench Backfill”, “Select Pipe Trench Backfill”, “Pipe Zone
Bedding” and “Pipe Foundation Material” will be by the ton.
“Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for Trench Backfill” and “Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for Filling
Pipe” will be measured by the cubic yard.
7-08.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Pipe Foundation Material”, Per Ton
“Pipe Zone Bedding”, Per Ton
“Select Pipe Trench Backfill”, Per Ton
“Imported Pipe Trench Backfill”, Per Ton
“Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for Trench Backfill”, Per Cubic Yard
“Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for Filling Pipe”, Per Cubic Yard
The unit contract price for “Pipe Foundation Material”, “Pipe Zone Bedding”, “Select Pipe
Trench Backfill,” “Imported Pipe Trench Backfill”, “Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for Trench
Backfill” shall include all costs associated furnishing the material and all costs associated
with the over-excavation and disposal of the surplus and unsuitable trench excavation
replaced by these items.
The unit contract price for “Controlled Density Fill (CDF) for Filling Pipe” shall include all costs
associated with furnishing and placing the material, including labor and equipment.
All costs associated with trenching, installing bedding and backfill materials within a trench,
disposal of surplus trench excavation, general pipe installation work including “Normal
Trench Dewatering,” plugs and connections, and plugging existing pipes for abandonment
shall be included in the unit contract price for the type and size of pipe installed.
“Structure Excavation Class B” and “Structure Excavation Class B Including Haul” for pipe
trenching in accordance with all provisions of Section 2-09 shall be included in the unit
contract price for the type and size of pipe installed.
Payment for pipe trench restoration will be made under the applicable items listed in the
Proposal Form. If no pay items for the materials required for the trench restoration are
included in the bid proposal, pipe trench restoration shall be included in the unit contract price
for the type and size of pipe installed.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 186
7-09 Water Mains
7-09.1 Description
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall also follow the requirements of Section 7-08. In case of conflicting
specifications between Section 7-08 and 7-09, the specifications of Section 7-09 shall take
precedence for the installation of water mains and appurtenances.
7-09.2 Materials
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete ‘Aggregates’ and the reference sections pertaining to Foundation Material, Gravel
Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding, Pipe Zone Bedding, and Trench backfill, from the list in the
first paragraph.
Supplement this section with the following:
Ductile Iron Pipe per Section 9-30.1(1) with Ductile Iron Fittings per Section 9-30.2(1) shall
be the only pipe and fitting materials allowed for water systems owned by the City of Auburn.
7-09.3(10) Backfilling Trenches
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water mains shall be installed with 42-inch minimum finished pipe cover, unless the Engineer
determines less cover is adequate where existing facilities, not to be relocated, might
interfere with the pipe laying operation.
7-09.3(13) Handling of Pipe
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Strict adherence to the requirements preventing debris from entering the pipe will be required,
including plugging of pipe during transport, storage, and placement. If, in the opinion of the
Engineer, any pipe or fitting has been installed with dirt, foreign material, or diesel residue in
it, it shall be removed, cleaned, and re-laid at Contractor expense.
7-09.3(19) Connections
7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall field verify all existing piping, dimensions, and elevations to ensure
proper fit prior to any connections being made to existing mains.
7-09.3(19)B Maintaining Service
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 187
Water main shut-offs shall be in accordance with Section 1-07.17(1).
7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Where trench conditions are such that thrust restraint is not accomplishable with concrete,
the Contractor shall provide restrained joints in accordance with Section 9-30.2(6) to replace
or supplement concrete blocking or anchors. Supplement and replacement restrained joints
shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Add the following sentence at the beginning of the first paragraph:
Hydrostatic tests shall be made on all new pipeline in accordance with the applicable portions
of this Standard Specification and ANSI/AWWA C600, except as modified in this document.
Add the following sentence between the first and second sentence of the first paragraph:
Test pressures shall not exceed the rated pressure of the valves when the pressure boundary
of the test section includes closed, resilient-seated gate valves or butterfly valves.
Add the following sentence at the end of the second paragraph:
Sections of pipe between valves shall be pressure tested immediately upon completion of
each section. Each section shall be immediately backfilled upon the Engineer approving the
hydrostatic pressure test results.
7-09.3(24) Disinfection of Water Mains
(December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The City will take bacteriological test samples. If no appropriate appurtenance is available,
the Contractor may be required to install corporation stops in the main at all locations required
to take bacteriological test samples. If original test samples prove unsatisfactory, a charge
of $100.00 will be made for processing each additional sample.
7-09.3(24)J Preventing Reverse Flow
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Prior to beginning the water main installation, the Contractor shall prepare a Prevention of
Reverse Flow Plan per Section 1-06, showing the intended method, in detail, which will be
incorporated to insure the prevention of reverse flows from entering the existing distribution
system. The plan shall meet the requirement of WAC 246-902-490.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 188
The Contractor shall consider this plan as a submittal, and submit it per the specifications in
Section 9-38. The Engineer must approve this plan prior to the Contractor starting work on
the water main.
7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Accomplish line flushing in accordance with the latest provisions of AWWA C601. Flush all
dead end mains with a temporary blow off. The Contractor is responsible for disposal of
water flushed from the line. An approved bacteriological test is required before connection
to the existing system. The City will measure water consumed for flushing.
The Contractor shall submit a de-chlorination plan per Section 1-06 indicating how chlorine
concentration and pH adjustment will be achieved per this Section. All costs to submit the
plan shall be included in the unit contract price per linear foot of pipe.
(July 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following section:
7-09.3(25) Pipe Casing
Steel casing pipe shall meet ASTM A-53, having a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi
and a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Minimum wall thicknesses for casing diameter
14” shall be 0.25”. All joints shall be welded. Provide shop applied polyamide epoxy-coal tar
anticorrosive coating on casing exterior conforming to AWWA C210. Minimum coating
thickness of 16 mils dry film thickness (DFT), do not exceed manufacturer’s maximum
thickness. A ductile iron casing meeting the requirements of water pipe may be used in lieu
of steel.
The carrier pipe shall be installed with casing spacers as shown on the plans. Spacers shall
be designed for center restraint and provide a maximum space of 1-inch between the upper
runners and the inside of the steel casing. The spacers shall prevent the pipe bells from
touching the inside of the casing. Metal components of casing spacers shall be Type 304
(18-8) 14-gauge (minimum) stainless steel. The liner shall be neoprene rubber or PVC, and
the runners shall be polyethylene.
Where casing spacers must be custom designed to account for a specific grade of the carrier
pipe inside the casing, submittals must be provided which include drawings and dimensions
for each of the casing spacers and the respective location of each of the spacers relative to
the casing and carrier pipe.
Casing end seals shall be 1/8-inch thick synthetic rubber, pull on type, with stainless steel
bands and clamps.
7-09.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Measurement for payment of “Connect to Existing Water Main” will be per each.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 189
(City Contracts, July 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Cased crossings will be measured by the linear foot of casing installed.
7-09.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Connect to Existing Water Main”, Per Each
“2-In. Blowoff Assembly”, Per Each
The unit contract price per each for “Connection to Existing Water Main” shall include all
costs for furnishing labor, materials, and equipment necessary to cut into the main and make
the connection complete in place including verification of existing condition, temporary
blocking, capping, temporary blow offs and other items required for testing including all
required notifications to water users of disruptions to their service.
The unit contract price per each for “2-Inch Blow Off Assembly” shall be full pay for all work
to install the blow off assembly, including but not limited to excavating, backfilling, laying and
jointing pipe, tapping the main, corporation stop, pipe and fittings, gate valve, meter box, and
cover and cleanup.
The cost of valve assemblies shall be paid for under separate bid items.
Where bolted flanged joint pipe is used on this project, the flange shall be attached to “Special
Class 53 D.I. Pipe” and payment will be at the same rate as the unit contract price for “Special
Class 52 D.I. Pipe”, unless otherwise specified.
(City Contracts, July 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Cased Crossing” Per LF
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Cased Crossing” shall include all costs for furnishing
labor, materials, and equipment necessary to construct a cased crossing in accordance with
the detail shown on the Plans, where designated on the Plans or by the Engineer.
(City Contracts, October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
All references to payment for water pipe is revised to the following:
The unit contract price per linear foot for water main pipe listed in this section shall be full
pay for all work to complete the installation including the following:
• Furnishing and installing pipe, pipe accessories, and other appurtenances.
• Sawcutting (including additional sawcutting for pavement restoration)
• Trenching
• Structure Excavation Class B (including haul).
• Installing bedding and backfill materials
• Furnishing and installing temporary patches or steel plates over unfinished
portions of trenches crossing traveled ways
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 190
• Disposal of surplus excavation
• General pipe installation work
• Plugging existing pipes for abandonment
• Extending existing pipes for making connections
• Preparation and implementation of reverse flow prevention plan
• Preparation and implementation of a de-chlorination plan
• Normal Dewatering and disposal of groundwater
• Disinfection, flushing and testing of pipe
• Protection of the pipe during other work including construction of the roadway
subgrade.
7-12 Valves for Water Mains
7-12.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(2) Adjust Valve Boxes
The Contractor shall adjust water valve boxes to finish grade as specified in the Plans and in
accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details. Water valve boxes shall be
accessible at all times.
Valve boxes shall not be adjusted to finish grade until the asphalt paving is completed, at
which time, each valve box shall be carefully relocated from references previously
established by the Contractor. The pavement shall be cut in a restricted area and the base
material removed to permit adjustment.
The base materials and crushed rock shall be removed and Class 3000 cement concrete
shall be placed so that the entire volume of the excavation is replaced to within, but not to
exceed 6 inches of the finished pavement surface. A quick setting admixture shall be added
to the cement concrete backfill. Once the valve boxes have been adjusted to finished grade
and the cement concrete backfill has cured (the day following placing the cement concrete),
HMA Class ½-inch shall be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller
within 48 hours.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
7-12.3(3) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly
“Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valve Assembly” shall be constructed at locations
shown on the Plans and shall be a minimum of 1 inch diameter in accordance with the
applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail(s).
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 191
7-12.3(4) Valve Wrench Extension Box
The Contractor shall furnish and install valve wrench extension boxes where the valve nut
will exceed 48 inches below the top of the finished valve box and finish grade, where shown
on the Plans, in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail(s) for deep
buried valves.
7-12.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Adjust Valve Box”, Per Each
The unit contract prices for “Adjust Valve Box” shall be full pay for all work including providing
all materials, equipment and labor to lower the structure and adjust structures to finish grade
after the overlay is complete (including asphalt concrete patches).
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
The second paragraph is revised to read:
The unit contract price per each for the valves specified shall be full pay for all work,
equipment, and materials to furnish and install each valve complete in place on the water
main, including trenching, jointing, blocking of valve, painting, disinfecting, hydrostatic
testing, valve box, valve wrench extension box, marker post, and final adjustment to finish
grade (including asphalt concrete patches).
7-14 Hydrants ………. ………….. …………..
7-14.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
A type 2BB Blue Raised Pavement Marker(s) is required at each hydrant location. Location
of the blue marker shall be 1-foot offset of centerline in the direction of the hydrant at each
hydrant location. Hydrants located within 50-feet of the curb face of an intersection shall be
marked on both streets. The reflective surfaces of the raised pavement markers shall be
perpendicular to the flow of traffic. The Raised Pavement Markers shall be installed in
accordance with Section 8-09.
7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Where shown in the Plans, the “Hydrant Assembly” shall be installed perpendicular to the
supply main. A 6-inch resilient-wedge gate valve with valve box in accordance with Section
7-12 shall be installed on each hydrant supply line.
All hydrants shall be inspected upon delivery in the field to ensure proper working order. After
installation, fire hydrants, auxiliary gate valves, and other appurtenances thereto shall be
subjected to a hydrostatic test and disinfection procedures as specified in Section 7-09.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 192
After installation each hydrant shall receive 2 field-coats of paint. The first coat shall be
Formula B-1-57 iron oxide, and the second coat shall be Safety Yellow Enamel conforming
to Federal Specification TT-E-489C Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Federal Color No. 1063. The
outside surface below the ground shall be coated with asphalt varnish.
During the chlorination process for the newly laid pipe, all valves associated with each
hydrant assembly shall be operated while the pipeline is filled with the chlorinating agent and
under normal operating pressure.
Any hydrant not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag properly
secured.
7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Existing hydrants shall be moved where shown in the Plans. Moving existing hydrants shall
include removal of all component parts from the water main to the hydrant.
The Contractor shall provide and install the following new components at the new hydrant
location shown on the Plans:
• Special Class 52 Ductile Iron pipe;
• 6 inch tee or tapping tee and gate valve with box;
• Restraint system;
• Blocking.
7-14.5 Payment
(City Contracts, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
References to payment for “Hydrant Assembly” are revised to the following:
The unit contract price per each for “Hydrant Assembly” shall be full pay for all work to furnish
and install fire hydrant assemblies, including all costs for valves, restrain systems, tees, tie
rods, storz adapter, concrete blocks, gravel, painting, type 2BB pavement marker(s),
connecting to the water main, and all pipe required for the complete installation- of the
hydrant assembly.
References to payment for “Resetting Existing Hydrant” are revised to the following:
The unit contract price per each for “Resetting Existing Hydrant” shall be full pay for all work
to reset the existing hydrant, including restrain system, painting, type 2BB pavement
marker(s), reconnecting to the main, and all pipe and other materials required.
References to payment for “Moving Existing Hydrant” are revised to the following:
The unit contract price per each for “Moving Existing Hydrant” shall be full pay for all work to
move the existing hydrant, including new hydrant lateral tee, restraint system, painting, 2BB
pavement marker(s), connecting to the main, and all pipe and other materials required.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 193
References to payment for “Hydrant Extension” are revised to the following:
The unit contract price per each for “Extensions” shall be full pay for all work including
materials, labor, and equipment required to extend the hydrant vertically.
7-15 Service Connections
7-15.2 Materials
(September 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the reference to Service pipe from the list of materials and replace with the following:
Service Pipe & Tail Piece 9-30.6(3)A (Copper Tubing),
9-30.6(3)B (Polyethylene Tubing)
All water service materials shall be low lead brass CDA89833 or CDA89520, and shall meet
ANSI/AWWA C800 and NSF 61 Annex G maximum lead requirements.
7-15.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Water service connections shall be installed where shown on the drawings in accordance
with these documents and the applicable Standard Details. Multiple service connections to
the same main must be made with a 2 foot minimum separation at the main and be staggered
horizontally, so that adjacent services are at differing elevations along the pipe. Meter box
and water meters shall not be placed in locations which are subjected to vehicular traffic
(including driveways, etc.) unless approved by the Engineer and a traffic bearing meter box
is provided. Tail pieces (that portion of the service line between the meter and the property
line) shall be furnished and installed and shall be of the same material and size as the service
line. Connection of the tail piece to the service line from the building shall be made with
compression couplings or capped as appropriate. Service pipes shall be installed without
joints from the water main to the curb valve near or within the meter box. Tailpieces shall
also be installed without joints from the water meter outlet to its termination (18 inches
minimum beyond the meter but not beyond the right-of-way line). The existing ¾-inch water
meter shall be reinstalled to the new meter setter once the new 1-inch service line, meter
setter, and tailpiece, have been installed and the new meter box has been adjusted to grade.
All new materials (service line, meter setter, tailpiece, and meter box) shall be used for water
meter relocations. Materials shall match existing size unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
When removing existing meters, the Contractor shall protect all automated meter reading
equipment including radios, receivers/transmitters, and other equipment. The removed
meters/equipment will be stored in such a manner to prevent damage to the equipment. The
Contractor will request and complete training from City staff on proper measures and
techniques required to protect the equipment prior to removing any equipped meters.
7-15.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 194
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Water Service Connection ¾ In. Meter with 1 In. Diam. Service Line”, Per Each
“Water Service Connection ___In. Diam.”, Per Each
“Dual Water Service Connection Renewal ¾ In. Diam.”, Per Each
“Water Service Connection Renewal ____ In. Diam.”, Per Each
The unit contract price for each size of “Water Service Connection ¾ In. Meter with 1 In.
Diam. Service Line “ shall be per each, in place, and shall be full compensation for all labor,
equipment, and materials necessary to furnish and install the new water service including tap
and corporation stop, 1-inch service line from the main to the meter, 1-inch to ¾ inch Mueller
adaptors, 1 inch curb valve, 1 inch meter yoke with angle check valve and angle valve, traffic
bearing meter box and lid, tailpiece, shutoff valve assembly, reconnecting the existing service
or capping the end as appropriate, and reconnecting the old meter to the new service line.
The City will provide and set ¾ inch meters for new 1 inch diameter service connections.
The unit contract price for each size of “Water Service Connection, ____In. Diam.” Shall be
per each, in place, and shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials
necessary to furnish and install the new water service including tap and corporation stop,
service line from the main to the meter, Mueller adaptor, curb valve, meter yoke with angle
check valve and angle valve, meter box, tailpiece, and reconnecting the existing service or
capping the end as appropriate. The City will provide and set ¾ inch diam. Meters for new 1
inch diam. Service connections.
The unit contract price for each size of “Water Service Connection Renewal ___ In, Diam.”
Shall be per each, in place, and shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment and
materials necessary to renew existing water services, including new service line, from the
main to the meter, curb valve, meter yoke with angle check valve and angle valve, meter box,
tailpiece, and reconnecting the existing service.
7-17 Sanitary Sewers
7-17.2 Materials
(October 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Only the pipe materials listed below are approved for use on City sanitary sewer systems.
Materials shall be in accordance with following Sections:
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe,
SDR-35
9-05.12(1)
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, SDR-21 9-05.12(1)
Solid Wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe,
C900
9-05.12(1)
Ductile Iron, Special Class 50 9-05.13
High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) 9-05.23
The laying length for PVC (SDR-35) shall not exceed 14 feet.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 195
7-17.3 Construction Requirements
7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewage Facilities
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Connections to the existing system shall be plugged during the entire period of sewer
construction to prevent dirt, water, and debris from entering the existing system
7-17.3(2) Cleaning and Testing
7-17.3(2)A General
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
Sewers and appurtenances, where required in the Plans, shall be cleaned and tested after
backfilling by the low pressure air method except if the Engineer approves hydrostatic testing
of short sections of small diameter pipe.
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall have all sewer lines inspected by the use of a
television camera per Section 7-17.3(2)H. Manholes and other structures shall be cleaned
and tested per Section 7-07.
Special sealants shall not be used to seal leaks and the use of any such materials will be
cause for rejection of the sewer lines.
7-17.3(2)C Infiltration Test
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the second sentence of the second paragraph to read:
“Maximum leakage (in gallons per hour)” = 0.16 x √H x D x L
√6 100
7-17.3(2)F Low Pressure Air Test for Sanitary Sewers Constructed of Non Air-
Permeable Materials
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
If the test shows zero leakage after a five minute test time, the Engineer has the authority to
accept and end the test immediately.
Cleaning and testing of pipes and structures shall be included in the unit contract prices for
those items installed.
7-17.3(2)H Television Inspection
(May 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 196
The Contractor shall be responsible for having all sewer lines installed by the Contractor
inspected by City approved private inspection services that includes the use of a television
camera. An approved list of inspection services may be obtained from the Engineer.
After completion of the following, authorization from the City shall be required before the
Contractor can perform the initial television camera work:
1. The acceptable placement of applicable pipe, ballast, bedding, and backfill
material.
2. The acceptable completion of all applicable channels and grout work.
3. The acceptable debris removal, cleaning, and flushing of all applicable pipes
and structures.
The television inspection requirements shall include the provisions of:
1. The television camera shall be a pan and tilt camera system specifically
designed and constructed for sewer environments.
2. A dye solution to be introduced in sufficient quantity to travel from the structure
that is the highest point of inspection to the downstream terminus of the
inspection limits. Red or purple dye shall be used for PVC pipe and green dye
for ductile iron and concrete pipe.
3. A one-inch reference ball to be mounted to the camera in order to drag along
the bottom of the pipe during the entire inspection procedure.
4. Linear measure references to be measured from the center of the beginning
structure to the center of the next inline structure and include the direction of
flow.
5. The locations of lateral pipes and all distinctive pipe conditions shall be
referenced to the centerline of the beginning structure.
6. All structure references shall utilize the designated structure reference
numbers shown on the Plans.
The following television inspection information shall be provided to the y:
7. 1.A clear color DVD or USB Flash Drive which encompasses the limits of the
inspection area and including all reference data as described herein. The
recorded reference time and date for the start of each run shall also be
indica.
8. 2. A written report shall be provided corresponding to the recorded
inspection and including all reference data as described herein. The report
shall consist of a written narrative of all distinctive pipe conditions including
ponding areas in excess of ¼ inch.
7-17.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Television inspection work will be measured per linear foot.
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 197
7-17.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, SDR-35, ___ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe, SDR-21, ___ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“Ductile Iron Pipe, Special Class 52 Sanitary Sewer Pipe, ___ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“HDPE Sanitary Sewer Pipe, ____ In. Diam.”, Per Linear Foot
“Sanitary Sewer Television Inspection”, Per Linear Foot
The unit contract price per linear foot for “Sanitary Sewer Television Inspection” shall be full
pay for all work to complete the Television Inspection including all associated cleaning and
flushing.
(City Contracts, August 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Revise references to payment for sanitary sewer pipe to the following:
The unit contract price per linear foot for sanitary sewer pipe of the kind and size specified
shall be full pay for all work to complete the installation including the following:
• Furnishing and installing pipe, pipe fittings, and other pipe appurtenances.
• Adjusting inverts to manholes
• Testing of pipes
• Sawcutting (including additional sawcutting for pavement restoration)
• Trenching
• Structure Excavation Class B (including haul).
• Installing bedding and backfill materials within the trench
• Furnishing and installing temporary patches or steel plates over unfinished
portions of trenches crossing traveled ways
• Disposal of surplus trench excavation
• General pipe installation work including plugs and connections
• Plugging existing pipes for abandonment
• Temporary plugs, bypass pumping, or both
• Normal Dewatering and disposal of groundwater
7-18 Side Sewers
7-18.3 Construction Requirements
7-18.3(1) General
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All joints shall be approved rubber-gasket joints except the joint between the new and existing
pipe that shall be made with approved flexible transition couplings. Side sewers shall be
installed to a minimum slope of two percent or as shown on the Plans unless otherwise
DIVISION 7: DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, STORM SEWERS, SANITARY
SEWERS, WATER MAINS, AND CONDUITS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 198
directed by the Engineer and shall be 6-inches diameter from the street sewer to the private
property line.
Existing side sewers to be connected shall be trimmed to the limit of the right-of-way except
where otherwise shown on the Plans and connected to the new sewer with PVC SDR-35
with a diameter to match the existing side sewer or 6 inches, whichever is greater.
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
The third paragraph is replaced with the following:
No joint deflections shall be allowed on side sewers. No horizontal bends shall be allowed in
the right-of-way. Vertical bends require Engineer approval.
7-18.3(3) Testing
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
During construction in areas with more than one side sewer per structure, the Contractor
shall test each connected structure to verify which side sewer is used by that structure. The
test shall involve flushing every toilet or running every sink or tub on each floor of each
structure and directly observing which side sewer the effluent discharges from. Only these
side sewers shall be connected. All others are to be abandoned in place per Section 7-
08.3(4).
The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all City customers originally connected to
the sanitary sewer conveyance line are connected to the new sanitary sewer conveyance
line. Prior to project completion the Contractor shall document to the City that all City
customers have had their services re-established.
All pipes for side sewer and sewer stubs (pipes not ending in a manhole) shall be adequately
plugged or capped.
7-19 Sewer Cleanouts
7-19.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Sewer cleanouts shall be installed as indicated in the applicable Standard Details.
END OF DIVISION 7
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 199
DIVISION 8 Miscellaneous Construction
8-01 Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control
8-01.3 Construction Requirements
(February 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Construction Stormwater General
Permit (CSWGP), when the Contract is covered by a CSWGP. When the Contract does not
identify CSWGP coverage, then the requirements identified in this section, that would only
be required in the event of permit coverage, are not applicable. All other requirements
identified in this section are applicable regardless if the Contract has a CSWGP or not.
8-01.3(1) General
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The second to last paragraph is revised to read:
When applicable, the Contractor shall be responsible for all Work required for compliance
with the CSWGP.
8-01.3(1)A Submittals
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor’s TESC plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-
38 prior to beginning construction.
The TESC plan shall also cover dewatering and the Contractor’s proposed method of treating
and disposing of dewatering effluent and other impacts of caused by dewatering activities.
Modifications to the temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) Plans included in the
Contract Plans, shall meet all requirements of the City of Auburn Surface Water Management
Manual (SWMM).
Prior to beginning any concrete or grinding work, the Contractor shall submit a plan, for the
Engineer’s review and approval, outlining the procedures to be used to prevent high pH
stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters. The plan shall include how the
pH of the water will be maintained between pH 6.5 and pH 8.5 prior to being discharged from
the project or entering surface waters.
The Contractor shall allow at least 5-working days for the Engineer to review any original or
revised TESC Plan. Failure to approve all or part of any such Plan shall not make the
Contracting Agency liable to the Contractor for any Work delays.
8-01.3(1)C Water Management
8-01.3(1)C1 Disposal of Dewatering Water
(September 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is revised to read:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 200
When uncontaminated groundwater is encountered in an excavation on a project, when
approved by the Engineer, it may be infiltrated within vegetated areas of the right of way not
designated as Sensitive Areas or incorporated into an existing stormwater conveyance
system at a rate that will not cause erosion or flooding in any receiving surface water.
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-01.3(1)F SWPPP Preparation and General Permit Compliance
The Contractor shall amend, revise, or replace the City provided Draft Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan, (Draft SWPPP), see Appendix to these Special Provisions, to address the
Contractors specific means and methods of completing the work and to comply with both the
Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) included as an Appendix to these
Special Provisions, and the City’s Surface Water Management Manual (SWMM). The
resulting document is the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
The Contractor shall prepare and submit the SWPPP for City approval per Section 9-38.
Approval of the SWPPP document is required prior to the beginning of any ground disturbing
activities. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 5 working days for the Engineer’s review
of the SWPPP. Failure to approve all or part of any such plan shall not make the Contracting
Agency liable to the Contractor for any work delays.
The Contractor shall use, implement, modify, and document the approved SWPPP in
compliance with the CSWGP. This work shall include, but is not be limited to, the following:
• Preparing, revising, maintaining the SWPPP in compliance with the CSWGP;
• Designing and planning, sediment control/erosion control measures, (BMPs), needed
to meet CSWGP requirements;
• Planning, performing and reporting of storm water monitoring;
• Preparing and maintaining documentation required by the CSWGP.
During construction, the Contractor shall modify the SWPPP to address specific site
conditions. The SWPPP and Contractor’s revisions shall consist of the Contractor’s complete
strategy to meet the requirements of the CSWGP. The Contactor shall include and modify as
necessary the erosion control measures provided in the Contract Plans. The Contractor shall
review and modify the SWPPP as necessary to be consistent with the actual work schedule,
sequencing, and construction methods that will be used on the project. The SWPPP and
revisions shall meet the requirements of the CSWGP. The Contractor shall provide and
maintain on-site the standby equipment and materials to comply with the CSWGP.
The Contractor revisions shall document all the erosion and sediment control Best
Management Practices (BMPs) proposed, whether permanent or temporary. The plan shall
document installation procedures, materials, scheduling, and maintenance procedures for
each erosion and sediment control BMP.
In addition, the SWPPP shall outline the procedures to be used to prevent high pH
stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters of the state. The plan shall
include how the pH of the water will be maintained in compliance with the CSWGP prior to
being discharged from the project or entering surface waters.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 201
SWPPP Contents
The SWPPP shall include narrative(s) and site plan(s) that address the following as
applicable to the Work:
• Clearing Limits
• Establishment of Construction Access
• Flow Rate Controls
• Sediment Controls
• Soil Stabilization
• Slope Protection
• Drain Inlet Protection
• Channels and Outlets Stabilization
• Pollutant Controls
• De-watering Control
• Maintenance of Best Management Practices
• Project Management
• Protection of Low Impact Development Best Management Practices
The SWPPP will indicate discharge monitoring locations that shall also be clearly marked in
the field by the Contractor. The SWPPP will indicate the Contractor’s process for controlling,
monitoring, and reporting of turbidity and pH in discharges.
On-Site Documentation
The Contractor shall collect, prepare, compile, and maintain hardcopies of the following
documents on-site at all times while work is underway and shall make them available in
accordance with the CSWGP requirements:
1. Bound notebook #1 with a cover labeled “SWPPP Documents”, with the following
contents separated by labeled tabbed dividers:
• Permit Coverage Letter
• Construction Stormwater General Permit
• Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
• Erosion Control Plan
2. Bound notebook #2 with a cover labeled “SWPPP Site Log Book”, with the following
contents separated by tabbed dividers:
3. Erosion inspection reports.
4. SWPPP Modifications
5. Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMR)
6. Spill Reports
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 202
Stormwater Monitoring Requirements
The Contractor shall conduct monitoring of discharges of stormwater runoff for comparisons
to benchmark values for turbidity and pH as described in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall
provide weekly stormwater monitoring of the project stormwater discharge locations for
turbidity and pH as required in the CSWGP. The Contractor shall establish specific project
sampling locations for sampling and monitoring at each discharge location to determine
background, outfall, and downstream water quality conditions and provide these locations on
the SWPPP for approval.
The Contractor shall establish procedures that adapt to unanticipated events such as severe
storms, schedule adjustments, modified construction techniques, etc. to be included in the
SWPPP. Contractor shall submit any modifications to the procedures to the Engineer for
approval.
Contractor shall calibrate equipment according to manufacturers’ recommendations and
according to their specified schedule. If data appears suspect, the Contractor shall perform
additional calibrations immediately.
The Contractor shall complete all online reporting as required by the CSWGP.
Turbidity and pH Exceedances
Following any exceedances of the turbidity or pH benchmarks, the Contractor shall provide
the following at no additional cost to the Contracting agency:
1. The necessary SWPPP revisions and on-site measures/revisions including
additional source control, BMP maintenance, and/or additional stormwater
treatment BMPs that are necessary to prevent continued exceedance of
turbidly and/or pH benchmarks.
2. The regulatory notification to the Dept of Ecology and to the Engineer of any
monitoring results requiring regulatory notification.
3. The additional daily sampling and reporting measures described in the
CSWGP to verify when project site runoff is in compliance.
At no cost to the City, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying any fines levied against
the City for any failure by the Contractor to comply with the permit requirements as listed in
these specifications and as indicated in the permit(s) included in the Appendix to these
Special Provisions.
(January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-01.3(1)G Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Installation
This work consists of furnishing and installing all temporary water pollution and erosion
control items as detailed in the Contract Plans. If additional measures as approved by the
City are required beyond those shown in the Contract Plans, they will be paid for under the
unit cost bid item(s) determined by the Engineer to be applicable, or, if the Engineer
determines additional measures are not applicable to unit cost bid item(s), the measures will
be paid under the Force Account bid item for “Erosion/Water Pollution Control”.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 203
8-01.3(2) Temporary Seeding and Mulching
8-01.3(2)B Temporary Seeding
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Seeding:
The following composition, proportion, and quality of grass seed shall be applied at the rate
of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet on all areas requiring roadside seeding (noted “hydroseed”
on the Plans) within the project:
Kind and Variety of Seed
in Mixture
Percent by
Weight
Minimum Percent
Pure Seed
Minimum Percent
Germination
Colonial Bentgrass
(Highland or Astoria)
10% 9.8% 85%
Red Fescue (Illahee,
Rainier, or Pennlawn)
40% 39.20% 90%
English Perennial Rye 50% 29.40% 90%
Weed Seed (maximum %) 0.50%
Inert and Other Crops
(minimum %)
1.50%
TOTAL
100.00%
Fertilizer:
The Contractor shall submit three samples of existing soil in the project area, and one of each
specified type of topsoil to a soil laboratory for testing to determine fertilizer/amendment
composition. Results shall be submitted to the Engineer and fertilizer and soil amendment
formulation and application rates will be based on the laboratory recommendations.
However, the minimum fertilizers requirements are as follows:
Total Nitrogen as N-3 1.5 pound per 1,000 square feet;
Available Phosphoric Acid as P2O5-1 2 pounds per 1,000 square feet;
Soluble Potash as K2O-2 20 pounds per 1,000 square feet;
1 pound of nitrogen applied per 1,000 square feet shall be derived from ureaform or
ureaformaldehyde. The remainder may be derived from any source.
The fertilizer formulation and application rate shall be approved by the Engineer before use.
8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The moderate-term mulch soil binder for hydroseeding shall be a bonded fiber matrix with
integral tackifier specifically manufactured for hydroseeding applications and erosion control.
The moderate-term mulch shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering of
application of the materials. The moderate-term mulch shall be ‘ECO-AEGIS’ as
manufactured by Canfor, or approved alternate.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 204
8-01.4 Measurement
8-01.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items)
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted.
8-01.4(2) Item Bids
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
The first paragraph is deleted.
(City Contracts, January 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Sediment Trap” shall be measured per square yard of trap bottom surface area.
No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum contract price of CSWGP
documentation compliance or TESC Plan.
8-01.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water
Pollution Prevention
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted.
8-01.4(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution
Prevention
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted.
8-01.5 Payment
8-01.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items)
(City Contracts, November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted.
8-01.5(2) Item Bids
(City Contracts, April 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“TESC Plan”, Per Lump Sum
“Sediment Trap”, Per Square Yard
“High Visibility Fence”, Per Linear Foot
“General Permit Documentation Compliance”, Per Lump Sum
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 205
The lump sum price for “TESC Plan” shall be full payment for all costs to prepare, update,
and modify/maintain the ‘living’ Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, and included
Dewatering Plan elements, when needed, for the duration of the Contract.
Payment for “Sediment Traps” shall be full payment for all labor, tools, and materials to
construct a sediment trap and maintain it for the duration of the Project.
The lump sum contract price for “General Permit Documentation Compliance” shall be full
pay to maintain and update the SWPPP and file all electronic reports necessary to comply
with the permit conditions with the Washington State Department of Ecology.
No additional payment will be made for any supplemental measures to control seepage,
groundwater, or artesian head.
(City Contracts, November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
References to payment for street cleaning is revised to the following:
Per Section 1-07.23(1)A, no additional payment will be made for Street Cleaning.
8-01.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water
Pollution Prevention
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted.
8-01.5(4) Items not included with Lump Sum Erosion Control and Water Pollution
Prevention
(November 2019 City of Auburn GSP)
This Section is deleted.
8-02 Roadside Restoration
8-02.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work also involves any minor repair or replacement work to restore roadside features
the Engineer discovers during construction.
8-02.3 Construction Requirements
8-02.3(1) Responsibility During Construction
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Landscape construction is anticipated to begin after all curbs, sidewalks, rockeries, utilities,
and associated roadside work is completed.
The Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other
materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from his work throughout the planting
operation. The Contractor shall maintain continuous pedestrian access and shall not
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 206
stockpile materials or park equipment in any manner that may create hazards or obstacles
to this access. At the end of each workday, and as each planting area is completed, it shall
be neatly dressed and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Cleaning by flushing into sewers will not be allowed. The Contractor shall remove surplus
soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a clean
condition at the conclusion of the work.
8-02.3(4) Topsoil
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Topsoil shall be used to restore any landscape beds or planter areas disturbed by the Work.
8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Topsoil Type A is to be used for all planting and seeding areas and shall be tested in an
independent, certified soil testing lab to determine need for fertilizers , or amendments, or
both, based on its intended use. The topsoil shall be modified according to the soil testing
laboratory recommendations at no additional cost to the City.
8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Native as used in this context shall mean naturally occurring material.
8-02.3(5) Roadside Seeding, Lawn and Planting Area Preparation
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Upon approval of the subgrades by the engineer, a topsoil layer shall be placed with a
minimum organic matter content of 10% dry weight in planting beds, and 5% organic matter
content in lawn sod areas, and a pH from 6.0 to 8.0 or matching the pH of the adjacent
undisturbed soil. The topsoil layer hall have a minimum depth of 8 inches, except where tree
roots limit the depth of incorporation of amendments needed to meet the criteria. The
subsoils below the topsoil layer shall be cultivated to a depth of 4 inches with some
incorporation of the upper material to avoid stratified layers, where feasible. Cultivation of the
soil shall be done by a method approved by the Engineer. This operation should be done at
right angles to the natural flow of water on slopes. Remove rocks, roots, clods, stumps, and
debris over 2 inches in diameter. Lightly compact soil and establish a smooth and uniform
finished grade that protects against obstruction to surface drainage and ponding. For bark
mulched shrub and groundcover beds, finish grade prior to placement of bark shall be 2
inches below top of adjacent finish grade.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 207
8-02.3(5)D Root Control Barrier
Root control material shall be CP-Series Root Barrier Panels as manufactured by Century
Root Barrier, Universal Guide as manufactured by Deep Root, or Dual Purpose Panels as
manufactured by Villa Root Barriers or approved alternate.
Install continuous section of root control material in all tree planting areas as shown on the
Plans. Backfill with topsoil material being careful not to damage or displace root control
material.
8-02.3(6) Much and Amendments
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
GroCo (GroCo Inc. tel. 206-622-5141), Tagro (City of Tacoma Tel. 253-502-2150), or Cedar
Grove Compost shall be mixed with native topsoil to produce a 75/25 mix ratio (topsoil 75
percent and amendment 25 percent).
8-02.3(7) Layout of Planting, Lawn and Seeding Areas
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor is responsible for determining required quantities of plant material to
complete the landscape plan as shown.
It is anticipated that some minor arranging of plant material will be necessary during the
progress of work.
From the centerline of the first row of shrubs or ground covers to the edge of the planting bed
shall be ½ the typical dimension shown on the Plans and details.
Plant trees a minimum of 3 feet from curbs and sidewalks when the space is available;
otherwise they shall be centered in the available space. Trees in tree wells shall be centered
within the tree grate and frame.
8-02.3(8) Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Plant trees and shrubs in planting pits and install tree frames and grates as detailed on Plans.
Do not over excavate planting pit depth, however, over excavation of planting pit width is
desirable.
Trees shall be handled by the rootball, not by the trunk. Burlap and wire shall remain intact
until trees are set in their positions within each planting pit. Remove all wire, twine, and
burlap from the top third of the rootball before backfilling. Plant trees and shrubs upright,
rotating them to give the best placement to adjacent plants, topography, and structures. Hold
plant rigidly in position until topsoil has been backfilled and tamped firmly around the ball or
roots.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 208
When the planting pit is backfilled halfway, place the specified quantity of fertilizer plant
tablets and stakes, if necessary, as shown on the Plans. Evenly space the fertilizer tablets
around the perimeter of and immediately adjacent to the root system. Carefully place, water,
and compact planting topsoil filling all voids. Do not injure the root system.
When the planting pit is three-quarters (3/4) backfilled, fill with water and allow it to soak
away. Fill pits with additional topsoil and continue backfilling as detailed on Plans. Ground
bark shall be placed over all tree-planting saucers to a compact depth of 2 inches. Water
trees immediately after planting.
The root systems of all bare root plant material shall be dipped in a slurry of silt and water
immediately prior to planting.
8-02.3(9) Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Trees, shrubs, and groundcover shall be fertilized as follows:
Formula 4-2-2 “Transplanter” as manufactured by Pacific Agro Co., with Hercules
nitroform and W.R. Grace’s “Magamp” and trace elements. Apply at a rate of:
Trees 8 ounces
Shrubs 2 ounces
Groundcover 1 ounce
Agriform Tablets: Planting tablets, 21-ram size, as manufactured by Agriform
International Chemicals, Inc., 20-10-5 analysis. Apply at a rate of:
Trees 4 tablets for every foot of rootball diameter
Shrubs 3 tablets
Groundcover 1 tablet
8-02.3(10) Lawn Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Except in areas where the Plans specify hydro-seed, lawn seeding will not be permitted on
this project. “Lawn Sod” per Section 9-14.7(4) shall be laid smoothly in place in accordance
with the typical section(s) in the Plans.
Prior to installing “Lawn Sod” all dry soil shall be moistened by sprinkling with water. On
sloped areas, the sod shall be laid with the long dimension parallel to the toe or top of slope.
The “Lawn Sod” shall be rolled and heavily watered by sprinkler after placement.
8-02.3(10)C Lawn Establishment
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 209
The lawn establishment period may be extended or shortened by the Engineer based on the
Engineer’s opinion of whether or not the lawn has been established. Physical Completion
and Final Acceptance will not be allowed until after the lawn establishment period has ended.
Lawn establishment requirements outside the City of Auburn right of way shall be subject to
the applicable agreements, easements, and permit conditions for the property on which they
are associated.
8-02.3(10)D Lawn Mowing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Lawn mowing beyond the mowing required during the lawn establishment period shall only
be required when indicated in the Plans. Lawn mowing will not be required beyond the
Physical Completion and Final Acceptance of the project.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-02.3(10)E Fertilizer for Sodded Area
Prior to placing sod, a 10-2-10 fertilizer shall be rototilled into the top 3 inches of the soil at a
rate of 4 pounds of available nitrogen per 1,000 square feet.
8-02.3(11) Mulch
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Ground bark shall be placed over all planting beds and over all tree-planting saucers to a
compact depth of 2 inches. Ground bark shall be placed around existing trees and bushes
disturbed by construction to a compact depth of 2 inches. Thoroughly water and hose down
plants with a fine spray to wash the leaves of the plants immediately after bark application.
8-02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Upon completion of the initial planting and per the request of the Contractor the Engineer will
make an inspection of all plant material and notify the Contractor, in writing, of any
replacements or corrective action necessary to meet the Contract Document requirements.
The Contractor shall replace all materials requested or missing and correct unsatisfactory
conditions within 15 working days. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with written
notification when the initial planting is accepted; at which time the plant establishment period
shall begin.
Completion of initial planting includes the following:
1. Installation of root control barriers and watering systems for trees.
2. Installation of all required planting materials (trees, shrubs, and groundcovers).
3. Planting area cleanup.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 210
4. Full operation of the irrigation system, complete bark mulch coverage, and all
planting areas in a weed-free condition.
5. Approval of Plant Establishment Plan.
8-02.3(13) Plant Establishment
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Plant establishment requirements outside the City of Auburn right of way shall be subject to
the applicable agreements, easements, and permit conditions for the property on which they
are associated.
The plant establishment period may be extended or shortened by the Engineer based on the
Engineer’s opinion of whether or not the plantings have been adequately established.
Physical Completion and Final Acceptance will not be allowed until after the plant
establishment period has begun. The Plant Establishment period may occur during the
contract Guarantee Period specified in Section 1-05.10.
Plant establishment includes only those plants listed with “PSIPE ______” (Plant Selection
Including Plant Establishment) in the Proposal.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The second, third, and fourth paragraphs are replaced with the following:
The plant establishment period shall begin immediately upon written notification from the
Engineer of the completion of the initial planting for the project. The Contractor shall maintain
all plant materials for a period of 1-year after the Plant Establishment period has begun.
During this period, the Contractor shall maintain a healthy growing condition for all plant
materials and water, prune, spray, weed, and perform other necessary maintenance
operations. Planting beds shall be kept free of all weeds, grass and other undesirable
vegetation. Plants shall be inspected by the Contractor at least monthly from October 1st to
April 30th and at least once a week from May 1st to September 30th and maintenance
performed promptly. Dead or impaired plants shall be promptly replaced during the planting
season specified in Section 8-02.3(8) and all soil ridges shall be removed from around the
watering basins before the end of the maintenance period. At the determination of the
Engineer, replacement plants may require an additional acceptance and establishment
period.
After completion of the landscape establishment period, the Contractor shall request an
inspection by the Engineer. The Contractor shall correct all conditions unsatisfactory to the
Engineer within a 10-day period, weather permitting, immediately following the inspection.
8-02.3(14) Plant Replacement
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Completion of the Plant Establishment period will be certified, in writing, by the Engineer.
8-02.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 211
Measurement of “Root Control Barrier” will be by the linear foot completed in place.
Measurement of “Tree Grate and Frame” will be measured per each after installation
completed and accepted.
No unit of measure shall apply to “Roadside Restoration”.
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
References to measurement of topsoil and mulch in this section are revised to the
following:
Topsoil Types “_” will be measured by the square yard for the surface area of the
landscape areas multiplied by the specified topsoil thickness for seeded and planting areas,
converted to cubic yards.
Bark mulch will be measured by the cubic yard for the surface area of the landscape area
multiplied by the specified bark thickness, converted to cubic yards.
8-02.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Topsoil Type __”, Per Cubic Yard
“Root Control Barrier”, Per Lineal Foot
“Seeding, Fertilizing, and Mulching”, Per Square Yard
“Bark Mulch”, Per Cubic Yard
“Tree Grate and Frame”, Per Each
“Roadside Restoration”, by force account as provided in Section 1-09.6.
(City Contracts, September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
References to payment for topsoil is revised to the following:
The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Topsoil Type __” shall be full pay to furnish and
install Topsoil including all costs associated with preparing the Topsoil for installation, for
preparing the site prior to placement of the Topsoil including removal of all excess material
and debris, and for all costs associated with supplying and using required soil amendments,
and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the work
as specified.
The unit Contract price per cubic yard for “Bark Mulch” shall be full pay for furnishing and
spreading the mulch onto the existing soil.
(City Contracts, August 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
References to partial payment for plants that include plant establishment is deleted.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 212
8-03 Irrigation Systems
8-03.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work also consists of the replacement and/or repair of existing irrigation systems.
8-03.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Irrigation conduit shall be PVC pipe and be in accordance with Section 9-15.1(2).
8-03.3(4) Irrigation Water Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Water meter(s) will be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans in accordance with Section
7-15.
8-03.3(5) Irrigation Electrical Service
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Electrical service and or wires will be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans in
accordance with Section 8-20.3(10).
8-03.3(6) Excavation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Backfilling shall be done when pipe is not in an expanded condition due to heat or
pressure. Cooling of the pipe can be accomplished by operating the system for a short
time before backfilling, or by backfilling in the early part of the morning before the heat of
the day.
8-03.3(7) Piping
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Due to the nature of PVC pipe and fittings, the Contractor shall exercise care in handling,
loading, unloading and storing to avoid damage. The pipe and fittings shall be stored under
cover and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of
pipe to lay flat, so as not to be subject to undue bending or concentrated external load at
any point. Any pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be set aside until such damage
has been cut out and the pipe is rejoined with a coupling.
8-03.3(8) Jointing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 213
Supplement this section with the following:
Solvent welded joints shall be given at least 15 minutes set-up time before moving or
handling. Pipe shall be partially center loaded to prevent arching and slipping. No water
shall be permitted in pipe until a period of at least 10 hours has elapsed for solvent weld
setting and curing.
The Contractor shall take great care to insure that the inside of the pipe is absolutely clean.
Any pipe ends not being worked on shall be protected and not left open.
No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter.
8-03.3(9)F Cross Connection Control Device Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Backflow preventer assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the Plans.
8-03.3(9)G Electrical Wire Installation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Splices shall be made with a dry-splice wire connector, PVC construction body and snap-
lock plug with copper crimp sleeve, three flapped openings for wires and sealer packet such
as Rainbird ST-03UL/PT-55 Snap-Tite, UL Wire Connectors and PT-55 Sealer System,
Glendora, California or equivalent. Install per manufacturer’s specifications.
8-03.3(10) Flushing and Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before pressure testing, soluble weld joints shall be given at least 24 hours curing time.
Before backfilling and installation of automatic valve, all sprinkler lines with risers installed
and capped shall be flushed and pressure-tested. The final test must be performed and
approved under the direction and supervision of the Engineer. The location, inspection and
testing provisions of these specifications shall be strictly adhered to. Any part of the
sprinkler system backfilled before location, testing, or approved inspection by the Engineer,
will be completely uncovered and exposed until approved for backfilling by the Engineer.
8-03.3(11) Backfill
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Trenches under roads or paved areas shall be backfilled and tamped with a mechanical
tamper in successive 6 inch lifts. Paving shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Jacking under paved areas will be allowed with Engineer’s approval.
Unless otherwise specified, trenches shall be deep enough to allow 18 inches cover over
sprinkler lines and 24 inches cover over supply lines. All trenches must be straight and not
have abrupt changes in grade. Bedding for irrigation lines shall be washed sand from a
minimum of 3-inches below to 3-inches above all irrigation lines. Native material may be
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 214
used as backfill for the remainder of the trench when not in paved areas. Rocks larger than
3-inches in diameter shall be removed from any native material used as backfill.
8-03.3(14) System Operation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall perform sprinkler coverage tests to determine if coverage and operation
of the system is complete and satisfactory before the sprinkler system will be accepted. If
any part of the system is inadequate because of Contractor workmanship or material, repairs
or replacement shall be made at Contractor expense and the test repeated until accepted by
the Engineer.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
In the third paragraph, the last sentence is revised to read:
Potable water shall not flow through the cross-connection control device to any
downstream component until tested and approved for use by the City in accordance with
Section 8-03.3(12).
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-03.4 Measurement
No measurement shall be made for “Automatic Irrigation System Complete”.
Measurement for “Double Check Valve Assembly” shall be per each double check valve
assembly completed.
8-03.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Automatic Irrigation System Complete”, Per Lump Sum
“Double Check Valve Assembly”, Per Each
The lump sum contract price for “Automatic Irrigation System Complete” shall be full pay for
the construction of the complete irrigation system, modifying existing systems, or both, as
shown in the Plans and herein specified, including excavation, backfilling, concrete
foundations, piping, sprinkler heads, conduit, wiring, restoring facilities destroyed or
damaged during construction, salvaging existing materials, and for making all required tests.
All additional materials and labor, not shown in the Plans or called for herein and which are
required to complete the irrigation system shall be included in the lump sum price. Payment
for required irrigation water service connections will be paid separately as identified in Section
7-09.5 of these Special Provisions.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 215
Payment for “Double Check Valve Assembly” shall be full pay for furnishing all material and
equipment, installation, permitting, and testing, required for a double check valve assembly.
Payment for the water service line, where applicable, shall be separate.
8-04 Curbs, Gutters and Spillways
8-04.3 Construction Requirements
8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Reinforcing shall be constructed at catch basins in accordance with the applicable Standard
Detail(s).
When slip-form equipment is used to place the curb and gutter, the concrete mix design may
be modified as follows: The Grade No. 2 coarse aggregate (1½ inch minus) may be replaced
by Grade No. 5 coarse aggregate (1 inch minus) when required to accommodate the
equipment.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The fourth paragraph is replaced with the following:
Joints in the curb and gutter shall be spaced to match joints in the abutting driveways and
sidewalks or cement concrete pavement. All expansion/through joints shall extend entirely
through the curb and gutter section. Maximum joint spacing shall be as follows:
A. ¾ inch expansion/through joints at 20-foot maximum spacing, or 3/8-inch
expansion/through joints at 10-foot maximum spacing;
B. 1/8 inch x 1 inch deep saw cut or scored joints per Standard Specification 8-
04.3(1) (Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways) at intervening 10-
foot maximum spacing.
8-04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Extruded Cement Concrete Curb” shall be type 6 as detailed in the applicable Standard
Plan.
8-04.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
References to measurement of curb and gutter in this section shall be revised as follows:
Measurement for “Cement Concrete Traffic Curb and Gutter” will not include cement concrete
curb and gutter which will be reinforced and poured integral with an Industrial or Commercial
Driveway Apron slab.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 216
8-04.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items:
“Bumper Curb”, Per Each
The unit contract price per each for ‘Bumper Curb’ shall be full pay for all labor, materials,
and equipment necessary to furnish and install each bumper curb.
(City Contracts, September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Cement Conc. Pedestrian Curb – Variable Height”, per linear foot.
The unit contract price per each for “Cement Conc. Pedestrian Curb – Variable Height” shall
be full payment for all costs to construct the varying height curb as shown in the Plans or as
staked by the Engineer.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
8-05 Dewatering System
8-05.1 General
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
When dewatering trenches requires a dewatering system the Contractor shall design and
provide a dewatering system using accepted and professional methods consistent with
current industry practice to eliminate water entering the excavation under hydrostatic head
from the bottom and/or sides. The Contractor shall design the system to prevent differential
hydrostatic head that would result in floating out soil particles in a manner termed as a “quick”
or “boiling” condition. The system shall not be dependent solely upon sumps or pumping
water from within the excavation where differential head would result in a quick condition,
which would continue to worsen the integrity of the excavation’s stability.
Where the Engineer determines that the Contractor cannot sufficiently dewater the trench
using the “Normal Trench Dewatering” described in Section 7-08.3(2)L of these Special
Provisions, the Contractor shall provide a dewatering system of sufficient size and capacity
to prevent ground and surface water flow into the excavation and to allow all work to be
installed in a dry condition.
The Contractor shall control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and be
fully responsible for disposal of the water.
The Contractor shall confine discharge piping and/or ditches to available easements or to
additional easements obtained by Contractor and provide necessary permits and/or
additional easements at no additional cost to the City.
The Contractor shall control groundwater in a manner that preserves strength of foundation
soils, does not cause instability or raveling of excavation slopes, and does not result in
damage to existing structures. Where necessary to these purposes, the Contractor shall
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 217
lower water levels in advance of excavation, utilizing wells, well points, jet educators, or
similar positive methods. The water level as measured by piezometers shall be maintained
a minimum of 2 feet below prevailing excavation level.
The Contractor shall commence dewatering prior to any appearance of water in excavation
and continue until work is complete to the extent that no damage results from hydrostatic
pressure, flotation, or other causes.
Open pumping with sumps and ditches shall be allowed, provided it does not result in boils,
loss of fines, softening of the ground, or instability of slopes.
The Contractor shall install wells and/or well points, if required, with suitable screens and
filters, so that continuous pumping of fines does not occur, arrange discharge to facilitate
collection of samples by the City. During normal pumping, and upon development of well(s),
levels of fine sand or silt in the discharge water shall not exceed 5 ppm. The Contractor shall
install sand tester on discharge of each pump during testing to verify that levels are not
exceeded.
The Contractor shall control grading around excavations to prevent surface water from
flowing into excavation areas.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
No additional payment will be made for any supplemental measures to control seepage,
groundwater, or artesian head.
8-05.1(1) Design
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Contractor shall designate and obtain the services of a qualified dewatering specialist to
provide a dewatering plan as may be necessary to complete the work.
Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, design data, and operational
records required.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design, installation, operation, maintenance,
and any failure of any component of the system.
8-05.1(1)A Dewatering Discharge
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Discharge Limits
1. Turbidity – less than 5 NTUs above background
2. Sand Content – less than 10 ppm
3. pH between 6.5 and 8.5
4. No visible sheen in the stormwater discharge or in the receiving water
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 218
Contractor shall conduct Daily Monitoring and provide records of:
PH
TSS (NTU)
Volume Discharged (gpd)
Water levels in monitoring wells
Sand content (first 5 days after startup)
Contractor shall conduct Weekly Monitoring and provide records of:
Sand Content
Sampling and Analysis
Preliminary testing of dewatering discharge will be conducted by the Contractor during the
initial dewatering activities prior to discharging water to the City’s stormwater system.
Contractor shall use the preliminary water testing results to evaluate what treatment
components, if any, will need to be added to the dewatering system. During initial dewatering
activities, water will be pumped into a series of storage containers. Water will be sampled
from the last tank in the series and analyzed for the constituents specified in the table above.
Contractor shall provide monitoring records to the City on a daily basis.
The total flow quantified by the flow totalizer and water levels in monitoring wells will be
recorded on the daily contractor logs and at the time effluent water samples are collected.
The total flow measurements will be included in the effluent sampling summary reports.
8-05.1(1)B Temporary Dewatering Plan
(May 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit a Temporary Dewatering Plan to the Engineer for review per
Section 9-38. The Temporary Dewatering Plan shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer
or Hydrogeologist who is licensed to practice in the State of Washington, and who has a
minimum of five years of experience in the design of dewatering systems for similar projects.
The Temporary Dewatering Plan shall include:
• A narrative of the Contractor’s proposed dewatering system methodology,
• Working drawings showing system layout and components including number and
location of dewatering wells, wellpoints, and/or eductors with a well numbering
system,
• Design calculations demonstrating system and equipment adequacy,
• Specifications of proposed materials and equipment, including pump curves,
• Pumps and sumps for removal of incidental seepage, perched groundwater, etc.
• Provision for the settlement and removal of sediments prior to discharge (e.g.,
settling tanks),
• Number and location of temporary monitoring wells to be installed (Note that one
monitoring well is present on-site. However, this well will be impacted during
construction activities and therefore cannot be used as one of the temporary
monitoring wells used during dewatering efforts.),
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 219
• Dewatering schedule, including mobilization, installation, development, testing,
water quality analysis, start-up, monitoring, operation, shutdown,
decommissioning, clean-up, and removal,
• Describe how groundwater will be treated to meet the applicable discharge limits,
and
• Proposed plans of operation.
Any changes to the proposed system shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to
implementation.
In addition to the Temporary Dewatering Plan, the submittal shall include:
• A Contingency Plan for storm events or other conditions (including failure of the
dewatering system) that could raise groundwater levels and overwhelm the
capacity of the dewatering system pumps or discharge facilities. In the
Contingency Plan, the Contractor should:
o Make provision to suspend dewatering operations for anticipated events (e.g.,
storms) and unanticipated events that may occur prior to excavation work and
that would require dewatering.
o Provide methods to secure such items as the excavation, shoring, side slopes,
equipment, dewatering system components, base of excavation, and any
installed facilities from the adverse effects of elevated groundwater levels.
o A Water Quality Sampling Plan
The Engineer’s review of the Temporary Dewatering Plan shall not constitute approval nor
relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for errors therein nor from the entire
responsibility for complete and adequate groundwater level control and volume removal in
the excavated areas; formation protection; and protection of existing and proposed structures
to the extent specified herein. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for control of the
groundwater levels and hydrostatic pressures to the depths herein specified and for avoiding
settlement outside the excavation as herein specified. The Contractor shall bear sole
responsibility for proper design, installation, operation, maintenance, and any failure of any
component of the temporary dewatering system for the duration of the Contract.
8-05.2 Vacant
8-05.3 Construction Requirements
8-05.3(1) Damages
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to the City, any damage to
work in place, or other contractor’s equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads,
railroads, private and municipal well systems, adjacent structures, natural resources, habitat,
existing wells, and the excavation, including, damage to the bottom due to heave and
including but not limited to, removal and pumping out of the excavated area that may result
from Contractor’s negligence, inadequate or improper design and operation of the dewatering
system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system.
The Contractor shall remove subgrade materials rendered unsuitable by excessive wetting
and replace with approved backfill material at no additional cost to the Owner.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 220
8-05.3(2) Settlement Monitoring Program
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Contractor shall develop and submit to the City a Settlement Monitoring Program for review
and approval prior to beginning dewatering per Section 9-38.
Contractor shall establish a settlement monitoring program and perform all survey and
inspections necessary for monitoring existing site features. All surveys shall be performed
under the direction of a licensed land surveyor. Vertical and horizontal measurements shall
be accurate to 0.01 feet or smaller.
Contractor shall set survey monuments on permanent structures, the roadway, and utilities.
The survey monuments may consist of PK nails with a washer with an identification number.
Contractor shall record the identification number, elevation, and coordinate location prior to
initiating dewatering, and submit the baseline information to the Engineer. The method of
installing survey monuments, and the locations and number of survey monuments shall be
as approved by the Engineer. The Engineer shall be notified a minimum of one day prior to
setting survey monumentation. The initial survey to record the monuments baseline
horizontal and vertical location shall be completed by conducting three separate level loops
for each monument. Each loop shall be run so that they start and stop at a different location
each time. The intent of running multiple level loops on each monument is to catch potential
survey errors.
Contractor shall perform an initial survey prior to commencement of the Work, daily for the
first 5 days after the dewatering system is started up, subsequently two days per week when
the dewatering system is active, and one day per week for a month after the dewatering
system is turned off. If pumping or dewatering of excavations are interrupted or cannot be
adequately maintained, the survey monuments and targets shall be checked a minimum of
once every 24 hours for as long as the conditions exist.
Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any cumulative change in elevation or
location of any monument or target in excess of 1/4 inch. If the cumulative change in elevation
or location exceeds 1/2 inch, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and resolve
the problem using methods defined in the Contingency Plan or other reasonable methods.
The Contractor shall maintain in a log the survey data taken for each monument or target. A
copy shall be sent to the Engineer after each addition of data.
Contingency Plan
Contractor shall prepare a Contingency Plan to mitigate the effects of excessive settlement
or movement of existing Site features. The Contingency Plan is not to restrict the Contractor
from using the best construction methods available to meet the conditions but is required to
demonstrate a reasonable preparedness to mitigate the effects of excessive movement or
settlement. The following are minimum requirements for a Contingency Plan:
1. The Contingency Plan shall outline steps to be taken to protect structures,
buildings, and utilities and to stop excessive movement or settlement identified by
the settlement monitoring program.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 221
2. Contractor shall have all material, manpower, equipment, and other items
identified in the Contingency Plan available at all times while excavations are
ongoing or excavated areas are open.”
8-05.3(3) Maintaining Excavation in Dewatering Condition
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Dewatering shall be a continuous operation. Interruptions due to power outages or any other
reason will not be permitted.
The Contractor shall continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition with positive
dewatering methods during preparation of subgrade, installation of pipe, and construction of
structures until the critical period of construction and/or backfill is completed to prevent
damage of subgrade support, piping, structure, side slopes, or adjacent facilities from
flotation or other hydrostatic pressure imbalance.
The Contractor shall provide standby equipment on site, installed, wired, and available for
immediate operation if required to maintain dewatering on a continuous basis in the event
any part of the system becomes inadequate or fails. If dewatering requirements are not
satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of dewatering system, perform such work as may be
required to restore damaged structures and foundation soils at no additional cost to City.
System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24-hour supervision by personnel
skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components and any other
work required to maintain excavation in dewatered condition.
8-05.3(4) System Removal
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall abandon and remove from the site, in accordance with WAC Chapter
173-160 and RCW Chapter 18.104, all groundwater control and monitoring system elements.
The Contractor shall be, or employ the services of, a water well contractor licensed in the
State of Washington to abandon all wells, and/or well points. The Contractor shall assume
ownership and responsibility for the disposal of all removed groundwater control pumps,
pipes, and other assorted system hardware.
The Contractor shall abandon and remove the groundwater control and monitoring systems
in such a manner that groundwater does not flow or seep through groundwater control or
monitoring system penetrations into any structure or facility. Wells decommissioned within
roadways shall be capped beneath the roadway base course with at least 24-inches of class
3000 concrete. Beneath the concrete cap, the Contractor may utilize bentonite to fill the well
per Department of Ecology requirements.
8-05.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
“Dewatering System” will be measured per linear foot along the construction centerline. Only
sections approved for dewatering by the Engineer will be included in the measurements.
Pipe lengths installed using “Normal Dewatering Methods,” or installed using the dewatering
system without approval from the Engineer will not be included in the measurement for
“Dewatering System.”
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 222
“Normal Trench Dewatering” as described in Section 7-08.3(2)L will not be measured for
payment, but instead will be included in the per linear foot price of the utility being installed.
8-05.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Dewatering System”, Per Linear Foot
The unit bid price in the Proposal for “Dewatering System”, per linear foot shall be full
compensation for the costs of all labor, tools, equipment, and materials necessary or
incidental to design, install, operate, maintain, and remove a complete dewatering system.
This Bid item shall also include, but not be limited to, dewatering handling, preliminary testing
prior to discharge, storage, permitting, daily monitoring, weekly monitoring, and disposal of
clean groundwater and sediment. Providing, installing, operating, and maintaining settling
tank(s), or other equipment necessary to meet the discharge requirements, shall be included
in this lump sum cost and shall not be measured for separate payment.
The unit price shall also include all costs to continuously operate the dewatering system, all
power costs and connections, permits, pumps, wells, pipes, fittings, and appurtenances.
All costs for design of dewatering systems and preparation and implementation of the
Temporary Dewatering Plan (including the Contingency Plan, Water Quality Sampling Plan,
and Settlement Monitoring Program, including Contingency Plan) shall be included in the
dewatering lump sum cost and shall not be measured for separate payment.
Dewatering” shall only be paid for when a dedicated system using well points is used for
dewatering. All “normal trench dewatering” work, as defined in Section 7-08.3(2)L, will be
incidental to and included in the unit cost for the pipe, structure, etc. being installed.
Restoration of property damaged due to dewatering or settlement caused by the dewatering
system shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.
8-06 Cement Concrete Driveway Entrances
8-06.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Driveway approaches shall be considered to be that portion of the private driveways, which
require removal and replacement to transition between the new cement concrete driveway
aprons and the existing private driveway. “Cement Concrete Driveway Approaches” shall be
constructed and finished as specified for driveways, except they shall be 4-inch thick slabs
and not reinforced.
8-06.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 223
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Wire Mesh (Welded Wire Fabric) 9-07.7
Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures 9-23
8-06.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Concrete driveways shall be cured per methods described in Section 5-05.3(13), with the
following exceptions if the curing compound method is used:
• The Contractor shall use Type I clear curing compound per Section 9-23.
• The Contractor shall not use white pigmented curing compound.
• The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for a
period of 5 calendar days.
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof
paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in event of rain or other
unsuitable weather.
Additional requirements for curing in hot weather shall be as follows:
In periods of low humidity, drying winds, or high temperatures, a fog spray shall be
applied to concrete after placement as soon as conditions warrant to prevent the
formation of shrinkage cracks. The spray shall be continued until conditions permit
the application of liquid curing membrane or other curing media.
Additional requirements for curing in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section 5-05.3(14).
8-06.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Measurement for “Cement Concrete Driveway Approach” will be by the square yard of
finished surface, excluding area measured as driveway apron.
Measurement for “Residential Driveway Apron” will be by the square yard of finished surface,
excluding the cement concrete curb and gutter area.
Measurement for “Industrial or Commercial Driveway Apron” will be by the square yard of
finished surface including the cement concrete curb and gutter which will be reinforced and
poured integral with the driveway apron slab.
Driveway apron measurement widths shall be Dimension B plus 16 ft. in accordance with the
applicable City of Auburn Standard Details.
8-06.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 224
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Residential Driveway Apron”, Per Square Yard
“Industrial or Commercial Driveway Apron”, Per Square Yard
“Cement Concrete Driveway Approach”, Per Square Yard
The unit contract price per square yard for “Residential Driveway Apron” shall be full pay for
all work to complete the installation including subgrade preparation, thickened edges, and
wings.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Industrial or Commercial Driveway Apron” shall
be full pay for all work to complete the installation including subgrade preparation and
integrated cement concrete curb and gutter.
Payment for “Cement Concrete Driveway Approach” shall be full pay for all costs to construct
the approach.
Payment for cement concrete curb and gutter will be in accordance with the provisions of
Section 8-04, except for locations where the curb and gutter is integral with the Industrial and
Commercial Driveway Apron.
Payment for water will be in accordance with the provisions of Section 2-07.
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb
8-07.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Precast Traffic Curb 9-18.1
Epoxy 9-26.2
Paint 9-34.2
Raised Pavement Markers 9-21.2
Type 3 Delineators Per Plan
8-07.3 Construction Requirements
8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
The curb shall be installed in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Detail.
The second sentence is revised to read:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 225
Before the epoxy adhesive is applied, all dirt shall be cleaned from the pavement surface by
washing.
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
All joints between adjacent pieces of curb except joints for expansion and/or drainage shall
be filled with epoxy.
8-07.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Precast curb shall be measured along the length of the precast curb system installed, from
delineator to delineator, without deduction for gaps.
8-07.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items:
“Precast Curb with Delineators”, Per Linear Foot
The unit contract price per linear foot for ‘Precast Curb with Delineators’ shall include all costs
to furnish and construct the mountable curb system, including, raised pavement markers,
epoxy, and delineators.
8-09 Raised Pavement Markers
8-09.3 Construction Requirements
8-09.3(2) Surface Preparation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall pre-mark the layout of all channelization and receive approval from the
Engineer before installing “Raised Pavement Markers” (RPM’s). Pre-marks shall consist of
painted spot markings or other approved methods. The Contractor shall request the
Engineer’s approval of the pre-mark for channelization at least 2 full working days prior to
installation of the RPMs.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-09.3(8) Remove Raised Pavement Markings
All raised pavement markings shall be removed before placing a new asphalt concrete
pavement overlay. Removal of markers shall be conducted in a manner that prevents
damage to existing pavement. Damage to the existing pavement caused by Contractor’s
negligence shall be repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Repairs shall be
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 226
8-09.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, April 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Raised Pavement Markers will be measured by the unit for each marker furnished and
installed.
8-09.5 Payment
(City Contracts, February 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1 for the following bid items:
“Remove Raised Pavement Markers”, Per Each
“Raised Pavement Markers”, Per Each
(City Contracts, September 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
References to payment for Raised Pavement Markers are revised to the following:
The unit contract price per each for “Raised Pavement Markers Type __” shall be full pay for
furnishing and installing the markers in accordance with these specifications including all cost
involved with traffic control except for reimbursement for labor for traffic control in accordance
with Section 1-10.
The unit contract price per each for “Remove Raised Pavement Markers” shall be full pay to
remove each pavement marker.
8-13 Monument Cases
8-13.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
This work consists of constructing, or adjusting, monuments, to proper grade, and the
furnishing and placing of materials and other related work for monuments.
8-13.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Monument cases and covers shall be in accordance with the applicable City of Auburn
Standard Details. Concrete used for setting the monuments shall be Class 3000. Bronze
plug markers will be furnished by the City and provided to the Contractor.
8-13.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The second sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read:
After the monument or monument case has been in place for a minimum of 3 calendar days,
the roadway surface shall be patched in a workman like manner with Class ½ inch asphalt
concrete pavement.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 227
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The bronze plug marker shall be inserted in the concrete mix to the required line and grade.
The concrete base shall be placed on a well-compacted foundation. When Type B
monuments are installed, the monument case shall be placed in such a manner that will not
disturb the bronze plug markers.
Where called for on the Plans, the Contractor shall adjust existing monuments to the grade
as staked. The existing cast iron case and cover shall first be removed and thoroughly
cleaned for reinstalling at the new grade.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-13.3(3) Reference Points
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Engineer shall reference all monuments in advance of construction and shall reset the
points and grades at the proper time.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish materials and install required castings
in accordance with the Plans. The Contractor shall carefully protect all reference points to
the monuments and shall give the Engineer reasonable notice of the schedule for monument
work in order to avoid destruction of the points.
8-13.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Monument adjustment shall be measured by each monument adjusted to final grade.
8-13.5 Payment
(City Contracts, December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Monument Type A (Modified)”, Per Each
“Monument Type B (Modified)”, Per Each
“Adjust Existing Monument”, Per Each
Payment for “Monument Type B (Modified)” shall be full pay for the materials, labor, survey
work, recording, adjustments to finish grade (including asphalt concrete patches), and other
costs to install each monument.
Payment for “Adjust Existing Monument” shall be full pay for the materials, labor, survey
work, recording, asphalt concrete patches, and other costs to adjust each monument to final
grade.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 228
8-14 Cement Concrete Sidewalks
8-14.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
This work shall consist of construction of cement concrete sidewalks, including curb ramps
with detectable warning strips.
8-14.3 Construction Requirements
8-14.3(1) Excavation
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Excavation for sidewalk and for curb ramps shall be in accordance with Section 2-03.
Embankments shall be compacted by Method B as specified in Section 2-03.3(14)C.
Approved tampers shall be used in areas inaccessible to normal compaction equipment.
The subgrade shall be graded to within 1 inch of established grade and the area between the
sidewalk and the adjacent private property line shall be shaped to line, grade, and section
shown on the Plans before the forms are set.
8-14.3(2) Forms
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Low areas in the subgrade shall be backfilled and compacted to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. All high areas in the subgrade shall be cut down to meet the subgrade
requirements.
8-14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
Curb Ramps shall be constructed in accordance with the Plans. If any slope exceeds a
maximum slope specified on the Standard Plans or Contract Plans or if any dimension is less
than a minimum dimension specified on the Standard Plans or Contract Plans, the Contractor
shall replace the curb ramp or a portion of the curb ramp as necessary and approved by the
Engineer to bring the curb ramp into compliance. This work will be at the Contractor’s cost.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Expansion and contraction (dummy) joints shall be located and constructed in accordance
with the Standard Details.
Expansion joints shall be formed by first cutting a groove in the concrete with a tee bar of a
depth equal to, but not greater than the joint filler material, and then working the pre-molded
joint filler into the groove. Pre-molded joint filler used for expansion joints shall be normal to
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 229
and flush with the surface of the sidewalk. All joints, expansion and dummy, shall be
positioned in true alignment at right angles to the line of the sidewalk.
Where the sidewalk abuts a curb, or curb and gutter, the sidewalk shall be constructed with
a thickened edge.
Joints and the sidewalk perimeter shall be edged with a 3/8 inch to 1/2 inch radius edger.
The surface of the sidewalks shall be brushed with a fiber hair brush of an approved type in
a transverse direction except that at driveway and alley crossings it shall be brushed
longitudinally.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-14.3(3)A Special Sidewalk
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
(Downtown Sidewalk – 2x2 Scoring)
The “Special 2x2 Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk” shall be concrete with 2 ft. x 2 ft.
scoring pattern with a light broom finish.
(Downtown Street Corner Sidewalk - Brick)
The “Special Brick Sidewalk” at street corners as specified on the Plans shall be constructed
of brick pavers in a rectangular pattern. The patterns shall extend from the back of curb to
the building face or property line and minimum of 10 feet in either direction from the corner
of the property lines. The brick pavers shall be Mutual Materials “Holland” 8cm, or approved
equivalent and the color shall be per Plans.
8-14.3(4) Curing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Concrete sidewalks shall be cured per methods described in Section
5-05.3(13), with the following exceptions if the curing compound method is used:
• The Contractor shall use Type I clear curing compound per Section 9-23.
• The Contractor shall not use white pigmented curing compound.
• The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for a
period of 5 calendar days.
The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof
paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in event of rain or other
unsuitable weather.
Additional requirements for curing in hot weather shall be as follows:
In periods of low humidity, drying winds, or high temperatures, a fog spray shall be
applied to concrete after placement as soon as conditions warrant to prevent the
formation of shrinkage cracks. The spray shall be continued until conditions permit
the application of liquid curing membrane or other curing media.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 230
Additional requirements for curing in cold weather shall be as outlined in Section 5-05.3(14).
8-14.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Sidewalk Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit,” will be measured by the square foot of
truncated dome material installed on the existing ramp.
8-14.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Special 2x2 Scored Cement Concrete Sidewalk”, Per Square Yard
“Special Brick Sidewalk”, Per Square Yard
“Sidewalk Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit”, Per Square Foot
The unit contract price per square yard for “Cement Concrete Sidewalk”, “Special 2x2 Scored
Cement Concrete Sidewalk”, and “Special Brick Sidewalk” shall be full pay for all work to
complete the installation including subgrade preparation and thickened edges where
identified.
The unit contract price per square yard for “Sidewalk Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit”
shall be full pay for complete installation of the detectable warning patterns including all
preparation of the existing sidewalk, labor, equipment and materials.
8-18 Mailbox Supports
8-18.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Anchor Bolts, Nuts, and Washers for the Neighborhood Delivery and Collection Box Unit shall
be in accordance with Section 9-06.5 and Section 9-06.22.
8-18.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Relocation of mailboxes shall be measured per each unit or cluster of mailboxes relocated.
8-18.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Relocate Type III Mailbox Support w/ boxes”, Per Each
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 231
“Relocate Type IV N.D.C.B.U. (mailboxes)”, Per Each
The unit contract price per each for relocating mailboxes shall be full payment to remove
and re-install existing mailbox group, including all new materials necessary to install the
support.
8-20 Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, Intelligent Transportation Systems, and
Electrical
8-20.1 Description
8-20.1(1) Regulations and Code
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
Safe-wiring labels required by Labor and Industries shall apply on this project.
8-20.1(3) Permitting and Inspections
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall obtain electrical permit(s) from Washington State Department of Labor
and Industries. Electrical Service inspection(s) will be performed by Labor and Industries.
Obtaining the permit, requesting inspections, making corrections, and securing L&I
approval is the responsibility of the Contractor.
8-20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Supplemental data for pole equipment, luminaries, splice kits, vehicle signal heads,
pedestrian signal heads, pedestrian push button assemblies, video detectors, PTZ
camera(s), junction boxes, conduit, conduit fittings, wiring, service/battery back-up cabinet,
controller cabinet (including controller and all other associated equipment in the cabinet),
preemption detectors and discriminators, and all other electrical materials to be used on this
project shall be submitted for approval before being incorporated into the work. Quantity,
pole height, davit arm length, and mast arm length shall be indicated and consistent with the
Plans.
The Contractor shall submit supplemental data and material shop drawings for all structural
items. The shop drawings and structural calculations shall clearly identify the type of
equipment to be used and shall be stamped by a registered professional engineer registered.
Shop drawings shall conform to the contract Plans.
All material to be reviewed for the signal system shall be submitted in a single package.
The City of Auburn reserves the right to inspect the manufacturing process of all materials.
Final inspection and acceptance of the installed materials will not be given until final
installation and testing has been completed on the system. Approval to install materials and
equipment must be obtained from the Engineer at the job site, before installation.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 232
8-20.3 Construction Requirements
(December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(1)D Order of Work
Except as specifically allowed in Section 8-20.3(1), each element of existing signal,
illumination, communication and ITS systems shall remain in operation until modified
systems to replace such are operational and accepted by the Contracting Agency. This
includes, but is not limited to temporary vehicle detection which shall be provided by the
Contractor during construction to replace the function of existing vehicle detection systems
prior to any project work that adversely impacts the function of existing detection systems.
Temporary vehicle detection equipment shall be compatible with City signal cabinet and
installation shall be coordinated with City traffic signal technicians. Contractor shall be
responsible for ensuring temporary vehicle detection systems function properly at all times
while in use.
All existing illumination and traffic signal display and detection system equipment shall
remain operational until the corresponding new equipment is constructed, tested, operational
and accepted by the Engineer. Temporary video detection equipment shall be fully
operational and accepted by the Engineer as a substitute for the function of any existing
induction loop or video detection prior to any construction activities that render such existing
traffic detection ineffective. Temporary video detection systems shall be in accordance with
Section 8-20.3(14)I of these specifications.
8-20.3(4) Foundations
(December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Before placing the concrete, the Contractor shall block out around any other underground
utilities that may lie in the excavated base to prevent foundation adherence to the utility line.
Concrete foundations shall be troweled, brushed, and edged. Exposed anchor bolts and
conduits shall be promptly cleaned of any concrete after installation.
Where no sidewalk is planned or exists, the top of the foundation shall be a minimum of 12
inches above roadway centerline, unless otherwise noted on the Plans.
The joint between traffic signal cabinet and its foundation shall be sealed using a clear,
waterproof, silicone caulk.
8-20.3(5) Conduit
8-20.3(5)A General
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Unless specified on the Plans, metal conduit shall not be used.
Location wire placed for conduit containing, or that are to contain, fiber optic cable shall be
12 AWG.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 233
Conduit shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.1.
Conduit runs installed entirely under sidewalk, driveways, and landscape areas may be
Schedule 40 PVC unless otherwise noted on the Plans. The same type and schedule of
conduit shall be used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet and from Schedule
80 PVC conduit crossing the roadway to the nearest junction box. Bends for conduits serving
existing or future interconnect and fiber optic cables shall be no less than 4 feet in diameter.
All conduit ends shall have bell end PVC bushings.
Stubouts shall be installed as shown on the Plans.
A pull tape shall be installed in all spare conduits for future conductors. The pull tape shall
have printed sequential measurement markings at least every 3 feet. At least 2 feet of pull
tape shall be doubled back into the conduit at each termination. Conduits without conductors
(spare conduits) shall be plugged on both ends with mechanical plugs. Locate wire shall be
installed in all empty or spare conduits, not in joint trench with conductors.
Loop stubouts that are installed before the final lift of pavement shall be surrounded with a 6
inch PVC sleeve. This sleeve shall be extended below the top of the stubout and be flush
with finished grade. All loop conduit shall be appropriately capped and sealed with a molded
plug cap. Molded plug cap installation shall comply with manufacturer’s installation and
recommendations. With the exception of connections to HDPE conduit, joints shall be
connected with medium grade gray cement solvent applied per the manufacturer’s
recommendations. The loop wires shall pass through a hole in the cap. The end of the
conduit will also be sealed with moldable duct sealing compound. Sifted sand will be used
to cover all exposed loop wires before final filling with loop sealant.
All conduit shall display the Underwriter Laboratories certification (UL Listed).
8-20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All lids shall open away from the traveled way. Prior to construction of finished grade, if cable
vaults are installed or adjusted, pre-molded joint filler for expansion joints may be placed
around the cable vaults. The joint filler shall be removed prior to adjustment to finished grade.
Junction boxes shall conform with all provisions of Section 9-29.2. Junction Boxes shall be
of the types indicated on the Plans. All Junction Boxes shall have slip-resistant surfaces,
locking lids, and be equipped with Penta Head tamper resistant bolts as specified and
detailed in the Plans.
6 inches of washed drain rock shall be placed inside the junction box and be spread evenly
around all conduits.
All three-way service connections leading to luminaires, including street crossings and
service cabinet junction boxes shall be made with a SEC Model 1791-DP or approved
equivalent.
Box and vault lids shall be inscribed with a welded bead message with each letter being 4
inches tall and 3 inches wide as follows:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 234
“LT” if used exclusively for lighting
“TS” if used exclusively for Traffic Signals
“TS” “LT” if jointly used for lighting and traffic signals
“COA COMM” if used for City of Auburn communications and/or for traffic signal interconnect.
The lids and frames shall be hot dipped galvanized after the welded bead legend is installed.
8-20.3(8) Wiring
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All cable entering cabinets shall be neatly bundled and wrapped.
The Contractor shall pull out and dispose of wire for the existing illumination system that is
no longer needed. All costs for removal and disposal of wire shall be included in the unit
contract price for “Illumination System Complete”.
8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall provide junction boxes or other Engineer approved cover over all
grounding rods.
All junction boxes containing conductors carrying 120 volts or higher will have the lid and
frame bonded to the system ground. The connections to the lid and frame will be made with
approved compression type ring terminals. The braid will be of sufficient length so that the
lid may be easily removed and placed next to the junction box. It will be routed around all
cables so that it does not pass thorough any cable loops. In the case of Type 8 junction
boxes, both lids shall be bonded.
When loop lead-in wires or interconnect wires are the only wires in the junction box, bonding
is not required.
8-20.3(10) Service, Transformer, and Intelligent Transportation System (ITS)
Cabinets
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
A three-wire electrical service shall be used at 120/240 volts. Electrical service cabinets shall
be per Section 9-29.24 and shall be installed where shown on the Plans.
Power service cabinets shall be labeled by the Contractor go meet PSE Construction meter
requirements: The label shall indicate the “City of Auburn” identification, the specific use of
the service, and the general site address (example: City of Auburn, Street Lighting – 123 E
Main St). The label shall be a permanent engraved phenolic nameplate or die-cut adhesive
label at least 1 inch high. PSE will not provide the power meter without this permanent label.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 235
Where underground power service is not utilized, overhead electrical service shall be brought
to the power service cabinet through a conduit riser with a weather head on the service pole.
The service shall be split in the load center into a 120 VAC/240 VAC circuit for the traffic
signal and street lighting systems.
The Contractor shall provide and install service wire and PVC conduit between the service
cabinet and the point of power service location as shown in the Plans.
8-20.3(11) Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The last paragraph is revised to read:
Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, signal turn-on will only be allowed Monday
through Thursday (except for holidays or the day before a holiday), between the hours of
9:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m.
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
For traffic signal turn-on, City personnel will put the signal into operation. The Contractor
shall be present during the turn-on with adequate equipment to repair any deficiencies of
signal operation.
All newly installed signal and pedestrian heads and pedestrian pushbuttons shall be fully
covered with black plastic or yellow nylon cloth that is firmly attached, until such time for the
signal turn-on.
8-20.3(13) Illumination Systems
8-20.3(13)A Light Standards
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The poles shall be plumb with no shims. The poles shall be plumbed on leveling nuts secured
to the anchor bolts and locking nuts on top of the base flange. The side of the shaft opposite
the load shall be plumbed using the leveling nuts.
The void between the foundation and the pole flange shall be no larger than 2 inches and
shall be completely filled around the conduit(s) with dry pack mortar and neatly troweled. A
¼ inch weep hole shall be installed on the downward slope side of the pad.
The dry pack mortar consists of 1:2 cement to fine sand mixture with enough water to allow
the mixture to stick together when molded into a ball by hand, but which will not exude water
when pressed.
8-20.3(13)C Luminaires
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All luminaires shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.10 and shall be
installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as specified herein.
Contractor shall furnish man-lift truck for use in final inspection of luminaire system.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 236
Luminaires shall be leveled in 2 planes. One plane perpendicular to the curb (parallel to davit
arm), the other plane parallel to the roadway surface.
The luminaire shall be bolted to the davit arm by means of cast-in inserts and this detail shall
be coordinated with the standard manufacturer to ensure proper fit. The terminal board shall
have lugs of a 240-volt 3-wire power source. Terminals shall be labeled line-neutral-line.
The neutral terminal shall be grounded to the metal housing of the luminaire.
All luminaires shall be provided with markers for positive identification of light source and
wattage per Section 9-29.10 of the Standard Specifications.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(13)F Luminaire Fusing
Luminaire fusing and electrical connections at lighting standard bases shall be per Section
9-29.7 except that light standards shall be provided with 2 in-line fuse holders, per this
section, with the fuses mounted inside the pole and readily accessible from the access hole,
electrical splices shall be in the junction box near each pole in accordance with the applicable
City of Auburn Standard Details.. All luminaries shall be fused in the pole base with a “Y”
type quick disconnect fuse system.
8-20.3(14) Signal Systems
8-20.3(14)B Signal Heads
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicular Signal Heads
All signal heads shall meet the requirements of Section 9-29.16(2). Lens sizes shall be as
shown in Contract Plans, Signal Head Type Details.
Overhead mounted signals shall be adjusted in the field such that a person standing on the
pavement can see the brightest image of all vehicle signal sections from a distance complying
with current MUTCD standards. Signal heads shall be plumbed, and aiming shall be by
reference to the RED signal section.
Masking of optically programmed signal heads shall take place just before “turn-on” and after
all field adjustments have been made. After masking, no further head position adjustments
shall be made without the approval of the Engineer. Any final adjustments required shall be
made in the Engineer’s presence.
Pedestrian Signal Heads
Pedestrian signals shall be in accordance with all provisions of Section 9-29.20.
Pedestrian signal heads shall be mounted with the bottom of the signal housing 8 feet above
the sidewalk or ground surface.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 237
8-20.3(14)C Induction Loop Vehicle Detectors
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Loops shall be wound clockwise and consist of 4 turns of loop conductor.
From the loops to the junction box, the loop wires shall be twisted two turns per foot and
labeled at the junction box in accordance with the loop schematics included in the Plans. A
3/8-inch saw cut will be required for the twisted pair.
Loop wires shall be connected to the lead-in cable using compression sleeves and sealed
with 2-inch-wide rubber mastic tape. An extra 10 feet of both loop wires and lead-in cable
shall be coiled neatly in the junction boxes for future work. Loops shall be round and saw
cuts shall be 6-foot diameter and shall be constructed using equipment designed for cutting
round loops. The equipment shall use a concave, diamond-segmented blade. The saw cuts
shall be vertical and shall be a minimum of 0.25 inches wide. The saw cut depth shall be
minimum of 2 ½ inches and maximum of 3 inches measured at any point along the perimeter.
The bottom of the saw cut shall be smooth. No edges created by differences in saw cut
depths will be allowed.
Unless shown otherwise shown on the Plans, the stop bar loops shall be spliced in series
per lane, mid and advance loop wires shall be spliced in parallel per lane and system loops
shall be spliced into individual home runs per lane.
8-20.3(14)E Signal Standards
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The poles shall be installed on leveling nuts secured to the anchor bolts and locking nuts on
top of the base flange. The side of the shaft opposite the load shall be plumbed using the
leveling nuts.
The void between the foundation and the pole flange shall be completely filled around the
conduit(s) with dry pack mortar and neatly troweled. The distance between the foundation
and the bottom of pole flange shall be less than 2 inches except for poles located within
sloping portion of curb ramps where the distance may be up to 3 inches.
The dry pack mortar consists of 1:2 cement to fine sand mixture with enough water to allow
the mixture to stick together when molded into a ball by hand but will not exude water when
pressed.
The lower handhole cover shall be fastened with a tamperproof bolt.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)F Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption
Detector
The Contractor shall provide and install 3M Company 700 Series preemption detectors at
locations as shown in the Plans. The emergency preemption detectors shall be solid-state
devices in weather resistant housing. The detectors shall be capable of detecting an optical
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 238
signal generated by an Opticom brand emitter (3M Company). The detectors shall detect
the optical signals from the emitter, amplify the signal, and transmit it to the phase selector.
The detectors shall have a range control capable of being adjusted up to a maximum of 1/3
mile. Detectors shall be installed in compliance with manufacturer installation instructions
and recommendations.
Phase Selector
The Contractor shall provide phase discriminator units as required to obtain the necessary
number of channels for each leg of the intersection. The phase discriminator shall be a solid
state, rack mounted device which shall provide power to the detectors. The phase selector
shall receive the amplified signal from the detector, verify it as valid, and send an input to the
controller. This input shall be for the duration of the detected signal plus 8 to 10 seconds
additional time after the signal is lost. Four channels shall be provided.
The phase selector shall also include the following features:
1. High and low priority discrimination,
2. Settable signal intensity threshold for up to at least 2,500 feet,
3. Computer based user interface,
4. Front panel switches and indicators for testing, and
5. 20,000 priority/ vehicle class/ vehicle code ID combinations.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)G Interconnect Network
Traffic signal interconnect cable shall be installed as shown in the Plans and in accordance
with all provisions of Section 9-29.3. All cable shall be installed in compliance with the
manufacturer’s installations and recommendations.
(December 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
8-20.3(14)H Pedestrian Push Buttons and Signs
Push buttons shall be in accordance with Section 9-29.19 and installed per the
manufacturer’s directions and recommendations.
Pedestrian push button assemblies shall be securely fastened to the signal standard or
pedestrian pole using stainless steel fasteners. Signal standards shall be drilled and tapped
for mounting push buttons. Push buttons shall be installed between 42-inches and 46-inches
measured from the centerline of push buttons to the adjacent level landing. The push button
must be reachable within 10 inches from the level landing. Braille is required on push button
placards and the contractor is responsible to make sure they are placed in the correct
locations.
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 239
8-20.3(14)I Video Detection System
When video detection is shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall provide and install a fully
functional Trafficon by Kar-Gor or Econolite Vision video detection camera system, as called
out in the plans including all auxiliary equipment, cameras, housings, and mounts, and all
required mounting hardware, cables, connectors, and wiring per Section 9-29.
The Contractor shall allow two weeks to schedule a Kar-Gor or Econolite representative to
assist with the system installation and turn on.
Final adjustment of the cameras shall be done by the Contractor in the presence and at the
direction of the City of Auburn Traffic Signal Technician.
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
8-20.3(14)J Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Camera System
8-20.3(14)J.1 Description
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of providing a television surveillance camera system to include provision
and installation of camera assemblies (camera, lens, and housing), pan and tilt drives,
Ethernet switch, cables, patch cords and other equipment necessary to provide a complete
and operable fiber optic-based closed circuit television (CCTV) system. The CCTV camera
or camera’s shall be delivered to the City of Auburn Maintenance and Operations building for
setup and testing.
8-20.3(14)J.2 Materials
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
CCTV system materials shall be per Section 9-29.27. The CCTV camera shall be a Cohu
RISE 4260. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions, all
materials shall be new.
8-20.3(14)J.2(1) Mounting
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Mounting of camera on luminaire/signal poles shall utilize Cohu pole mounts and equipment
and hardware shown in the Plans.
8-20.3(14)J.3 Construction Requirements
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
For each new CCTV camera shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish, install, and
setup a CCTV camera system that includes the camera, mounting materials, cables, cable
splices, Ethernet switch, and any additional equipment and hardware required for a complete
and operational CCTV camera system, per Section 9-29.27.
8-20.3(14)J.3(1) General Cable Installation
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 240
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the method that is intended to be used to install
the various cables. Any cable runs which have damaged jackets or do not pass the
appropriate test will be rejected and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost
to the City of Auburn.
Shielded cables terminated at a cabinet shall have their shields grounded at the cabinet at
one end and insulated at the other. Insulated spade type terminals shall be used when
connecting wire to terminal blocks.
Cables at the camera end shall be soldered to the connectors provided with the equipment
using established techniques.
The rear connection area shall be filled with silicone rubber compound. The cables to the
camera shall be encased in a flexible sheath to form one cable between the camera and the
local control cabinet.
All cables shall be supported so that there is no weight being transferred from the camera
cable to the entry points through poles or extrusions. All holes through poles shall be sealed
with outdoor rated watertight grips.
All cables shall be tagged with permanent markers of PVC identifying their use. Cables shall
be tagged at both ends and at every junction box location.
8-20.3(14)J.3(2) Camera Cable
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Camera cables shall extend from the camera control receiver to the camera and pan/ tilt drive
unit. These cables shall provide camera power, environmental housing heater power, pan/
tilt drive power and controls, camera lens controls, and additional wires for preset positioning
of pan/ tilt and lens. The number and size of wires required in the camera cable is dependent
upon the vendor selected for pan/tilt drives. The Contractor shall provide and install camera
cables with the proper type and quantity of conductors to enable connection as
recommended by the selected vendors and as required to provide for proper operation of the
closed circuit television system.
Camera cables shall be as per the manufacturer’s specifications and designed for long life
operation under adverse weather conditions. Cable connectors at the camera housing and
pan/tilt drive shall be waterproofed in accordance with vendor recommendations. Camera
cables shall be terminated on terminals in the camera control cabinet.
8-20.3(14)J.3(3) CCTV System Test
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall allow the City 2 weeks to setup and test the PTZ camera(s). If problems
are found by the City during each testing phase, the Contractor shall repair, replace, or
reconfigure each CCTV camera installation as necessary, at no additional cost to the
Contracting Agency.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section including subsections:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 241
8-20.3(14)K Wireless Broadband Communications System
8-20.3(14)K.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The work specified in this section shall include the furnishing and installation of wireless
interconnect communication system devices, cables, outdoor hardened Ethernet hub or
switch, patch cords and associated components in accordance with the Plans and
specifications.
The Contractor shall provide materials, equipment, labor and the expertise required for the
construction of a traffic signal/ITS wireless broadband communication system to interconnect
the proposed traffic signal and ITS equipment with the City of Auburn’s existing ITS system
infrastructure as shown in the Plans and in accordance with these Special Provisions. All
equipment shall be installed in compliance with the manufacturer’s installations and
recommendations.
8-20.3(14)K.2 Wireless Broadband System Materials
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide all products and materials required for the installation and
splicing of the specified communications cables and associated interface devices.
8-20.3(14)K.3 Testing, Mounting and Wiring
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Broadband radio/panel antenna units shall be mounted on signal mast-arms or signal poles
as indicated in the Plans. All units shall be installed utilizing Pelco Products, Inc. Astro-Brac
or approved equivalent mounts per the wireless equipment manufacturer’s recommendations
for outdoor pole-mounted applications. All mountings shall have stainless steel hardware
and provide a weather-tight cable passage between the wireless unit and the pole.
All wireless AP, and Ethernet setup, configurations and testing shall be done in consultation
with the City’s IT department and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall drill a 1-inch-diameter hole in the pole, deburr and provide rubber
grommet prior to pulling cables. Cables shall be routed through traffic signal system conduits
and junction boxes as shown in the Plans and terminated in the local signal controller cabinet.
Sufficient cable, 10 feet where bending radius permits, shall be left in each cabinet to properly
terminate the cables. No splicing of communication cables shall be allowed.
Ethernet cables shall be routed in the cabinet and be plugged into a RUGGEDCOM RS900
Ethernet switch.
8-20.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
No unit of measure shall apply to the lump sum signal and lighting items specified in this
section.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 242
Vaults and junction boxes shall be measure per each unit installed.
Removal and resetting of the traffic signal items listed in the payment section shall be per
each item removed and re-installed.
8-20.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Signal Interconnect System Complete”, Per Lump Sum
“Video Detection System Complete”, Per Lump Sum
“Splice Vault”, Per Each
“Pull Box”, Per Each
“Locking Junction Box”, Per Each
“Adjust Existing Junction Box”, Per Each
“Remove Signal Head”, Per Each
“Remove Traffic Video Detection Camera”, Per Each
“Remove and Reset Signal Head”, Per Each
“Remove and Reset Video Detection Camera”, Per Each
“Replace & Recycle Signal Head Modules”, Per Each
“Replace Signal Controller Cabinet”, Per Each
“Backplate Tape”, Per Each
“Louvered Backplate”, Per Each
“Traffic Video Detection Camera”, Per Each
“Wide Angle Traffic Video Detection Camera”, Per Each
“Signal Pole Terminal Cabinet”, Per Each
“Signal Head with Mount”, Per Each
“Signal Controller and Smart Monitor”, Per Each
“Remove Street Light”, Per Each
“Induction Loop Vehicle Detector”, Per Each
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 243
The unit contract cost for “Remove Signal Head” and “Remove Traffic Video Detection
Camera” shall include all work related to salvaging and removal of existing system
components.
The Lump Sum Contract price for “Traffic Signal Revision Signage” shall be full pay for
supplying, installing, maintaining, and removing the sign and posts according to the Contract
documents, including. Supplying and installing the warning placards on each of the signal
heads identified in Detail A and Detail D of the Contract Plans.
The unit Contract prices for “Remove and Reset Signal Head” and “Remove and Reset Video
Detection Camera” shall be full pay for Work associated with the removing, transporting,
resetting, rewiring, repairing existing mounting location, and for supplying and installing all
materials and any needed mounting fixtures and wiring.
The unit Contract price for “Replace & Recycle Signal Head Modules” shall be full pay for
Work associated with removal and recycling of existing modules and supplying and installing
LED modules.
The unit Contract price for “Replace Signal Controller Cabinet” shall be full pay for Work
associated with removing existing cabinet and components from the foundation and
salvaging, supplying and installing all necessary materials including cabinet, signal controller,
MMU, other specified internal components, wiring, mounting hardware, and testing.
The unit Contract price for “Backplate Tape” shall be full pay for Work associated with
supplying the materials and installing according to the Contract Plans.
The unit Contract price for “Louvered Backplate” shall be full pay for Work associated with
supplying the materials and installing according to the Contract documents.
The unit Contract prices for “Traffic Video Detection Camera” and “Wide Angle Traffic Video
Detection Camera” shall be full pay for Work associated with supplying and installing all
necessary materials including cameras, wiring, mounting fixtures, surge suppressors, BNC
two wire adapter, fuse blocks and video cards for a complete system. Note: only one video
card is required per two traffic video cameras per intersection installed; the Wide Angle Traffic
Video Detection camera uses one Trafficam “Edge” card.
The unit Contract price for “Signal Pole Terminal Cabinet” shall be full pay for Work
associated with supplying and installing all materials and wiring according to the Contract
documents.
The unit Contract price for “Signal Head with Mount” shall be full pay for Work associated
with supplying materials (including louvered backplate with tape), wiring, mounting, and
installing according to the Contract documents; no adjustment will be made signal head type
nor for mounting type.
The unit Contract price for “Traffic Signal Controller and Smart Monitor” shall be full pay for
Work associated with supplying and installing the controller and smart monitor boards,
including wiring, and testing according to the Contract Plans.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 244
The unit contract cost for “Remove Street Light” shall include all work, materials, and labor
to remove the street light and components, and for all costs related to salvaging, when
identified.
The unit contract cost for “Induction Loop Vehicle Detector” shall include all Work associated
with installing, splicing, and testing each loop.
8-21 Permanent Signing
8-21.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Signs shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the current edition of the
Washington State Sign Fabrication Manual of the Department of Transportation, and the
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, and all provisions of Section 9-28. Code
numbers on the Plans are in reference to the Washington State Sign Fabrication manual.
Signs located in sidewalks or paved areas only shall be installed with Sono tubes. Relocated
signs shall be installed on new posts unless otherwise specified. Postholes shall allow
placement of backfill around the post.
8-21.3(4) Sign Removal
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Costs for removing existing signs shall be included in the lump sum contract price for
“Permanent Signing”.
8-21.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
“Relocate Permanent Traffic Sign and Post” shall be measured per each unit of work
completed and accepted.
“Remove Traffic Sign” and “Traffic Sign” will be measured by each sign removed or installed.
8-21.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
The unit Contract price for “Remove Traffic Sign” shall be full pay for Work associated with
the removing, salvaging, and repairing existing mounting location.
The unit Contract price for “Traffic Sign” shall be full pay for supplying and installing the sign
and mounting hardware according to the Contract Plans and these Specifications. “Relocate
Permanent Traffic Sign and Post”, Per Each
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 245
“Remove Traffic Sign”, Per Each
“Traffic Sign”, Per Each
The unit Contract price for “Remove Traffic Sign” shall be full pay for Work associated with
the removing, salvaging, and repairing existing mounting location.
The unit Contract price for “Traffic Sign” shall be full pay for supplying and installing the sign
and mounting hardware according to the Contract Plans and these Specifications.
8-22 Pavement Marking
8-22.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of intention to receive approval of the channelization
pre-mark at least 48 hours in advance.
8-23 Temporary Pavement Markings
8-23.1 Description
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Short Term Temporary Pavement Markings shall only be used when the temporary striping
is anticipated to last less than 6 months. Phasing that will require temporary alignment longer
than 6 months should install striping per Section 8-22.
8-24 Rock and Gravity Block Wall and Gabion Cribbing
8-24.2 Materials
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections of the Standard Specifications
or as noted.
Spall Backfill for Walls 9-13.1
Perforated PVC Underdrain Pipe 9-05.2(6)
Rock used for rock wall shall be sound, hard, durable, ledge rock of a uniform color and
obtained from a commercial quarry. Rock is to be free of seams, cracks, loose stratification
or other defects tending to destroy its resistance to weather. The rock shall have a density
of at least 145 pounds per cubic foot.
All two-man rocks (200-600 pounds) shall be a minimum of 12 inches in the least dimension.
All three-man rocks (600-1,000 pounds) shall be a minimum of 18 inches in the least
dimension.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 246
8-24.3 Construction Requirements
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The rock wall shall be constructed one course at a time. Rock selection and placement shall
be such that at least 80% of the exposed face of the wall is rock.
Each horizontal row of rocks shall be seated and bedded by placing the specified backfill
behind the rock to provide a stable condition for the entire wall. Each rock shall be keyed
into adjacent rocks by utilizing the natural irregular shapes of the rocks. Voids larger than 2
inches shall be filled by wedging smaller rock of the same quality into the voids until the
maximum remaining void is 2 inches or less.
8-24.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
“Rock Wall” will be measured by the length and height of finished wall surface including that
portion of the “Rock Wall” toed into existing ground.
8-24.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Rock Wall”, Per Square Foot
The unit contract price for “Rock Wall” shall include all costs for excavation, backfill,
underdrain pipe installation, and rock placement. Piping and connection to storm sewer
system, if required, shall also be included in the unit price for “Rock Wall,” unless otherwise
specified.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 8 with the following new section including subsections:
8-30 Wood Fence and Gates
8-30.1 Description
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This work shall consist of installing new “Wood Fence” and “Wood Gate” where shown and
as detailed on the Plans.
8-30.2 Construction Requirements
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
All work shall be in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 6-04, 8-11, 8-12, 9-
06, 9-09, and 9-16 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
All lumber shall be Douglas Fir Surfaced four side (S4S), Number 1 Structural per Western
Lumber Grading Rules unless otherwise noted. All lumber shall be pressure treated with
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 247
ChemoniteTM or approved equivalent per AWPB-LP22. Fencing boards shall be tight knot
western red cedar, Number 2 or better.
Metal fabrications, fasteners and hardware shall be in accordance with Section 9-06.22 of
Standard Specifications.
Nail fasteners shall be galvanized standard wire nails.
Concrete shall be Cement Concrete Class 3000 in accordance with Section of 6-02 of the
Standard Specifications.
8-30.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
“Wood Fence” shall be measured per linear foot of work completed and accepted.
“Wood Gate” shall be measured per each unit of work completed and accepted.
8-30.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Wood Fence”, Per Linear Foot
“Wood Gate”, Per Each
The unit contract price shown in the proposal for “Wood Fence” shall be full pay for labor,
tools, materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work, complete.
The unit contract price shown in the proposal for “Wood Gate” shall be full pay for labor, tools,
materials, and equipment necessary to perform the work, complete.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 8 with the following new section including subsection:
8-32 Fiber Optic Communications
8-32.1 Description
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
The work specified in this section shall include the furnishing and installation of fiber optic
cables, splices, splice enclosures, custom labels patch panels and associated components
in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall provide materials, equipment, labor and the expertise required for the
underground installation of fiber optic cables as components of the ITS network. Fiber optic
communications materials shall be per Section 9-29.3.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 248
8-32.2 Construction Requirements
8-32.2(1) Contractor Qualifications
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Installation and testing of fiber optic communications is a specialized trade that requires
specific skills that can only be gained by experience. The City has determined that the
successful completion of the fiber optic communications work specified in the Contract
Documents require that the Contractor or its subcontractor, whichever shall be completing
the fiber optic communications work, meet the following minimum qualification requirements:
5-years’ experience installing fiber optic systems, including cable and splices, and fiber optic
systems of similar type and size to those specified in the Contract Documents, ability to
provide three (3), non-City of Auburn, public agency references that can provide verification
of the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s experience and confirm that the Contractor or
subcontractor successfully completed the installation and testing of fiber optic systems of
similar type and size to those specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor or its
subcontractor will not be allowed to begin work on fiber optic communications until the City
has verified that the Contractor or its subcontractor satisfies these qualifications
requirements.
8-32.2(2) Quality Assurance
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
All work described in this section shall meet or exceed the applicable provisions of the
following documents:
1. ANSI/EIA/TIA-455, Standard Test Procedures for Fiber Optic Fibers, Cables,
Transducers, Connecting and Terminating Devices, and Other Fiber Optic
Components.
2. ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7, Measurement of Optical Power loss of Installed Single-Mode
Fiber Cable Plant.
3. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard
4. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication
Pathways and Spaces.
5. ANSI/TIA/EIA-598, Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding.
6. ANSI/TIA/EIA-607, Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications.
7. ANSI/TIA/EIA-758, Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling
Standard.
8. BICSI: BICSI Telecommunications Cabling Installation Manual
(TCIM).
9. BICSI: BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual.
10. BISCI: BICSI Customer-Owned Outside Plant Design Manual.
8-32.2(3) Fiber Optic Cable Installation
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Fiber optic cables shall be installed in continuous lengths without intermediate splices
throughout the entire project, except at the location(s) specified in the Plans. The cable
installation personnel shall be familiar with the cable manufacturer’s recommended
procedures including but not limited to the following:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 249
1. Proper attachment to the cable strength elements for pulling during installation.
2. Cable tensile limitations and the tension monitoring procedure.
3. Cable bending radius limitations.
The Contractor shall comply with the cable manufacturer’s specifications.
To accommodate long continuous installation lengths, bi-directional pulling of the fiber optic
cable is approved and shall be implemented as follows:
From the midpoint, pull the fiber optic cable into the conduit from the shipping reel. When
this portion of the pull is complete, the remainder of the cable must be removed from the reel
to make the inside end available for pulling in the opposite direction. This is accomplished
by hand pulling the cable from the reel and laying into large figure eight loops on the ground.
The purpose of the figure eight pattern is to avoid cable tangling and kinking. The loops must
be laid carefully one upon the other (to prevent subsequent tangling) and must be in a
protected area. The inside reel end of the cable is then available for installation. In some
cases, it may be necessary to set up the winch at an intermediate cable vault. The required
length of cable is pulled to that point, and brought out of the cable vault and coiled into a
figure eight. The figure eight is then turned over to gain access to the free cable end which
can then be reinserted into the duct system for installation into the next section.
Installation shall involve the placement of the fiber optic cables in a specified innerduct or
conduit as defined in the Plans. The Contractor shall ensure that innerducts are secured to
prevent movement during the cable installation.
Prior to pulling fiber optic cables through existing conduits, the Contractor shall verify that the
conduits are clear of any debris and that the conduits have enough room to accommodate
the new fiber and any existing conductors (where present and not specified for removal).
Where noted on the Plans, the Contractor shall remove the existing copper interconnect
cable prior to installing the new fiber optic cable.
The pulling eye/sheath termination hardware on the fiber optic cables shall not be pulled over
any sheaves.
When power equipment is used to install the fiber optic cables, it must be designed to be
used with fiber optic cable. Low speeds shall be used, not to exceed 100 feet per minute.
The equipment must show the rate of pull, tension and automatically shut down if any cable
pulling parameters are exceeded. The tensile and bending limitation for fiber optic cables
shall not be exceeded under any circumstances. The use of large diameter wheels, pulling
sheaves, and cable guides shall be used to maintain the appropriate bending radius. Tension
monitoring shall be accomplished using commercial dynamometers or load-cell instruments.
8-32.2(4) Fiber Optic Cable Splicing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
This section describes minimum requirements for splicing and connecting of the specified
fiber optic cables. Field splices for mainline to lateral cables and for end-to-end mainline
cables shall be located as shown in the Plans. No additional splices shall be allowed without
the approval of the Engineer
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 250
All fusion splicing equipment shall be in good working order, properly calibrated, and meet
all industry standards and safety regulations. Cable preparation, closure installation, and
splicing shall be accomplished in accordance with accepted and approved industry
standards.
Upon completion of the splicing operation, all waste material shall be deposited in suitable
containers, removed from the job-site, and disposed of in an environmentally acceptable
manner.
The Contractor shall use the fusion method with local injection and detection for all fiber optic
splicing.
The average splice loss of each fiber shall be 0.10 dB or less. The average splice loss is
defined as the summation of the attenuation as measured in both directions through the
fusion splice, divided in half.
No individual splice loss measured in a single direction shall exceed 0.15 dB.
The Contractor shall seal all cables where the cable jacket is removed. The cable shall be
sealed per the cable manufacturer’s recommendation with an approved blocking material.
All below ground splices shall be contained in re-enterable waterproof splice enclosures.
All splices shall be contained in splice trays utilizing strain relief, such as heat shrink wraps ,
as recommended by the splice tray manufacturer.
Upon sealing the splice closure, the Contractor shall show that the closure maintains 100 psi
of pressure for a 24-hour period.
At all fiber optic splice locations, the Contractor shall neatly coil and secure a slack loop of
fiber optic cable in a manner that is consistent with optical fiber specifications, including
minimum bend radius.
8-32.2(5) Fiber Optic Cable Labeling
(December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Permanent cable labels shall be used to identify fibers and patch cords at each termination
point. The cable labels shall consist of white colored heat shrink wraps with identification
showing the cable segment, and the far end of the cable. The cable shall be labeled with
non-fading permanent ink. Fiber Optic Cable shall have custom City of Auburn labels in
Vaults and at aerial attachment points.
8-32.2(6) Fiber Optic Cable Racking in Cable Vaults
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
After the cables are installed and spliced, cables, and innerducts shall be racked with spare
conduits and innerducts sealed. Since there is substantial risk of damage to optical fibers by
careless handling of the cables, much care shall be exercised, especially with regard to
observing the minimum bending limitations. Cables shall be racked in vertical figure eight
loops, which shall permit pulling slack from the vault without introducing twist to the cable.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 251
Lateral cables shall be placed behind the main cables when changing levels. Cables or
innerducts shall be secured in racked position with outdoor rated cable ties.
City of Auburn identification/warning tags shall be securely attached to the cables or
innerducts in at least two locations in each cable vault or pull box and once in every J-box
passed through. The Identification Tag shall be a custom orange label saying “COA Fiber
Optic Cable, If Damaged Call 911” and label origin and destination of the fiber identified.
All coiled cable shall be suitably protected to prevent damage to the cable and fibers.
Racking shall include securing cables or innerducts to brackets (racking hardware) that
extend from the side walls of the cable vault or pull box. The Contractor shall provide all
required brackets and other racking hardware required for the fiber optic cable racking
operations as specified. All racking hardware shall be stainless steel.
8-32.2(7) Fiber Optic Patch Panels
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
A fiber optic patch panel shall be installed in every signal controller cabinet where a new fiber
optic connection is shown in the Plans per Section 9-29.13.
The patch panel shall be attached to Contractor supplied ¼-inch aluminum plate attached to
the signal side rails with spring nuts.
8-32.2(8) Fiber Optic Splice Case
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Splice enclosures shall be supplied and installed where shown the Plans that specify
installation of a new fiber optic connection in a Vault or Pull box per Section 9.29.3(1)A.
The SCF splice closures shall be available in canister (butt) and in-line styles to fit most
applications. All end-caps feature two express ports for uncut feeder cables. QUICK-SEAL™
Mechanical Seal drop ports shall be utilized because they allow for rapid and easy installation
during initial build or future expansions.
The Splice Closure Housing shall be non-metallic. It shall be resistant to solvents, stress
cracking and creep. The housing materials shall also be compatible with chemicals and other
materials to which they might be exposed in normal applications. The optical fiber closure
shall be capable of accepting any optical fiber cable commonly used in interoffice, outside
plant and building entrance facilities. As an option, the ability to double the cable capacity of
an installed canister splice closure by use of a kit shall be available. Such a conversion shall
not disturb existing cables or splices.
Encapsulation shall not be required to resist water penetration. The splice closure shall be
re-enterable. The closure end-cap shall be capable of accepting additional cables without
removal of the sheath retention or strength-member-clamping hardware on previously
installed cables or disturbing existing splices. The optical fiber splice closure shall provide a
clamping mechanism to prevent pistoning of the central member or strength members and
to prevent cable sheath slip or pullout. The splice closure shall have appropriate hardware
and installation procedures to facilitate the bonding and grounding of metal components in
the closure and the armored cable sheath. The cable bonding hardware shall be able to
accommodate a copper conductor equivalent to or larger than 6 AWG.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 252
8-32.3 Fiber Optic Cable Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall provide certified documentation or test results that demonstrate that all
fiber optic cables meet the specified optical and mechanical performance criteria before and
after installation.
Upon completion of the fiber optic cable installation (and splicing) the Contractor shall
perform testing specified herein. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a minimum
of 7 calendar days prior notice of the start of testing. The installed optical fiber cable shall
comply with the transmission requirements of this specification, the cable and hardware
manufacturer’s specifications, and prescribed industry standards and practices.
All backbone and horizontal cabling, which is terminated by the contractor, shall be tested to
applicable EIA/TIA Standards.
Upon completion of the tests all fiber optic cable coils shall be secured with ends capped to
prevent intrusion of dirt and water.
8-32.3(1) Insertion Loss Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Insertion loss testing shall be used to measure end-to-end attenuation on each new fiber
installed between a field device and the City control facility.
The insertion loss for each mated fiber optic connector pair shall be 0.75 dB Reflectance
for single-mode single fiber UPC cable assemblies shall be -55 dB Mated connector pair
loss testing shall be based on one unidirectional optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR)
inspection in accordance with the OTDR operating manual for systems greater than 300 feet.
In addition to connector insertion loss for each mated pair, the contractor shall perform end-
to-end insertion loss testing for each multimode fiber at 850 nm and 1300 nm from one
direction for each terminated fiber span in accordance with EIA/TIA-526-14A (OFSTP 14)
and single-mode fibers at 1310 nm and 1550 nm from one direction for each terminated fiber
span in accordance with TIA/EIA-526-7 (OFSTP 7). For spans greater than 300 feet, each
tested span must test to a value less than or equal to the value determined by calculating a
link loss budget. For horizontal spans less than or equal to 300 feet, each tested span must
be < 2.0 dB.
The Contractor shall inspect each terminated multimode fiber span for continuity and
anomalies with an OTDR at 1300 nm from one direction in accordance with the OTDR
operating manual for systems greater than 300 feet. The Contractor shall inspect each
terminated single-mode fiber span for continuity and anomalies with an OTDR at 1550 nm
from one direction in accordance with OTDR operating manual for systems greater than 300
feet.
Prior to commencing testing, the Contractor shall submit the manufacturer and model number
of the test equipment along with certification that it has been calibrated within 6 months of
the proposed test dates.
The following information shall be documented for each fiber test measurement:
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 253
• Wavelength
• Fiber type
• Cable, tube and fiber IDs
• Near end and far end test locations
• End-to-End Insertion Loss Data
• Individual Splice Loss Data
• Date, time, and operator
8-32.3(2) Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (Otdr) Testing
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
A recording optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) shall be utilized to test for end-to-end
continuity and attenuation of each optical fiber. The OTDR shall be equipped with a 1,310
nm and 1,550 nm light source for single-mode optical fibers. The OTDR shall have an X-Y
plotter to provide a hard copy record of each test measurement.
The OTDR shall be equipped with sufficient internal masking to allow the entire cable section
to be tested. This may be achieved by using an optical fiber pigtail of sufficient length to
display the required cable section, or by using an OTDR with sufficient normalization to
display the required cable section. A hard copy X-Y plot shall be provided for all fiber optic
attenuation tests.
Prior to commencing testing, the Contractor shall submit the manufacturer and model number
of the OTDR test unit along with certification that it has been calibrated within 6 months of
the proposed test dates.
Each new mainline and lateral fiber shall be tested in both directions at the 1310 and 1550
nanometer wavelengths. Existing mainline and lateral fibers that are spliced to or re-spliced
as part of this contract shall also be tested in both directions and at both wavelengths. Splices
to existing fibers shall also be measured and recorded.
The following information shall be documented for each fiber test measurement:
X-Y plot scaled for fiber length
Wavelength
Refraction index
Fiber type
Averaging time
Pulse width
Cable and fiber IDs
Near end and far end test locations
Date, time, and operator
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 254
Event table that includes: event ID, type, location, loss, and reflection.
8-32.3(3) Fiber Cable Testing Documentation
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit the fiber test results to the Engineer for approval per Section 9-
38. 1 licensed copy if the OTDR manufacturers software shall be provided to the City of
Auburn at the time the fiber test results are provided, for viewing and printing the OTDR
results. The Contractor shall take corrective actions on portions of the fiber installation
determined to be out of compliance with these specifications.
The following information shall be included in each test result submittal:
1. Contract number, contract name, contractor name and address.
2. Dates of cable manufacture, installation, and testing.
3. Manufacturer’s test results of the cable as shipped.
4. Location of all splices.
5. OTDR test results.
6. End-to-End Insertion Loss Data.
7. Individual Splice Loss Data.
8. Connector Insertion Loss Data
9. “As Installed” Diagram
8-32.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
“Fiber Optic Cable – ____ Strand SMFO” will be measured by the lineal foot of cable installed
and accepted, including slack storage.
“Fiber Optic Patch Panel” will be measured per each unit installed and accepted.
“Fiber Optic Splice Case” will be measured per each splice case installed and accepted.
8-32.5 Payment
(City Contracts, August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following bid items
that are included in the proposal:
“Fiber Optic Cable – _________ Strand SMFO”, Per Lineal Foot
“Fiber Optic Splice Case”, Per Each
“Fiber Optic Patch Panel”, Per Each
The unit bid item prices per each for splice cases and patch panels shall be full pay to furnish,
install, and test the specified equipment.
The bid item prices for “Fiber Optic Cable – ______ Strand SMFO” shall include, but not be
limited to, all costs for the following:
• Furnishing, installing and testing the fiber optic cable.
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 255
• Furnishing and installing racking hardware in existing and proposed pull boxes and
vaults for fiber optic cable where the Plans specify slack storage.
• Pulling fiber through vaults and junction boxes
• Removing existing fiber messenger cable from aerial attachments and from conduits
and junction boxes for the installation of fiber optic cable as indicated in the Plans.
• Protecting and preserving existing conductors as indicated in the Plans and as
required to maintain the existing signal and ITS system functions,
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 8 with the following new section including subsections:
8-33 Bollards ………………………
8-33.1 Description
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This work consists of building, furnishing, and installing bollards where shown on the Plans
and as detailed in the Standard Detail(s).
8-33.2 Materials
Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
Timber and Lumber Section 6-04 and 9-09
Structural Steel and Related Material Section 9-06
8-33.4 Measurement
(City Contracts, January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
“Removable Bollard” and “Fixed Bollard” shall be measured per each bollard installed and
accepted.
8-33.5 Payment
(City Contracts, April 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal:
“Removable Bollard”, Per Each
“Fixed Bollard”, Per Each
The Unit contract price per each for “Removable Bollard” and “Fixed Bollard” shall be full pay
for all labor, tools, equipment and materials required to furnish and install each bollard.
END OF DIVISION 8
DIVISION 8: MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 256
This page intentionally left blank.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 257
DIVISION 9 Materials
9-05 Drainage Structures and Culverts
9-05.7 Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
9-05.7(1) Plain Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Concrete storm drainpipe shall conform to ASTM C14 Class 3.
9-05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Reinforced concrete storm drainpipe shall conform to ASTM C76, Class IV.
9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
9-05.12(1) Solid Wall PVC Culvert Pipe, Solid Wall PVC Storm Pipe, And Solid Wall
PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Revise the first sentence of the second paragraph to the following:
Solid wall PVC pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034 for the class or SDR of pipe
specified.
9-05.13 Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete the first sentence of the last paragraph and replace it with the following:
All fittings shall be ductile. All joints including fittings shall be push-on rubber gasket joints.
Mechanical joints shall not be used.
9-14 Erosion Control and Roadside Planting
9-14.2 Topsoil
9-14.2(1) Topsoil Type A
(July 2022, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The topsoil shall be a loamy sandy loam textural class as determined by the U.S. Department
of Agriculture Classification System, free from materials toxic to plant growth, noxious weed
seeds, rhizomes, roots, subsoil, and debris. Depths of topsoil placement shall be as shown
in the plans. Where no depths are identified in the plans, the contractor shall furnish sufficient
quantities of topsoil for placement in all seeding areas (4 inch depth topsoil) and planting
areas (6 inch depth topsoil) and for tree and shrub planting soil requirements, plus a reserve
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 258
quantity for restoring additional areas outside designated planting and seeding areas that are
disturbed by the Contractor’s activities.
9-14.2(3) Topsoil Type C
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Small tree/brush stumps and roots shall be removed and topsoil shall contain no more than
two percent (2%) aggregate by weight remaining on a ½ inch sieve.
9-14.5 Mulch and Amendments
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Specific topsoil amendment and fertilizer specification for the plant types specified on the
Plans shall be as per a certified soils laboratory recommendations from, representative
topsoil samples furnished by the Contractor to the approved Soils Laboratory.
9-14.5(3) Bark or Wood Chips
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Contractor shall submit sample of the bark or wood chips for approval before delivery to
the job site. Bark shall be free from weed seeds, sawdust and splinters, and shall not contain
wood fiber or other compounds detrimental to plant life. Source shall be from freshwater mill.
9-14.6(1) Polyacrylamide (PAM)
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
PAM will only be used upon approval of the Engineer.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-14.7 Plant Materials
9-14.7(5) Tagging
All plant material except groundcover shall be legibly tagged. Tagging may be by species or
variety with minimum of one tag per 10 trees or shrubs.
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-14.7(6) Inspection
Samples may be submitted to the Engineer for approval as to size, grade, and overall
specifications.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 259
9-15 Irrigation System
9-15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The triple-swing joint assembly shall be constructed as detailed with Schedule 80 PVC
nipples and “Marlex” street ells as manufactured by “LASCO Fluid Distribution Products” or
approved equivalent.
9-15.3 Automatic Controllers
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Controller shall be Weathermatic Valcon SL Series Controller with Remote Control
Technology “FLM” Series Connector installed at controller for remote control operation from
the City of Auburn central control station.
The automatic controller electrical enclosure shall be a Metered Cold Rolled Steel Vandal
Resistant enclosure #SB-24CR/120V with CSA controller subassembly. Enclosure shall be
installed on a concrete base and shall be prime-coated and painted with baked enamel finish;
dark green color as selected by the Engineer as manufactured by “V.I.T. Product, Inc.” or
approved equivalent.
9-15.5 Valve Boxes
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Install a gravel sump at the bottom of each valve box.
The automatic control boxes shall be Model No. 1320 valve box with locking cover, and
extensions as required as manufactured by “Carson Industries, Inc.” or approved equivalent.
9-15.6 Gate Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The gate valve boxes shall be 5 and ¼ inch Roadway Valve Box #111129-03 with cast iron
“Water” cover #111026 as manufactured by “Ametek” or approved equivalent.
9-15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Automatic control valves shall be Weathermatic 8200CR brass valves capable of
communicating with the controller. Size as noted on drawing.
9-15.8 Quick Coupling Equipment
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 260
The quick coupler valves shall be Buckner QB5LRC10 quick coupling valves with RC25001
valve keys or approved equivalent. Quick coupler valves shall be installed at the point of
connection at the end of the main line, and at each cluster of automatic control valves.
The quick coupling valve boxes shall be Model 910-12B 10-inch Round Valve Box with
locking green top extensions as manufactured by “Carson Industries, Inc.” or approved
equivalent.
9-15.9 Drain Valves
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Drain valves shall be 1 inch diameter.
The drain valve box shall be 5 and ¼ inch Roadway Valve Box #111129-03 with cast iron
“Water” cover #111026 as manufactured by “Amtek” or approved equivalent.
9-15.11 Cross Connection Control Devices
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The Double check valve assembly shall be a Febco 850 or approved equivalent sized to
match the irrigation meter size and be approved by the State of Washington Dept of Health.
The Double-Check Valve Backflow Assembly Vault for ¾ inch to 2 inch assemblies shall be
a Carson molded box, or approved equivalent, and for assemblies larger than 2 inch a No.
25-TA Concrete Vault with Locking Metal Cover as manufactured by PIPE, Incorporated or
approved equivalent.
9-15.17 Electrical Wire and Splices
(January 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Electrical wire shall be #14 UF wire. Utilize direct bury underground splice kits. Do not splice
or connect wires outside of valve boxes. Coil 3 feet length of wire at each connection.
Provide 4 extra valve wires (yellow) routed from the controller through each valve box to the
farthest valve.
9-15.18 Detectable Marking Tape
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Detectable marking tape shall be 3-inch wide detectable tape on main lines only.
9-29 Illumination, Signal, Electrical
9-29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, Outerduct
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 261
Traffic Signal, ITS, and Street light conduit shall be Schedule 80 PVC-ASTM D1785 and as
shown on the Plans.
9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
(September 3, 2019, WSDOT GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Slip-Resistant Surfacing for Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
Where slip-resistant junction boxes, cable vaults, or pull boxes are required, each box or
vault shall have slip-resistant surfacing material applied to the steel lid and frame of the box
or vault. Where the exposed portion of the frame is ½ inch wide or less, slip-resistant
surfacing material may be omitted from that portion of the frame.
Slip-resistant surfacing material shall be identified with a permanent marking on the
underside of each box or vault lid where it is applied. The permanent marking shall be formed
with a mild steel weld bead, with a line thickness of at least 1/8 inch. The marking shall include
a two-character identification code for the type of material used and the year of manufacture
or application. The following materials are approved for application as slip-resistant material,
and shall use the associated identification codes:
1. Harsco Industrial IKG, Mebac #1 - Steel: M1
2. W. S. Molnar Co., SlipNOT Grade 3 – Coarse: S3
3. Thermion, SafTrax TH604 Grade #1 – Coarse: T1
9-29.3 Fiber Optic Cable, Electrical Conductors, and Cable
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Illumination
Wire conductors for underground feeder runs and for circuitry from the in-line fuse in the
poles to the junction box shall be 600 volts (minimum rated at 75 degree C) # 8 AWG single
conductor stranded-copper, U.S.E. insulated, in accordance with the Insulated Power Cable
Engineer's Association Specifications. SPEC 2150.
Wire conductors inside the pole from the ballast to the in-line fuse, shall be 600 volt, pole and
bracket cable, 2 conductor, stranded-copper No. 10, Type HMW grade or better. Conductor
insulation shall consist of a 45-mil polyvinyl chloride with a 95-mil polyethylene jacket.
Single conductors for street lighting shall be stranded copper with insulation conforming to
USE 600 volt minimum rated at 75 degree C and shall be color-coded in a consistent manner
throughout the project.
A three-wire electrical service shall be used at 120/240 volts. The contractor shall have the
service inspected by the Department of Labor and Industry and coordinated with the Power
Company to have the service installed.
Overhead electrical service, when allowed, shall be brought to the load center through a
conduit riser with a weather head on the service pole.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 262
Traffic Signals
1. Loop Lead-In Cable shall be #14 AWG and Pedestrian Push Button cable shall be,
#14 AWG, two conductor stranded copper, twisted approximately two turns per foot. The
conductors shall be covered with a foil shield and protected with an outer jacket. The cable
shall conform to IMSA Spec. No. 50-2.
2. Detector Loop Wire (sawcut) shall be No. 14 AWG class B stranded copper
wire with cross-linked polyethylene type USE insulation and conform to IMSA
Spec. 51-3.
3. The detector lead-in cable for Emergency Vehicle Preemption (EVP) shall be
3M OPTICOM Model 138 shielded detector cable or approved equivalent. No splicing
will be allowed between the detector and the controller cabinet.
4. Signal Interconnect Cable shall be copper or fiber as shown in the Plans. For
Copper the traffic signal interconnect system shall conform to REA Spec. PE-38 (self-
supporting combination signal cable and messenger cable) or PE-39 for
underground. The signal cable shall consist of 12 pair No. 19 AWG conductors. For
fiber optic cable, the cable shall be single mode all dielectric gel free loose tube single
mode fiber optic with a minimum of 48 count.
5. Traffic Video Detection Camera Cable shall be a parallel construction of one
PVC-jacketed RG 59/U (Coaxial) and one PVC-jacketed five conductor (Power) 18
AWG cable under an oval black flame retardant polyvinyl chloride jacket meeting the
requirements of the video detection system manufacturer’s recommendations.
Video camera cable shall meet the following requirements, or approved equivalent
meeting the requirements of the video detection system manufacturer’s
recommendations:
RG 59/U (Coaxial)
Conductor: 20 AWG solid bare copper 0.032.
Dielectric: 0.054 wall of gas injected foamed polyethelene to
0.140 nom.
Braid: 36 AWG bare copper with 95% coverage. Pull in
aluminum/polyester tape under braid.
Jacket: 0.035 wall black 75 degrees C polyvinyl chloride to
0.232 nom.
18 AWG Cable (Power)
Conductor: 5-18 AWG bare copper 0.048.
Insulation: 0.012 wall polyvinyl chloride per the color code to 0.072 nom.
Cabling: Five 18 AWG conductors cabled together in a 3¼ left hand lay
to a nom. diameter of 0.194.
Jacket: 0.025 wall black 75 degrees C polyvinyl chloride to
0.244 nom.
Color Code: White, Red, Black, Brown, Blue.
Rating: Multi-conductor leg is rated at 600V.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 263
9-29.3(1)A Singlemode Fiber Optic Cable
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All fiber optic cable shall be ALTOS All-Dielectric Gel Free Cables by Corning, or approved
equivalent, per the following schedule:
Fiber Count Nominal Cable Weight Minimum Installed Bend Radius
(Ib/1000ft) (in)
12 49 4.1
48 49 4.1
288 131 7.2
All optical fibers shall be identifiable by standard color codes as defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-
598.
Fiber optic cable shall be tested according to Section 8-31.3.
Splice cases shall be Corning, Tyco or approved equivalent.
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(1)A Lighting & Signal Standards & Davit Arms
Lighting Standards
Lighting standards shall be aluminum, davit-style units in accordance with Section 9-29.6 of
the Standard Specifications and these special provisions.
Mounting heights for light fixtures shall be as noted on the Plans.
Lighting standards shall have 2 through-bolts where the davit arm intersects the pole in
accordance with the applicable City of Auburn Standard Details. All poles to be furnished
shall maintain a minimum safety factor of 4.28 on yield strength of weight load and 2.33 for
basic wind pressure. All materials shall be natural polished aluminum color.
A grounding nut or provision in the handhole frame for accommodating a threaded bolt for
the purpose of attaching a grounding connector shall be provided on the inside of the shaft.
After fabrication, the handhole shall have the mechanical strength of not less than the temper
of the material utilized for the manufacturer of the pole.
All bolts (not including Anchor Bolts), nuts, screws, and washers, shall be stainless steel,
unless designated otherwise.
VMS Support Structure
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 264
VMS Support structure shall meet the above stated criteria for traffic signal standards and
the dimensions and details included in the plans.
The following loads shall be used for design of the VMS sign pole and mast arm structure:
dead loads shall consist of the weight of the sign times a safety factor of two; wind loads shall
be taken as 30 PSF for the sign and 24 PSF for the supporting structure and, (including the
effect of gust and shape factors), on the greatest area of signs and structure in any elevation
view; live load may be omitted.
Signal Standard
A signal standard shall consist of the following components: a round tapered steel vertical
pole shaft, a round tapered horizontal mast arm, a davit style luminaire arm attachment,
anchor bolts with nuts, washers and all associated hardware.
The pole shaft and signal mast arm shall not vary in roundness more than 1/16 inch in straight
sections.
Longitudinal seam welds shall have full penetration for not less than 60% of their full length.
Butt welds in the shafts shall have back-up rings and full penetration for 100% of the
circumference. All welds shall be deburred.
Materials, construction and assembly techniques shall be as specified on the Standard Plans
and as shown in the Plans. All materials shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in
accordance with ASTM A-123.
Design shall be in accordance with the requirements of the 2011 AASHTO Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals and
the values on the Detail Sheet as shown in the Plans. Sizes on the Detail Sheet as shown
in the Plans shall govern in differences between the Standard Plan and the Detail Sheet as
shown in the Plans.
The following loads shall be used: dead loads shall consist of the weight of the signals and
signs times a safety factor of two; wind loads shall be taken as 30 PSF for the signals and
signs and 24 PSF for the supporting structure, (including the effect of gust and shape factors),
on the greatest area of signals, signs and structure in any elevation view; live load may be
omitted.
Complete calculations for structural design shall be submitted with the shop drawings for
approval before fabrication or ordering material. These calculations shall include the
stresses in the pole and cantilever arms, the attachment of the signals and signs to the
structure, the connection between the cantilever arms and vertical pole, pole section at
handhole, base plate, anchor bolts and foundations.
Pole Shaft
The round tapered pole shaft shall be made of one-ply, hot-rolled basic open-hearth steel.
Structural steel having a minimum yield point of 33,000 psi or more shall be used for all
structural parts and shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A-123.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 265
A flange plate shall be attached to the vertical pole shaft for the purpose of mounting the
mast arm. The flange plate shall be supported by side plates tangent to the shaft and gusset
plates on top and bottom. A 3-inch wire way hole shall be provided (matching the wire way
hole in the mast arm flange plate). Four holes for mounting the mast arm shall be drilled and
tapped for high tensile bolts.
A 7” x 21” Internal Terminal Cabinet shall be constructed integral to the pole with a stainless
steel hinged door and a best slam lock. It shall be no lower than 4 ft 6” from the ground. A 4-
inch x 6½ inch reinforced hand hole frame and rain-tight cover with tamper resistant screws
shall be provided. The frame shall be welded into the shaft 18 inch above the base plate on
the opposite side of the mast arm attachment. A grounding nut or provision for
accommodating a threaded bolt or stud shall be provided in the frame.
A second hand hole shall be provided and welded into the shaft directly opposite the mast
arm mounting plate. A J-hook wire support shall be provided inside the pole shaft between
the frame and mast arm mounting plate.
Vehicle Signal Mast Arm
The vehicle signal mast arm shall be sized as shown on the Plans.
End caps shall be supplied and be weather tight and all unused tenons or holes shall be
plugged and sealed.
A mast arm flange plate matching the pole shaft flange plate shall be welded to the mast arm
base segment. The flange plate shall have a hole cut in the center equal to the outside
diameter of the mast arm base.
The flange plate shall be welded to the mast arm by two continuous arc welds, one on the
outside and the other on the inside. The outside weld shall be on top face of the flange plate.
The inside weld shall be in the gap between the bottom face of the mast arm and the inside
face of the flange hole.
Four holes for high tensile bolts shall be drilled in the flange plate matching the four tapped
holes in the pole shaft mast arm mounting flange plate.
For the purpose of mounting the traffic signal displays, 2 inch couplings shall be welded to
the mast arm extension segment at the locations specified on the Detail Sheet as shown in
the Plans. A ½ inch diameter hole shall be drilled in each coupling to allow for the thru-bolt.
Signal Pole Anchor Base
Four holes sized to receive the anchor bolts shall be drilled in the base. Slotted holes ¼ inch
larger than the anchor bolt shall be permitted. Minimum bolt circle pattern shall be as
specified in the Plans.
Four high-strength anchor bolts A307 shall be furnished with each pole. Each anchor bolt
shall have an “L” bend at the bottom end or multiple anchor plates per the manufacturers
recommendation, and shall have 7-inch minimum thread on top. Anchor bolt dimensions
shall be per Detail Sheet as shown in the Plans or per Manufacturer's recommendations
whichever is larger. All anchor bolts shall be furnished with 2 heavy hex nuts, two standard
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 266
washers, bolt covers and provisions for mounting with stainless steel screws. Threaded ends
of bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123.
The anchor bolts shall be capable of resisting at yield strength stress the bending moment of
this shaft at its yield strength stress.
Luminaire Attachment
Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans all traffic signal poles shall be equipped with davit
style luminaire arms as shown in the Plans. The davit style arm shall be secured to the top
of the pole shaft using a cone reducer providing a flush, smooth transition. From the cone
reducer the luminaire shaft shall be continuously tapered at the same rate as the pole shaft
while incorporating a 5-foot, 9-inch radius bend at the end. A pipe tenon of the diameter and
length specified for the luminaire shall be provided in the end of the davit arm. The tenon
shall be two degrees above level. Luminaires shall be adjusted to be parallel to the roadway
and shall follow the slope of the roadway on inclines/hills.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(1)B Wrapping
The aluminum pole shaft and bracket arm assembly shall be entirely wrapped with a heavy,
water-resistant paper for protection during shipment. Any marks or stain resulting from
wrapping materials shall be cause for rejection. Scratching, marking, denting, or other
damage to poles and fittings at the point of delivery shall also be cause for rejection.
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.6(2)A Anchor Bases
A one-piece anchor base of adequate strength, shape, and size shall be secured to the lower
end of the shaft so that the base shall be capable of resisting the bending movement of the
shaft at its yield-strength stress. The base shall be provided with 4 slotted or round holes to
receive the anchor bolts. Bolt covers shall be provided with each pole. Base plates for Type
II signal poles shall not exceed 18 ½ inches square.
9-29.6(4) Welding
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All welds shall be deburred.
9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Four high-strength steel anchor bolts shall be furnished with the poles. Threaded ends and
all nuts and washers shall be hot-dipped galvanized. The anchor bolts shall be capable of
resisting at yield-strength stress the bending movement of the shaft at its yield-strength
stress.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 267
9-29.7 Luminaire Fusing & Electrical Connections at Light Standard
Bases, Cantilever Bases and Sign Bridge Bases
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Fuses shall be Bussmann Slow Blow or approved equivalent.
Fuse connector kits shall be SEC Model 1791-SF (2 each) or approved equivalent.
Connector kits to connect luminaires to the system in the junction box shall be SEC Model
1791-DP, or approved equivalent.
9-29.9 Ballast, Transformers
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The luminaire shall contain an integral high-power factor-regulator ballast suitable for 240-
volt operation with a 10% voltage variation. The ballast shall be prewired to the lamp socket
and terminal board, requiring only connection of the power supply leads to the terminal board.
9-29.10 Luminaires
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The LED Street Light Shall meet the following specifications:
Housing
Luminaire housing shall be die cast aluminum with integral cooling fins universal four-bolt slip
fitter for mounting to 11/4 ” to 2” (15/8” to 23/8” O.D.) diameter mast arm. Housing must be
similar shape to traditional cobra head. Housing meets ANSI C136.31-2001 and CalTrans
611 vibration standards. Conductors from power supply to terminal block and LED board
must be spliced with quick style electrical disconnects Photocontrol receptacle is standard
for ANSI C136.41-2013, 7-pin, photocell by others. Fixture must be capable of using a 7-pin
photocell with field adjustable drive current. Photocontrol shall be rotatable without tools.
Housing shall have a leveling bubble for adjusting the head.
Light Emitting Diodes
Hi-flux/Hi-power white LEDs shall produce a minimum of 90% of initial intensity at 100,000
hours of life at 700mA, TM-21 Calculator required. LEDs shall be tested in accordance with
IESNA LM-80 testing procedures. They shall have a mean correlated color temperature of
4000K (standard) ± 300K and a minimum CRI >70.
Optical Systems
Micro-lens optical systems shall produce IESNA Type 2, and 3 distributions. Fixture shall not
use acrylic or plastic secondary exterior lens over the LEDs. Emitters shall be of single LED
per die design. Luminaire shall be classified as “full-cutoff” and produce 0% total lumens
above 90⁰ with a BUG rating of U-0.
Electrical
The Driver shall be dimmable. The power supply shall have a minimum power factor of .90
and <20% Total Harmonic Distortion (THD). Power supply drive current shall be field
adjustable without tools.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 268
Finish
Housing shall receive a fade and abrasion resistant, epoxy polyester powder coat light gray
finish standard.
Accessories
Optional flush mounted house side and cul-de-sac shield shall be available. The house side
shield cuts off light at ½ mounting height behind the luminaire and the cul-de-sac shield cuts
light off ½ mounting height behind and 1 ½ mounting height on either side of the pole. Both
shields must be factory or field installable without the use of tools.
Listings/Ratings/Warranties
Luminaires shall be UL listed for use in wet locations in the United States and Canada.
Optical systems shall maintain an IP66 rating. Ten-year limited warranty is required for all
components. All units are listed by Design Lights Consortium (DLC).
Photometry
All luminaires shall be photometrically tested by certified independent testing laboratories in
accordance with IESNA LM-79 testing procedures.
Warranty
All luminaires shall have a Ten-year manufacturer’s product warranty to be free of defects in
workmanship and/or material. This warranty includes all electrical and mechanical
components including finish and gaskets. Failure of over 10% of the LEDs in the luminaire
during the warranty period will constitute a luminaire “failure”. Manufacturer will repair or
replace any units found to be defective or that fail within this period.
9-29.11(2) Photoelectric Controls
(December 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The photoelectric control shall be Vantage Point Lighting Control Module manufactured by
Sensus USA Inc.
9-29.12(1) Illumination Circuit Splices
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Approved copper splice “C” crimp connectors shall be used to connect bonding wires.
9-29.12(2) Traffic Signal Splice Material
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Loop lead-in wires shall be spliced at the junction box; with a waterproof splice leaving 10
feet each of loop wire and loop lead-in cable for future work. The connection shall be made
using compression sleeves sealed with black 50-mm wide, ethylene propylene rubber mastic
tape.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 269
9-29.12(6) Sealants
Loop detector sealant specifically manufactured for loop wire shall be used to imbed the loop
wire into the pavement and fill the sawcut to within 1/16 inch of the top of the pavement.
Sealant shall completely cover the foam backer rod.
Loop Sealant shall be:
1. Crafco Loop Detector Sealant 271;
2. Max Cutter Seal No. 3;
3. 3M Black 5000; or
4. Engineer approved equivalent.
Installation shall conform to the manufacturer recommendations.
9-29.13(2) Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
The entire controller cabinet, complete with all auxiliary equipment, shall be delivered to the
City of Auburn Maintenance & Operation facility, located at 1305 C Street SW, for testing in
the Traffic Signal Shop. The period of testing shall be for a minimum of 2 weeks in duration
and is intended to demonstrate the operation of all equipment. Any deficiencies or equipment
failures discovered shall be corrected by the Contractor, at his expense.
In the event that it is not possible for the City and the Contractor to agree on the cause of a
malfunction, the City's decision shall be binding.
The successful completion of the performance test will constitute acceptance of the
equipment by the City.
9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
General
The traffic signal controller shall be the Cobalt model by Econolite.
9-29.13(6) Emergency Preemption
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Emergency Preemption System equipment shall be compatible with the operational
requirements of the existing Opticom brand (3M Company) emitters, detectors, and phase
selectors owned by the City.
9-29.13(10) NEMA and Type 2070 Controllers and Cabinets
(December 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Section 9-29.13(10) including title is replaced with the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 270
9-29.13(10) Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Unit
Controller cabinet furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be one of the following
types, as specified in the Plans:
Western Systems Modified P-Plus Cabinet Requirements
Western Systems controller cabinets shall be NEMA TS-2 Type 1 P style cabinet per
the City of Auburn approved Western Systems Part # 3012500000 with Alpha BBS.
The cabinet shall be fully loaded with BIU’s, MMU Smart Monitor, 16 detector cards,
load switches, and a GTT 3M 764 Opticom.
Econolite P 44 Cabinet Requirements
Econolite controller cabinets shall be NEMA Type 2 TS-1 P style cabinet per City of
Auburn approved Econolite part #166799B. The cabinet shall be fully loaded with
BIU’s, MMU SmartMonitor, 16 detector cards, load switches, and a GTT 3M 764
opticom.
The cabinet shall meet the following additional requirements:
• Wired and tested to the 2003 NEMA Traffic Controller Assemblies specification
with NTCIP Requirements Version 02.06 (as amended herein).
• Equipped with all auxiliary equipment and plug-ins required to operate 8 vehicle
phases, 4 pedestrian phases and 4 overlap phases (NEMA TS-2, Type 1).
• Designed for 16 channel operation where each load switch socket can be
configured for a vehicle phase, pedestrian phase or overlap operation. These load
switch sockets shall be configured in this manor without rewiring the back side of
the load-bay. BIU load switch drivers 1-16 shall be wired to appropriate load
switch sockets via a terminal block located on the front side of the load bay so as
to allow checking voltage inputs to the load switch sockets without dropping the
load bay.
• Wired for up to a minimum of (32) channels of detection, (4) channels of
Opticom™ preemption.
• The complete cabinet assembly with electronics shall undergo complete
input/output function testing by the manufacturer before being released to the City
of Auburn.
• Field Terminal Labels
Field terminals shall be labeled with City of Auburn numbering as well as
manufacturers.
• Device Labeling
Every module or device shall have affixed thereto; permanent nametags or
nameplates stating the component's function within the composite signal control
system. Specifically each loop detector unit shall be labeled, so as to indicate the
loop numbers connected to each channel. The front of the shelf where each item
is to be placed shall have a similar label so those items can be replaced during
maintenance in an expedient fashion.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 271
• Schematics, Software and Manuals
The controller cabinet shall have a waterproof envelope with a side access
attached to the inside of the cabinet door. At the time of delivery, the envelope
shall have one complete set of schematics and manuals for each assembly and
subassembly located in the cabinet, and a complete wiring diagram for the cabinet
and the controller assembly. In addition, a duplicate copy of the above shall be
provided to the City of Auburn Traffic Engineering Section.
• Fiber Optic Patch Panels
Where fiber optic connections are shown in the Plans, the fiber patch panel shall
be a pre-terminated Corning 12 port Single-Panel Housing (SPH-01P) with a 12
ct pigtail and corning buffer tube fanout kit and Unicam SC connectors..
9-29.16 Vehicular Signal Heads, Displays, and Housing
(August 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
Backplates shall be constructed of 5-inch-wide, .050-inch-thick corrosion-resistant flat black
finish, louvered aluminum, attached with stainless steel hardware.
9-29.16(2) Conventional Traffic Signal Heads
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicle signal head housings shall be rigid mount type M.
9-29.16(2)A Optical Units
(April 2018 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
The LED’s shall have a 15 year manufacturer’s warranty. The LED shall be Dialight Light
Emitting Diode (LED). Part numbers for Dialight LEDs are as follows:
Size Description Part Number
12 inch RED Ball 433-1210-003XL15
12 inch AMBER Ball 433-3230-901XL15
12 inch GREEN Ball 433-2220-001XL15
12 inch RED Arrow 432-1314-001XOD15
12 inch AMBER Arrow 431-3334-901XOD15
12 inch GREEN Arrow 432-2374-001XOD15
12 inch GREEN/AMBER Arrow 430-6370-001
12 inch AMBER/AMBER
Flashing Arrow)
430-6370-805
9-29.16(2)E Painting Signal Heads
(April 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 272
Traffic signal heads shall be finished with two coats of dark green (SAE AMS Standard 595)
oven baked powder coating comprised of resins and pigments.
9-29.18 Vehicle Detector
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Vehicle detectors shall be 2 channel rack mount style and compliant with NEMA TS1 and
TS2 standards. They shall be capable of auto tuning and be able to withstand temperatures
ranging from minus 40 degrees to plus 80 degrees C. They shall have a minimum of 15
sensitivity levels, 4 frequencies plus sequential scanning to avoid crosstalk, and have pulse
and short and long presence modes. They shall have separate detect and fault LED’s on the
front face.
9-29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons
(December 2021 City of Auburn GSP)
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
The Pedestrian Push Button Assembly shall be an Guardian APS manufactured by H.D.
Campbell Company, 1486 NW 70th Street, Seattle, WA 98117 and shall be black in color
with a white button.
Specifics of voice programming shall be provided as part of the submittal review and subject
to the Engineer’s approval prior to submittal acceptance.
APS push button stations shall include a control module that the Contractor shall install in
corresponding pedestrian signal head and manufacturer-supplied multi-conductor
interconnect cable that the Contractor shall install per the manufacturer’s recommendations
between the control module and push button station.
9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals
(January 2017 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Pedestrian signals shall be a LED, filled hand/walking person countdown display.
The maximum overall dimensions of the signal shall be 19 inch wide by 18¾ inch high by 8¾
inch deep, including the egg crate Z type visor and hinges. The signal shall be furnished
complete and ready to operate. In order to facilitate installation and maintenance, the signal
shall be designed so that all components are readily accessible from the front by opening the
door.
Each signal shall be provided with an egg crate visor constructed of polycarbonate material.
The egg crate or “Z” crate type sun shield, if used, shall be held in place by the use of
stainless steel screws. The complete egg crate or “Z” crate assembly shall be 1½ inch deep.
The case shall be one-piece corrosion resistant aluminum alloy die-casting. Integrally cast
hinge lug pairs, two at the top and two at the bottom of each case, shall be provided for
operation of a swing door down. The unit shall be mounted with Type E mountings unless
indicated otherwise on the attached Plans. All terminal compartments shall be either ferrous
metal or bronze.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 273
Pedestrian signal heads shall be Dialight ITE compliant Light Emitting Diode (LED) or
approved equivalents.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.22 Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beacon (RRFB)
The contractor shall provide and install a hardwired 120 volt power Rectangular Rapid
Flashing Beacon (RRFB) with hardwire communication between the multiple beacons. The
beacons shall conform to the latest MUTCD.
The RRFB shall utilize two frontside LEDs that are approximately 5” by 2” and a minimum of
7” apart. They shall be double sided where shown in the plans. There shall be end mounted
indicator flashers in the direction of the pedestrian crossing only. The system shall utilize the
black Campbell AGPS pushbutton with modified 5” x 7” yellow R10-25 MUTCD signs.
The pole shall be a 4 1/2” OD Galvanized steel or aluminum pipe threaded at one end to fit
a square pedestal 4 bolt aluminum frangible pole base. The top of the 4 ½” pole shall be
capped with a waterproof factory cap. The four bolt concrete foundation shall be a minimum
of 18” round by 3 feet deep and meet the manufacturers recommendations.
Equipment enclosures shall be mounted out of reach above or behind the pedestrian
signage.
The RRFB units shall be Eltec or Carmanah.
(November 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Add the following new section:
9-29.23 Video Detection Cameras
The Video Detection System shall be Econolite Vision or Trafficon by Kar-Gor and the
presence detector boards shall be Trafficon VIP3D.2, which monitors only two cameras. Both
systems shall include built in ethernet communication for our ITS system.
The cameras shall be located as indicated on the Plans. Cameras shall be mounted on
signal mast arms as shown in the Plans utilizing Pelco Extended Tilt & Pan pole mount, for
installation on the signal arm with cable mount and 72-inch tube or approved equivalent. The
cable mount shall be suitable for the mast arm diameter at each camera installation location.
The camera housings and internal cameras shall be the latest approved models.
9-29.24 Service Cabinets
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Service cabinet shall be a metered aluminum Skyline Electric Series 47700-A1-R1, with
Underwriters Laboratory label on the panel boards as in accordance with the applicable City
of Auburn Standard Details. The service cabinet shall comply with all requirements of Puget
Sound Energy and Washington State Labor and Industries. It shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility to obtain these requirements and ensure that the cabinet complies with the
requirements. The service cabinet shall be equipped with a stainless steel handle, a three-
point locking system, and a Best six-tumbler mortise cabinet lock with dead bolt.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 274
Two copper ground rods shall be installed per WSDOT and the NEC.
The cabinet shall contain the following branch breakers as applicable:
20 AMP 2 pole Lighting Circuit A
20 AMP 2 pole Lighting Circuit B
30 AMP 1 pole Traffic Signal
100 AMP 2 pole Main
(October 2016 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section:
9-29.26 Traffic Signal Battery Backup System
All battery backup power units shall utilize the newest Alpha Inverter/Charger unit, complete
with associated remote control display panel.
Batteries shall be connected utilizing approved quick-connect modular battery connectors.
Battery cable sizing shall be appropriate for the type and quantity of batteries supplied.
Batteries shall be 12 Volts DC, 110 amp hour minimum, absorbed glass mat type, group 27.
Batteries shall meet or exceed specification MIL B-8565J (Sec 4.6.22). There shall be 4
batteries supplied by the Contractor.
All battery backup power units shall possess an AC voltage bypass/disconnect switch or
relay. The bypass/disconnect method shall couple the normal AC power source directly to
the signal controller cabinet, while completely isolating the inverter/charger unit from the
circuit.
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section:
9-29.27 CCTV System
CCTV cameras shall be an Axis M5525-E 2 MP Mini PTZ Dome with a Axis Ethernet 15 Watt
POE injector.
The ethernet switches shall be shelf mount Ruggedcom RS900G gigabit ethernet switches
with SM fiber ports and necessary 120 volt power cords and ethernet cords and jumpers.
Camera mounting equipment shall be use a custom 1-1/2” threaded pipe Painted Signal
black, T94A01D Pendant mounting kit and Pelco AstroBrac 90 degree pole mount and other
equipment and hardware as shown in the plans and as required for a complete and
operational CCTV camera system. The signal pole mount may have to be modified as shown
in the plans.
(November 2020 City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 275
9-29.28 Variable Message Sign System
Major elements of the variable message sign (VMS) system shall consist of the variable
message sign, sign structure, foundation and ground-mounted VMS field cabinet including
the VMS controller, Alpha Battery Backup, compact batteries, fiber optic patch panel,
ethernet switch, power supply, and associated equipment. Conduit, junction boxes and
wiring/cabling to connect the sign, controller and various components of the system shall be
per the manufacturer’s requirements.
VMS Display and Housing
The sign display shall be supplied by one of the following vendors:
Daktronics, Inc.
331 32nd Ave.
P.O. Box 5128
Brookings, SD 57006-5128
Tel: (888) 325-8726
Email: transportation@daktronics.com
The sign display shall be a continuous matrix of amber LED pixels, with a minimum of
18 pixels high and 75 pixels wide with a pitch of 44 mm to 48 mm. Each pixel shall be made
from a grouping of amber light emitting diodes and contain no moving parts. The matrix of
pixels shall be capable of displaying a messages with 2 lines of 12-inch text, 12 characters
long.. The sign display and other associated VMS components shall permit a test message
using all pixels (1350 min.) simultaneously running at the maximum brightness and 100
percent duty.
The sign display shall provide front service for all LED display modules, electronics, power
supplies, environmental control equipment, air filters, wiring, and other internal VMS
components.
The nominal external dimensions of the sign shall not exceed 13.0 feet in width, 4.0 feet in
height, and 1.5 feet in depth. The VMS back and side housing walls shall be vertical. Display
modules shall be parallel to the front VMS wall, so that use of the LED viewing cone is
optimized. The dead load of the housing and contents shall not exceed 600 lbs.
VMS housing exterior sheet material shall be 5052 aluminum alloy and shall have a minimum
thickness of 0.125 inches. Exterior sheet seams shall be chemically bonded or continuously
welded and waterproof. VMS housing structural frame members (I-beams, C-channels, Zee-
extrusions, and bar stock) shall be aluminum alloy number 6061-T6.
VMS housings shall be constructed to present a clean, neat appearance, and the equipment
located within shall be protected from rain, snow, dirt, and corrosion. Weep holes shall be
fabricated in a manner which prevents the entrance of insects.
The front of the LED display matrix shall be completely covered with polycarbonate sheeting
that is weather tight, ultraviolet (UV) light protected, non-glare, and which has a minimum
thickness of 0.11 inches. To achieve maximum display contrast and legibility, the outside of
the polycarbonate sign face shall be fully covered with a mask, which is formed from
aluminum sheeting. The mask shall have a minimum thickness of 0.09 inches and shall
contain a circular opening for each pixel. The openings shall not hinder the 15° half-angle
LED viewing angle (30° inclusive viewing cone). All exposed metal on the VMS front face,
which is visible to viewing motorists, shall be coated with black Kynar 500 resin or an
equivalent oven-fired fluoropolymer-based coating having a minimum outdoor service life of
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 276
20 years. This shall include the aluminum face mask, the aluminum border outside the LED
display matrix, and all the mounting and assembly hardware.
All VMS equipment, components, modular assemblies and other non-structural elements of
the sign shall be removable, transportable, and capable of being installed by a single
technician utilizing a one-person aerial lift truck.
Ribbon cable shall be protected at all points of physical contact where it touches metallic
frameworks. Either the ribbon cable or the frame, or both, shall be wrapped with a protective
covering where the cable touches the framework, to prevent cable insulation rub-through
from road induced vibration in the sign framework.
The interior VMS environment shall be monitored and controlled by the sign controller.
Environmental control shall be designed to maintain the internal VMS temperature at or below
+140°F when the outdoor ambient temperature is at or below +115°F. The VMS
environmental control system shall consist of four primary subsystems as follows:
Internal Temperature Sensors and Cooling/Heating Systems
The VMS shall contain two internally-mounted temperature sensors which are equipped with
external thermocouples and which the sign controller continuously monitors. This
temperature information shall be used by the sign controller to determine when to activate
and deactivate the environmental control systems described herein. Sensors shall be
located on opposite ends of the upper 1/3 of the LED display matrix, and their external
thermocouples shall be attached to and make contact with an LED pixel circuit board.
The thermocouple and LED board shall be easily detached, in the event that one of the units
requires removal and replacement. Sensors shall be capable of measuring temperatures
from -40°F to +185°F. The sign controller shall automatically shut down the LED display
whenever one or both sensors indicate that LED board temperature has exceeded +140°F.
The sign controller shall automatically restart the LED display whenever the suspect
temperature falls below +130°F. Both shutdown and re-start temperature thresholds shall be
user-programmable. Sensor temperatures and VMS shutdown/re-start events shall be
reportable to the VMS Central Software.
LED Display Cooling System
The VMS shall contain a ventilation system to monitor and control internal cabinet
temperature with user-programmable temperature thresholds. This system shall be
comprised of fan-forced air to control ventilation in the cabinet. The sign controller shall
initially be programmed to activate the LED cooling fan system based on the manufacturer’s
recommendations for the application(s) on this project. Cooling fans shall be located so as
not to hinder removal of LED display modules and driver boards.
Front Face Panel Defog/Defrost System - The VMS shall contain a defog/defrost system
which circulates warm, fan-forced air across the inside of the polycarbonate front face
whenever LED board temperature falls below a user-programmable threshold. The air
source shall consist of a fan or fans that provide uniform airflow across the polycarbonate
face panel.
The sign controller shall initially be programmed to activate the defog/defrost system
whenever LED board temperature falls below +40°F and shall deactivate the defog/defrost
system whenever LED board temperature exceeds +105°F. A 100-watt heating element
shall be mounted in front of each defog/defrost fan and shall serve to warm the air directed
across the VMS face. Heating elements shall be on only when the defog/defrost fans are on.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 277
VMS Mounting Hardware
A VMS, sign structure and foundation are included in the construction. The sign housing
shall be provided with all necessary hardware including sign mounting beams, vertical and
horizontal brackets, maintenance walkways, and all related hardware to install the VMS.
The VMS housing, structural framing, face covering, and mounting members shall be
designed to withstand a wind velocity of 100 mph with a 30 percent gust factor and shall
otherwise comply with the latest requirements of AASHTO’s Standard Specifications for
Structural Supports for Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals.
VMS Sign Structure
The VMS sign structure shall be as specified for VMS Support Structure Special Provision
9-29.6(1)A.
Ground-mounted VMS Field Cabinet
The field cabinet shall be as specified in Section 9-29.13(10) and shall contain the VMS sign
controller, Alpha Battery Backup, Compact batteries, ethernet switch and fiber optic patch
panel for communication with the City of Auburn fiber optic ITS network.
VMS Sign Controller
Each VMS shall include an associated sign controller, which shall be installed in the field
cabinet.
To support the VMS and VMS controller functions, they shall be provided with two serial
communication ports.
One communication port shall be used to connect a laptop to the controller. The interface
shall be wired as a 9-pin, EIA-232 DCE port. The port shall connect to a laptop computer
using a straight-through 9-pin cable. One cable shall be supplied for each VMS installed in
this contract.
The second communication port is for remote control of the sign from the central computer.
The interface shall be wired as a 9-pin, EIA-232 DTE serial port. This port shall be connected
to a communication interface (modem) specified elsewhere in this contract. A cable shall be
supplied to connect the VMS communication port to the modem port (the modem port may
be a non-standard pin-out and require a custom-made cable).
The sign controller hardware and software shall support all VMS communication, control, and
diagnostic features as listed herein.
Memory
Sign controllers shall have both permanent and semi-permanent memory.
Permanent memory shall be EE-PROM integrated circuits and shall contain the
executable sign controller software. Semi-permanent memory shall be RAM
integrated circuits with a battery backup that retains the data in memory for a
minimum of one year following a power failure. Semi-permanent memory shall
contain the library of messages, the message display schedule and programmable
operating parameters. Each message shall have the capability to be defined and
stored as a three-page message.
Power Interruptions
Contents of the sign controller’s memory shall be preserved by battery backup during
AC power interruptions and the controller shall automatically resume operation once
AC power is restored. Upon recovering from a power interruption, the sign controller
shall display the message identified by the Power Recovery Message parameter. The
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 278
sign controller shall report to the central computer that it has recovered from a power
interruption.
Sign Controller Software
The sign controller shall cause the desired message to be displayed on the VMS.
The sign shall display alphanumeric character fonts. The sign controller shall provide
a default value for each NTCIP object supported.
Message Selection
The central computer or laptop computer shall cause the sign controller to implement
a message selected from those stored in controller memory, or a new message
entered via the communication port.
The sign controller shall incorporate CRC checks to verify MULTI strings. The sign
shall not display a message unless the Message Activation Code CRC matches the
Message CRC.
A message shall remain displayed on the sign until either a command to change the
current message or a command to blank the display is received. A command to
display a message shall not succeed if the activation priority is less than the run time
priority of the message currently displayed.
Data Transmission Requirements
Each sign controller shall contain two communication ports. Each communication
port shall be labeled (“Local” or “Central”) and shall be set to 9600 baud at the factory.
Each port shall operate independently at baud rates of 1200, 2400, 9600, and 19,200
bits per second. The user shall select the baud rate for each port via a DIP switch.
Communication
The sign controller hardware and software shall communicate with the central
computer in a polled multi-drop operation. In the polled multi-drop operation, several
sign controllers shall share the same communication channel, with each controller
assigned a unique ID number. Controller ID numbers shall conform to the NTCIP
requirements for address numbers. A sign controller shall only reply to messages
labeled with its ID. In polled multi-drop mode, sign controllers never initiate
communication, but merely transmit their responses to messages from the central
computer.
A laptop computer connected to the sign controller’s local communication port shall
have the same control and diagnostic capabilities as the central computer. However,
local laptop control capability shall be limited to the VMS which is directly connected
to that sign controller.
NTCIP Requirements
The sign controller software shall comply with the National Transportation
Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) documents and all related errata sheets
published before July 1, 1999 and as referenced herein.
The sign controller software shall support the following standards:
1. NTCIP 1101, Simple Transportation Management Framework
(STMF), Conformance Level 1 (Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP))
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 279
2. NTCIP 2001, Class B Profile. All serial ports on the device shall
support communications according to these standards.
3. NTCIP 2101, SP-PMPP/RS232 Point-to-Multi-Point Protocol (PMPP)
4. NTCIP 2201, NTCIP TP-Null Transport Profile Null (TP-NULL)
The sign controller software shall implement all mandatory objects of all mandatory
conformance groups as defined in NTCIP 1201, Global Object Definitions, and NTCIP
1203, Object Definitions for Dynamic Message Signs. Software shall implement the
following conformance groups:
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for DMS
1. VMS Sign Configuration
2. MULTI Configuration
3. Default Message Control
4. Pixel Service Control
5. MULTI Error Control
6. Sign Status
7. Status Error
8. Pixel Error Status
9. Lamp Error Status
10. Fan Error Status
11. Power Status
12. Temperature Status
The software shall implement the following optional objects:
NTCIP 1203, Object Definitions for DMS
1. dmsMessageBeacon
2. dmsMessagePixelService
3. dmsCommunicationsLossMessage
4. dmsPowerLossMessage
5. dmsTimeCommLoss
6. dmsMultiOtherErrorDescription
7. dmsStatDoorOpen
8. fanFailures
9. fanTestActivation
10. lineVolts
11. tempMaxSignHousing
Objects required by these specifications shall support all values within its
standardized range. The standardized range is defined by a size, range, or
enumerated listing indicated in the object’s SYNTAX field and/or through descriptive
text in the object’s description field. The following list indicates the modified object
requirements for these objects.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 280
Object Name Object ID
Minimum
Requirements
Number of Fonts numFonts 9
Maximum Characters per
Font
maxFontCharacters 255
Default Background Color defaultBackgroundColor 0
Default Foreground Color defaultForegroundColor 9
Default Justification Line defaultJustificationLine 2, 3, and 4
Default Justification Page defaultJustificationPage 2, 3, and 4
Number of Permanent
Msgs.
DmsNumPermanentMsg. 2
Maximum No.
Changeable Msg.
DmsMaxChangeableMsg. 8
Maximum Number
Volatile Msg. *
dmsMaxVolatileMsg. 8
Control Mode dmsControlMode 2, 4, and 5
Changeable messages in excess of the minimum requirement are
considered to meet the specification for an equivalent number of Volatile
messages.
The first permanent message shall be used to blank the sign display. The second
permanent message shall be the diagnostic message.
Sign controller software shall implement the following tags (opening and closing
where defined) of the Mark-Up Language for Transportation Information (MULTI) as
defined in NTCIP 1203:
1. Flash
2. Font
3. Justification Line
4. Justification Page
5. Moving Text
6. New Line
7. New Page
8. Page Time
Documentation
Software shall be supplied with all documentation on 1.44Mb IBM-compatible
diskette(s). ASCII versions of the following Management Information Base (MIB) files
in Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ASN.1) format shall be provided on CD-ROM:
1. The official MIB Module referenced by the device functionality.
2. A manufacturer-specific version of the official MIB Module with the
non-standardized range indicated in the SYNTAX field. The filename shall
match the official MIB Module, with the extension “spc”.
3. A MIB Module of all manufacturer-specific objects supported by the device
with accurate and meaningful DESCRIPTION fields and the supported ranges
indicated in the SYNTAX field.
Control Software
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 281
This work shall consist of furnishing Variable Message Sign (VMS) control software.
The control software shall be a 32-bit application, designed to operate on Microsoft
Windows NT, 98, or 2000 operating system. The control software shall provide
for command and control of the following functions:
VMS Control
Software shall retrieve, display, update and download/upload the following functional
parameters to the local sign controller in response to user-initiated instructions. The
sign controller shall not perform pixel service tests when VMS are displaying
messages. Software shall perform the following operations in conjunction with its
monitoring and logging functions:
Display a message
Blank the current message
Change message priority
Pixel service, lamp and fan tests
Set time and date in the sign controller
Retrieve sign controller ID, type, and manufacturer
Communications
Communications between the control software and sign controller shall be NTCIP
compliant, as indicated in the Special Provision for Variable Message Sign System.
The control software shall verify all communications for errors. If a response from a
sign controller contains a communication error, or if there is no response, the Control
Software shall re-establish communications.
Data Collection
The control software shall retrieve errors detected, message number currently being
displayed, and current message priority. Using different commands, the software
shall retrieve message MULTI strings, a map of defective pixels, the time and date,
the event schedule, and configuration parameters.
Message Library
The control software shall store messages and transfer messages to a sign for
storage and/or display. When a user desires to send a message to a sign, the control
software shall offer as choices only those messages compatible with the sign in
question. The control software shall allow message names of up to 25 characters in
length. If the selected name already exists, the software shall notify the user and give
the option of replacing the existing message or selecting another name.
The control software shall display all character fonts supported by the Variable
Message Sign System. Messages shall be displayed on the computer monitor in
exactly the same format (font, text centering and justification) as on the Variable
Message Sign.
Software Duplication Rights
The City of Auburn shall have the right to duplicate the Variable Message Sign Control
Software as needed for use in controlling signs under its jurisdiction.
Documentation
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 282
The Contractor shall furnish 1 copy of the Control Software user manuals to the
Engineer. In addition, 2 sets of the software, installation program, instructions and
user manual shall be furnished on CD ROM or diskettes to the Engineer.
9-30 Water Distribution Materials
9-30.1 Pipe
9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
The third sentence of the first paragraph in the list is revised to read:
All other ductile iron pipe shall be Special Thickness Class 52.
9-30.2 Fittings
9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
(September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All pipe fittings, adapters and joints for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron designed to
AWWA Specification (unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer) with sufficient
tangent at the ends to allow for proper joint connections and shall be coated to give them
protection equal to that of the pipe. Field fabricated fittings will not be permitted. Flexible
couplings shall be of the style as required for specific application.
9-30.2(6) Restrained Joints
(September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Bolted restrained joint (R.J.) fittings shall be Megalug RomaGrip, Star, or approved alternate.
All welding associated with the restraint system shall be performed in the pipe manufacturer’s
shop. No field welding will be permitted.
Mechanical joint restrain systems shall meet the following requirements:
Restrainers shall be manufactured of ductile iron and shall meet or exceed all the
requirements of ANSI A21.11 (A WW A C 111) and ASTM A536. The restrainer system shall
provide anchoring ductile iron pipe and fittings, valves and PVC pipe to mechanical joint pipe
or fittings, or bell to spigot PVC pipe joints. The restrainer shall accommodate the full working
pressure rating of the pipe plus surge allowance. In the assembly of the restrain device, the
contractor shall tighten the bolts to the correct torque range as recommended by the restraint
manufacturer. The restrainers shall be painted black for ductile iron pipe and painted red for
PVC pipe applications. The restraining device shall not damage or lower the working
pressure of the pipe installed. Restrainers shall be properly stored to minimize sand and
debris build-up. Specifically, the twist-off-screws and associated threads shall be clean (free
of sand) prior to installation.
Restrainer specifically for ductile iron pipe may be restrained by utilizing a joint restraint
gasket which includes a stainless steel locking segment vulcanized into the rubber gasket.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 283
The gasket shall be rated for operating pressures up to 250 psi based on the performance
requirements of ANSI/ A WW A C 111/ A21.11.
9-30.3 Valves
9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3-inches to 16-inches)
(July 2022, City of Auburn GSP)
Delete this section and replace it with the following:
Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used on all 12 inch and smaller water lines and shall be
manufactured by Clow, American Flow Control, Waterous, M & H, Kennedy or Mueller with
epoxy-coated valve interiors. The valves shall conform to ANSI/AWWA Specifications C509
or C515 with a 200-psi working pressure rating (minimum). They shall be iron bodied,
bronze-mounted, non-rising stem and counterclockwise opening with a 2 inch square
operating nut. All valves on the fire hydrant line(s) shall be 6-inch diameter mechanical joint
by flange. All other valves shall be either mechanical joint by flange or Mechanical joint
shackled to tees or crosses. Valve stems shall be provided with O-ring seals.
9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves
(December 2020, City of Auburn)
Supplement this section with the following:
Butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA Specification C-504, Class 150 B shall have
Mechanical joint ends and be rated at 150 psi or higher working pressure and shall be
manufactured by Mueller, Clow, M&H, or Kennedy. Operator shall have standard AWWA 2
inch square nut.
9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Valve boxes shall be two-piece, adjustable, cast-iron (with additional extension pieces, if
necessary), as manufactured by the Olympic Foundry Company, East Jordan Iron Works, or
approved equivalent, with a minimum inside diameter of 5 inch. The word “WATER” shall be
cast in relief on the top of all valve box covers. In addition, the letters “NC” shall be cast in
place on valve box covers for those valves that are normally closed. Valve box covers shall
have a deep skirt per City of Auburn Standard Detail W-18.
9-30.3(7) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
The first sentence of the second paragraph is revised to read:
The body and cover shall be ductile iron.
9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly
(January 2017, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Tapping sleeves and valves shall conform to the following:
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 284
1. For wet taps on mains 12 inch diameter and larger or size-on-size, the tapping
sleeve shall be the full M.J. type, cast-iron, twin seal as manufactured by
Mueller, Tyler, Taylor, M & H, or epoxy-coated fabricated-steel, as
manufactured by JCM, Rockwell or approved equivalent;
2. For wet taps on mains 10 inch diameter and smaller, or at least 2 inch
diameter smaller than the main size, the tapping sleeve shall be the
wraparound style, stainless steel or epoxy-coated fabricated-steel, or cast-
iron M.J. as manufactured by Romac, Ford, M & H, Rockwell, Smith Blair, or
approved equivalent.
9-30.5 Hydrants
(September 2020, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Fire hydrants shall have two 2½-inch hose ports (National Standard Thread) and one 4½-
inch pumper port (National Standard Thread) with caps and no chains, 1¼ inch pentagonal
operating nut (counterclockwise) opening, O-ring-type stuffing box, automatic barrel drain,
and 5¼ inch valve opening. Hydrants shall be equipped with a 5 inch Storz adapter with
blind cap, or approved equivalent. Hydrants shall conform to the latest revision of AWWA
Specification C502 for dry-barrel fire hydrants for ordinary water service. Hydrants shall be
Mueller “Super Centurion 250” or M & H Style 129.
(August 2016, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section including subsections:
9-37 Filter Fabric
9-37.1 Filter Fabric for Infiltration Systems
(September 2021, City of Auburn GSP)
Filter fabric for permanent infiltration systems shall be a non-woven, needle punched
polypropylene geotextile fabric meeting the requirements of AASHTO M-288-06 for class 3
applications.
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement Division 9 with the following new section including subsections:
9-38 Submittal Approval
9-38.1 Submittals
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This section applies to all items that are required to be submitted to the Engineer for review,
approval, and acceptance, including, but not limited to:
• Non-Material Submittals (i.e., haul routes, Traffic Control Plans (TCP’s), requests for
substitution, breakdown of lump sum items, schedules, road closure requests,
material product samples, color palettes or swatches, warranty documentation,
Operations and Maintenance (O&M) manuals, Spill Prevention, Control, and
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 285
Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan, Stormwater Pollution Prevention (SWPP) Plan,
schedule of submittals, etc.);
• Material Submittals (i.e. Request for Approval of Material (RAM) or Request for use
of an item on the WSDOT Qualified Product List (QPL)); and
• Material Acceptance Documentation (i.e. Certification of Material Origin (CMO),
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance (MCC), miscellaneous certificates of
compliance, mill and test reports, Catalog Cuts, Shop Drawings, Visual Acceptance,
Reduced Acceptance Criteria, Sampling and Testing, etc.).
9-38.1(1) Submittal Transmittal Procedures
(February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Except as specified otherwise in the Contract Documents, all submittals shall be made
electronically. Each electronic email shall be limited to 10 MB’s in size. All electronic
submittals shall be clear, sharp high contrast electronic files provided in Microsoft Word 2016,
Microsoft Excel 2016, PDF, or other Engineer approved formats.
In the event the Contractor cannot meet the 10 MB’s size limit for a specific submittal, the
Contractor may request to submit the individual submittal to the City as a hardcopy or other
submittal approach subject to Engineer approval. Such requests shall be made in writing and
include an explanation of why the Contractor is requesting to make a hardcopy submittal(s).
It will be at the Engineer’s sole discretion whether the request to submit hard copy submittals
is approved and no additional compensation or time extension shall be granted in relation to
the Engineer’s decision. Hardcopy submittals shall be either mailed to the City of Auburn
Public Works Department at 25 West Main St, Auburn, WA 98001 or dropped off at the City
of Auburn Customer Service Center located on the 2nd floor of the One East Main St, Auburn
WA 98001 building.
(City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
Submittals shall be transmitted via e-mail to PWSubmittals@auburnwa.gov. The e-mail
subject line of electronic submittals shall include the following: <<<Project Number>>>,
<<<Project Name>>> - <<<Submittal Title>>>.
(Non-City Contracts, February 2023, City of Auburn GSP)
Supplement this section with the following:
All submittals shall be made electronically and shall be transmitted via e-mail to
devsubmittals@auburnwa.gov. The e-mail subject line of electronic submittals shall include
the following: <<<Permit/FAC Number>>>, <<<Project Name>>> - <<<Submittal Title>>>.
9-38.1(2) Request for Submittal Approval (RSA) Form Instructions
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
All submittals shall accompany a City of Auburn “Request for Submittal Approval” (RSA) form
as a cover letter.
The City provided RSA form is a writable Portable Document Format (PDF) form and shall
remain writable until the City returns the signed reviewed submittal. Any submittals made
without this form or without all of the required information on the form filled out by the
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 286
Contractor shall be rejected without review. No additional compensation or time extension
shall be granted for a Contractor not supplying this form as a cover letter for their submittals
or for an improperly filled out form.
The RSA form shall be completed by the Contractor as follows:
1. For any item being submitted to the City for review and approval for the first time,
check the “New Submittal” box. The City will assign the item a submittal number.
For items that have been previously submitted and require a re-submittal, check the
“Re-submittal of No. ___” box and fill in the submittal number that was assigned by
the City to the original submittal. For submittals that are providing Material
Acceptance Documentation for a submittal that has been previously made, the
Contractor shall check the “Material Acceptance Documentation for Submittal
No.___” box and fill in the submittal number that was assigned by the City for which
the Contractor is supplying the acceptance documentation for.
2. Fill in the Contract Number (I.E. ## - ##) and Contract/Project Name;
3. Fill in the Project Identifying Number (I.E. CP####);
4. Fill in the Date the Submittal was transmitted to the City;
5. Provide the Contractor’s name and, if applicable, the name of Subcontractor or
supplier who prepared the submittal;
6. The Contractor is strongly encouraged to submit only one material or item per RSA
form, however if more than one material or item is listed on the form then provide a
General Submittal Title that is applicable to the group. If only one material or item is
submitted on the form, then provide the same name described in bullet point
number 8 for the General Submittal Title.
• Do not group non-like materials or items on the same form.
• Do not group multiple bid item numbers for the same material. In instances
where a material is applicable to multiple bid item numbers, then list that
material for as many times as there are bid item numbers (For instance, if
Crushed Surfacing Top Course is the material being submitted on, and this
material is applicable to bid item numbers 27 and 56, then this material shall
be listed twice on the RSA form).
7. When applicable, provide the Bid Item number the submittal is referencing;
8. Provide a submittal description (be specific). For material submittals, provide the Type
of Material, the Manufacturer’s Product/Type, or the trade name of the product;
9. When applicable, provide the Name and the Location of the Fabricator or the
Manufacturer’s name or the Pit Number. This should be the actual manufacturer, not
the supplier or distributor,
10. Provide the Contract Specification section number(s) or the page number the
submittal material is referencing, or you can list the Plan Sheet number; and
11. For material submittals, indicate whether the submittal is requesting use of the
WSDOT Qualified Product List (QPL) or if the submittal is a Request for Approval of
Material (RAM) that is not in the QPL, by checking the appropriate box. For non-
material submittals and for material acceptance documentation these boxes shall be
left blank. If the Contractor elects to use a product listed in the QPL, the submittal
documentation shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions in the WSDOT
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 287
QPL program and shall be the most current list available at the time the product is
proposed to be used. If the Contractor elects not to use the QPL or if the material is
not listed in the QPL, then supporting documentation for the RAM shall be submitted
for review and approval per Section 9-38.1(3).
9-38.1(3) Request For Approval Of Material (RAM) Submittal Content
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This Section covers content for Requests for Approval of Material (RAM). RAM submittals
shall include the following, where applicable:
1. Each submittal shall include all of the items and materials required for a
complete assembly, system or Specification Section.
2. Submittals shall contain all of the physical, technical and performance data
required by the specifications or necessary to demonstrate conclusively that
the items comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Include information on characteristics of electrical or utility service required
and verification that such requirements have been coordinated with service
provided by the work and by other interconnected elements of the work.
4. Provide verification that the physical characteristics of items submitted,
including size, configurations, clearances, mounting points, utility connection
points and service access points, are suitable for the space provided and are
compatible with other interrelated items that are existing or have or will be
submitted.
5. Label each Product Data submittal with the information required in this
Section. Highlight or mark every page of all Product Data submittals to show
the specific items being submitted and all options included or choices offered.
6. Label each Shop Drawing and Sample with the information required in this
Section. Highlight or mark every page of every copy of all Product Data
submittals to show the specific items being submitted and all options included
or choices offered.
7. Additional requirements for submittals are contained in the Technical
Specification sections.
8. Designation of work as Not in Contract (NIC) or “by others” shown on the Shop
Drawings, shall mean that the work will be the responsibility of the Contractor
rather than the subcontractor or supplier who has prepared the Shop
Drawings.
A separate letter explaining deviations shall accompany any submittal(s) that contain
deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor’s letter shall:
1. Cite the specific Contract requirement, including the Specification Section and
paragraph number, for which approval of a deviation is sought.
2. Describe the proposed alternate material, item or construction and explain its
advantages and/or disadvantages to the City.
3. State the reduction in Contract Price, if any, that is offered to the City.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 288
9-38.1(4) Shop Drawings, Product Samples, and Operation and Maintenance Manuals
(November 2022, City of Auburn GSP)
This section covers Shop Drawings, Product Samples, Color Swatches, and Operation and
Maintenance (O&M) Manuals that are required to be submitted in hard copy format for review
and approval.
1. Shop Drawings: Submit 1 copy electronically for review. The Contractor is
responsible for distributing the City returned submittals to its superintendent,
subcontractors and suppliers.
2. Product Samples and Color Swatches/Palettes: Unless stated otherwise in
each individual specification section referencing a product where a sample is
requested, the Contractor shall submit 1 labeled product sample or 1 set of
manufacturers’ full range of colors and finishes as ordered by the Engineer
and at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. Product samples or
manufacturer color swatches/palettes will not be returned to the Contractor.
3. O&M Manuals: For Draft O&M Manuals, Submit 1 copy electronically for
review. The Contractor is responsible for making and distributing the required
number of additional copies of the City returned submittals to its
superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers. Contractor shall submit 1 copy
electronically and 1 hard copy of each final and approved O&M Manual.
9-38.1(5) Engineer’s Submittal Review
(November 2019, City of Auburn GSP)
Submittals will be reviewed and approved by the Engineer per the following:
• For all Non-Material Submittals, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with one of the
‘Submittal Approval Codes’ listed under column ‘A’ on the form.
• For Material Submittals requesting the use of the QPL, the Engineer will mark the
RSA form with the appropriate QPL approval code found on the QPL form. The QPL
approval code is represented by a four digit number.
• For Material Submittals requesting a RAM, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with
one of the ‘Material Acceptance Codes’ listed under column ‘B’ on the form. If a RAM
is submitted for a material that is found on the QPL, the Engineer may mark the RAM
with the appropriate QPL code for that material.
• For Material Acceptance Documentation, the Engineer will mark the RSA form with
one of the ‘Submittal Approval Codes’ listed under column ‘A’ on the form.
The Provisions of Section 1-06 shall also apply to this section.
The City will return an electronic signed copy of each reviewed submittal to the Contractor at
the email address on record with the City. The Contractor is responsible for distributing the
electronic copies or making the required number of hard copies of City returned submittals
to its superintendent, subcontractors and suppliers.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 289
9-38.1(6) Submittal Approval and Acceptance Codes
(February 2018, City of Auburn GSP)
This section covers the definitions of the ‘Submittal Approval’ codes and ‘Material
Acceptance’ codes found on the RSA form.
Submittal Approval Codes will indicate:
1. “NET” (NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN) – The submittal is approved subject to its
compatibility with future submissions and additional partial submissions for
portions of the work not covered in this submission. Does not constitute
approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial
submission.
2. “MCN” (MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED (NO RESUBMISSION REQUIRED)
– The submittals is approved subject to minor corrections that shall be made
by the Contractor and subject to its compatibility with future submissions and
additional partial submissions for portions of the work not covered in this
submission. Does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required
items not shown in the partial submission. No resubmission is required.
3. “AR” (AMEND AND RESUBMIT) – The submittal is rejected because of major
inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the
Contractor prior to subsequent submittal. An amended resubmission is
required.
4. “RR” (REJECTED – RESUBMIT) – The submittal does not conform to the
Contract Plans and Specifications in major respect. A new submission is
required.
5. “NR” (NOT REVIEWED) – The submitted information is not required on project
and was not reviewed by the Engineer.
The ‘Material Acceptance Code’ will indicate the required documentation for the material to
be accepted for use on the project:
Code 1. Acceptance based upon a “Satisfactory” Test Report for samples of materials
to be incorporated into project for acceptance – Material is approved and requires
certified testing for acceptance.
Code 2. Submit a Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance (MCC) for “Acceptance”
prior to use of material – Material is approved and requires a MCC for acceptance.
Code 3. Submit Catalog Cuts for acceptance prior to use of material – Material is
approved and requires a catalog cut(s) prior to acceptance.
Code 4. Submit Shop Drawings for “Approval” prior to fabrication of material – Material
requires approved shop drawing(s) for acceptance.
Code 5. Only “Approved for Shipment,” “WSDOT Inspected,” or “Fabrication Approval
decal” material shall be used. (Federal Projects Only)- Fabricated material that
requires a WSDOT inspected stamp or marking for acceptance.
Code 6. Submit a Certificate of Materials Origin (CMO). (Federal Projects Only)- Iron
or steel material and requires a CMO for acceptance.
DIVISION 9: MATERIALS
City of Auburn
Issued February 2023 Engineering Construction Standards Page 290
Code 7. N/A – This code is not used for material acceptance.
Code 8. Source Approved: - Material may be proprietary. Material requires a visual
inspection upon arrival to the job site for acceptance.
Code 9. Approval Withheld: Submit samples for preliminary evaluation. – Material
approval is withheld pending review of product samples or manufacturer’s color
palettes.
Code 10. Approval Withheld: (See City remarks on the Form)
Code 11. Miscellaneous Acceptance Criteria: - Material is approved and conditionally
accepted as noted.
Code 12. LAG – Approved Catalog Cut Documented with: □ Mfg. Cert. of Comp. □
Visual Inspection - Material is approved with a Catalog Cut and requires either a
Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance or a Visual Inspection for acceptance.
When a material is marked as approved, it does not necessarily constitute acceptance of the
material for incorporation into the work. All of the additional acceptance actions, as noted on
the RSA form or on the QPL must be completed prior to the material being accepted for use.
Change orders or force account work requires the same material approval and acceptance
as any other bid item.
9-38.2 Schedule of Submittals
(City Contracts, November 2022, City of Auburn GSP)
The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Schedule of Submittals. The Schedule of
Submittals shall include the intended dates for which each submittal required by the Contract
Documents will be made. The Schedule of Submittals must be accepted prior to payment.
Identify the items that will be included in each submittal by listing the item or group of items
and the specification section and paragraph number under which they are specified. Indicate
whether the submittal is required for product review of proposed equivalents, Shop Drawings,
Product Data or Samples or required for product information only. It is the Contractors
responsibility to anticipate and provide all submittals required for the project.
The time required to evaluate and review requests for submittals is not the same for all
submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 15 working days, unless otherwise
noted, for the Engineer’s review. The Contractor shall also allow adequate time for
manufacturer delivery at the construction site without causing delay to the work. All
submittals shall be in accordance with the approved Schedule of Submittals. Submittals shall
be made early enough to allow for unforeseen delays such as:
1. Failure to obtain favorable review because of inadequate or incomplete
submittal or because the item submitted does not meet the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
2. Delays in manufacture.
3. Delays in delivery.
END OF DIVISION 9